diff --git a/doc/gpg.texi b/doc/gpg.texi index 9fdabc743..6b584a913 100644 --- a/doc/gpg.texi +++ b/doc/gpg.texi @@ -1,4686 +1,4691 @@ @c Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, @c 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @c This is part of the GnuPG manual. @c For copying conditions, see the file gnupg.texi. @include defs.inc @node Invoking GPG @chapter Invoking GPG @cindex GPG command options @cindex command options @cindex options, GPG command @c Begin standard stuff @ifclear gpgtwohack @manpage gpg.1 @ifset manverb .B gpg \- OpenPGP encryption and signing tool @end ifset @mansect synopsis @ifset manverb .B gpg .RB [ \-\-homedir .IR dir ] .RB [ \-\-options .IR file ] .RI [ options ] .I command .RI [ args ] @end ifset @end ifclear @c End standard stuff @c Begin gpg2 hack stuff @ifset gpgtwohack @manpage gpg2.1 @ifset manverb .B gpg2 \- OpenPGP encryption and signing tool @end ifset @mansect synopsis @ifset manverb .B gpg2 .RB [ \-\-homedir .IR dir ] .RB [ \-\-options .IR file ] .RI [ options ] .I command .RI [ args ] @end ifset @end ifset @c End gpg2 hack stuff @mansect description @command{@gpgname} is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It is a tool to provide digital encryption and signing services using the OpenPGP standard. @command{@gpgname} features complete key management and all the bells and whistles you would expect from a full OpenPGP implementation. There are two main versions of GnuPG: GnuPG 1.x and GnuPG 2.x. GnuPG 2.x supports modern encryption algorithms and thus should be preferred over GnuPG 1.x. You only need to use GnuPG 1.x if your platform doesn't support GnuPG 2.x, or you need support for some features that GnuPG 2.x has deprecated, e.g., decrypting data created with PGP-2 keys. @ifclear gpgtwohack If you are looking for version 1 of GnuPG, you may find that version installed under the name @command{gpg1}. @end ifclear @ifset gpgtwohack In contrast to the standalone command @command{gpg} from GnuPG 1.x, the 2.x version is commonly installed under the name @command{@gpgname}. @end ifset @manpause @xref{Option Index}, for an index to @command{@gpgname}'s commands and options. @mancont @menu * GPG Commands:: List of all commands. * GPG Options:: List of all options. * GPG Configuration:: Configuration files. * GPG Examples:: Some usage examples. Developer information: * Unattended Usage of GPG:: Using @command{gpg} from other programs. @end menu @c * GPG Protocol:: The protocol the server mode uses. @c ******************************************* @c *************** **************** @c *************** COMMANDS **************** @c *************** **************** @c ******************************************* @mansect commands @node GPG Commands @section Commands Commands are not distinguished from options except for the fact that only one command is allowed. Generally speaking, irrelevant options are silently ignored, and may not be checked for correctness. @command{@gpgname} may be run with no commands. In this case it will print a warning perform a reasonable action depending on the type of file it is given as input (an encrypted message is decrypted, a signature is verified, a file containing keys is listed, etc.). If you run into any problems, please add the option @option{--verbose} to the invocation to see more diagnostics. @menu * General GPG Commands:: Commands not specific to the functionality. * Operational GPG Commands:: Commands to select the type of operation. * OpenPGP Key Management:: How to manage your keys. @end menu @c ******************************************* @c ********** GENERAL COMMANDS ************* @c ******************************************* @node General GPG Commands @subsection Commands not specific to the function @table @gnupgtabopt @item --version @opindex version Print the program version and licensing information. Note that you cannot abbreviate this command. @item --help @itemx -h @opindex help Print a usage message summarizing the most useful command-line options. Note that you cannot arbitrarily abbreviate this command (though you can use its short form @option{-h}). @item --warranty @opindex warranty Print warranty information. @item --dump-options @opindex dump-options Print a list of all available options and commands. Note that you cannot abbreviate this command. @end table @c ******************************************* @c ******** OPERATIONAL COMMANDS *********** @c ******************************************* @node Operational GPG Commands @subsection Commands to select the type of operation @table @gnupgtabopt @item --sign @itemx -s @opindex sign Sign a message. This command may be combined with @option{--encrypt} (to sign and encrypt a message), @option{--symmetric} (to sign and symmetrically encrypt a message), or both @option{--encrypt} and @option{--symmetric} (to sign and encrypt a message that can be decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase). The signing key is chosen by default or can be set explicitly using the @option{--local-user} and @option{--default-key} options. @item --clear-sign @opindex clear-sign @itemx --clearsign @opindex clearsign Make a cleartext signature. The content in a cleartext signature is readable without any special software. OpenPGP software is only needed to verify the signature. cleartext signatures may modify end-of-line whitespace for platform independence and are not intended to be reversible. The signing key is chosen by default or can be set explicitly using the @option{--local-user} and @option{--default-key} options. @item --detach-sign @itemx -b @opindex detach-sign Make a detached signature. @item --encrypt @itemx -e @opindex encrypt Encrypt data to one or more public keys. This command may be combined with @option{--sign} (to sign and encrypt a message), @option{--symmetric} (to encrypt a message that can be decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase), or @option{--sign} and @option{--symmetric} together (for a signed message that can be decrypted using a secret key or a passphrase). @option{--recipient} and related options specify which public keys to use for encryption. @item --symmetric @itemx -c @opindex symmetric Encrypt with a symmetric cipher using a passphrase. The default symmetric cipher used is @value{GPGSYMENCALGO}, but may be chosen with the @option{--cipher-algo} option. This command may be combined with @option{--sign} (for a signed and symmetrically encrypted message), @option{--encrypt} (for a message that may be decrypted via a secret key or a passphrase), or @option{--sign} and @option{--encrypt} together (for a signed message that may be decrypted via a secret key or a passphrase). @command{@gpgname} caches the passphrase used for symmetric encryption so that a decrypt operation may not require that the user needs to enter the passphrase. The option @option{--no-symkey-cache} can be used to disable this feature. @item --store @opindex store Store only (make a simple literal data packet). @item --decrypt @itemx -d @opindex decrypt Decrypt the file given on the command line (or STDIN if no file is specified) and write it to STDOUT (or the file specified with @option{--output}). If the decrypted file is signed, the signature is also verified. This command differs from the default operation, as it never writes to the filename which is included in the file and it rejects files that don't begin with an encrypted message. @item --verify @opindex verify Assume that the first argument is a signed file and verify it without generating any output. With no arguments, the signature packet is read from STDIN. If only one argument is given, the specified file is expected to include a complete signature. With more than one argument, the first argument should specify a file with a detached signature and the remaining files should contain the signed data. To read the signed data from STDIN, use @samp{-} as the second filename. For security reasons, a detached signature will not read the signed material from STDIN if not explicitly specified. Note: If the option @option{--batch} is not used, @command{@gpgname} may assume that a single argument is a file with a detached signature, and it will try to find a matching data file by stripping certain suffixes. Using this historical feature to verify a detached signature is strongly discouraged; you should always specify the data file explicitly. Note: When verifying a cleartext signature, @command{@gpgname} verifies only what makes up the cleartext signed data and not any extra data outside of the cleartext signature or the header lines directly following the dash marker line. The option @code{--output} may be used to write out the actual signed data, but there are other pitfalls with this format as well. It is suggested to avoid cleartext signatures in favor of detached signatures. Note: To check whether a file was signed by a certain key the option @option{--assert-signer} can be used. As an alternative the @command{gpgv} tool can be used. @command{gpgv} is designed to compare signed data against a list of trusted keys and returns with success only for a good signature. It has its own manual page. @item --multifile @opindex multifile This modifies certain other commands to accept multiple files for processing on the command line or read from STDIN with each filename on a separate line. This allows for many files to be processed at once. @option{--multifile} may currently be used along with @option{--verify}, @option{--encrypt}, and @option{--decrypt}. Note that @option{--multifile --verify} may not be used with detached signatures. @item --verify-files @opindex verify-files Identical to @option{--multifile --verify}. @item --encrypt-files @opindex encrypt-files Identical to @option{--multifile --encrypt}. @item --decrypt-files @opindex decrypt-files Identical to @option{--multifile --decrypt}. @item --list-keys @itemx -k @itemx --list-public-keys @opindex list-keys List the specified keys. If no keys are specified, then all keys from the configured public keyrings are listed. Never use the output of this command in scripts or other programs. The output is intended only for humans and its format is likely to change. The @option{--with-colons} option emits the output in a stable, machine-parseable format, which is intended for use by scripts and other programs. @item --list-secret-keys @itemx -K @opindex list-secret-keys List the specified secret keys. If no keys are specified, then all known secret keys are listed. A @code{#} after the initial tags @code{sec} or @code{ssb} means that the secret key or subkey is currently not usable. We also say that this key has been taken offline (for example, a primary key can be taken offline by exporting the key using the command @option{--export-secret-subkeys}). A @code{>} after these tags indicate that the key is stored on a smartcard. See also @option{--list-keys}. @item --check-signatures @opindex check-signatures @itemx --check-sigs @opindex check-sigs Same as @option{--list-keys}, but the key signatures are verified and listed too. Note that for performance reasons the revocation status of a signing key is not shown. This command has the same effect as using @option{--list-keys} with @option{--with-sig-check}. The status of the verification is indicated by a flag directly following the "sig" tag (and thus before the flags described below. A "!" indicates that the signature has been successfully verified, a "-" denotes a bad signature and a "%" is used if an error occurred while checking the signature (e.g. a non supported algorithm). Signatures where the public key is not available are not listed; to see their keyids the command @option{--list-sigs} can be used. For each signature listed, there are several flags in between the signature status flag and keyid. These flags give additional information about each key signature. From left to right, they are the numbers 1-3 for certificate check level (see @option{--ask-cert-level}), "L" for a local or non-exportable signature (see @option{--lsign-key}), "R" for a nonRevocable signature (see the @option{--edit-key} command "nrsign"), "P" for a signature that contains a policy URL (see @option{--cert-policy-url}), "N" for a signature that contains a notation (see @option{--cert-notation}), "X" for an eXpired signature (see @option{--ask-cert-expire}), and the numbers 1-9 or "T" for 10 and above to indicate trust signature levels (see the @option{--edit-key} command "tsign"). @item --locate-keys @itemx --locate-external-keys @opindex locate-keys @opindex locate-external-keys Locate the keys given as arguments. This command basically uses the same algorithm as used when locating keys for encryption and may thus be used to see what keys @command{@gpgname} might use. In particular external methods as defined by @option{--auto-key-locate} are used to locate a key if the arguments comain valid mail addresses. Only public keys are listed. The variant @option{--locate-external-keys} does not consider a locally existing key and can thus be used to force the refresh of a key via the defined external methods. If a fingerprint is given and and the methods defined by --auto-key-locate define LDAP servers, the key is fetched from these resources; defined non-LDAP keyservers are skipped. @item --show-keys @opindex show-keys This commands takes OpenPGP keys as input and prints information about them in the same way the command @option{--list-keys} does for locally stored key. In addition the list options @code{show-unusable-uids}, @code{show-unusable-subkeys}, @code{show-notations} and @code{show-policy-urls} are also enabled. As usual for automated processing, this command should be combined with the option @option{--with-colons}. @item --fingerprint @opindex fingerprint List all keys (or the specified ones) along with their fingerprints. This is the same output as @option{--list-keys} but with the additional output of a line with the fingerprint. May also be combined with @option{--check-signatures}. If this command is given twice, the fingerprints of all secondary keys are listed too. This command also forces pretty printing of fingerprints if the keyid format has been set to "none". @item --list-packets @opindex list-packets List only the sequence of packets. This command is only useful for debugging. When used with option @option{--verbose} the actual MPI values are dumped and not only their lengths. Note that the output of this command may change with new releases. @item --edit-card @opindex edit-card @itemx --card-edit @opindex card-edit Present a menu to work with a smartcard. The subcommand "help" provides an overview on available commands. For a detailed description, please see the Card HOWTO at https://gnupg.org/documentation/howtos.html#GnuPG-cardHOWTO . Please note that the command "openpgp" can be used to switch to the OpenPGP application of cards which by default are presenting another application (e.g. PIV). @item --card-status @opindex card-status Show the content of the smart card. @item --change-pin @opindex change-pin Present a menu to allow changing the PIN of a smartcard. This functionality is also available as the subcommand "passwd" with the @option{--edit-card} command. @item --delete-keys @var{name} @opindex delete-keys Remove key from the public keyring. In batch mode either @option{--yes} is required or the key must be specified by fingerprint. This is a safeguard against accidental deletion of multiple keys. If the exclamation mark syntax is used with the fingerprint of a subkey only that subkey is deleted; if the exclamation mark is used with the fingerprint of the primary key the entire public key is deleted. @item --delete-secret-keys @var{name} @opindex delete-secret-keys Remove key from the secret keyring. In batch mode the key must be specified by fingerprint. The option @option{--yes} can be used to advise gpg-agent not to request a confirmation. This extra pre-caution is done because @command{@gpgname} can't be sure that the secret key (as controlled by gpg-agent) is only used for the given OpenPGP public key. If the exclamation mark syntax is used with the fingerprint of a subkey only the secret part of that subkey is deleted; if the exclamation mark is used with the fingerprint of the primary key only the secret part of the primary key is deleted. @item --delete-secret-and-public-key @var{name} @opindex delete-secret-and-public-key Same as @option{--delete-key}, but if a secret key exists, it will be removed first. In batch mode the key must be specified by fingerprint. The option @option{--yes} can be used to advise gpg-agent not to request a confirmation. @item --export @opindex export Either export all keys from all keyrings (default keyring and those registered via option @option{--keyring}), or if at least one name is given, those of the given name. The exported keys are written to STDOUT or to the file given with option @option{--output}. Use together with @option{--armor} to mail those keys. @item --send-keys @var{keyIDs} @opindex send-keys Similar to @option{--export} but sends the keys to a keyserver. Fingerprints may be used instead of key IDs. Don't send your complete keyring to a keyserver --- select only those keys which are new or changed by you. If no @var{keyIDs} are given, @command{@gpgname} does nothing. Take care: Keyservers are by design write only systems and thus it is not possible to ever delete keys once they have been send to a keyserver. @item --export-secret-keys @itemx --export-secret-subkeys @opindex export-secret-keys @opindex export-secret-subkeys Same as @option{--export}, but exports the secret keys instead. The exported keys are written to STDOUT or to the file given with option @option{--output}. This command is often used along with the option @option{--armor} to allow for easy printing of the key for paper backup; however the external tool @command{paperkey} does a better job of creating backups on paper. Note that exporting a secret key can be a security risk if the exported keys are sent over an insecure channel. The second form of the command has the special property to render the secret part of the primary key useless; this is a GNU extension to OpenPGP and other implementations can not be expected to successfully import such a key. Its intended use is in generating a full key with an additional signing subkey on a dedicated machine. This command then exports the key without the primary key to the main machine. GnuPG may ask you to enter the passphrase for the key. This is required, because the internal protection method of the secret key is different from the one specified by the OpenPGP protocol. @item --export-ssh-key @opindex export-ssh-key This command is used to export a key in the OpenSSH public key format. It requires the specification of one key by the usual means and exports the latest valid subkey which has an authentication capability to STDOUT or to the file given with option @option{--output}. That output can directly be added to ssh's @file{authorized_key} file. By specifying the key to export using a key ID or a fingerprint suffixed with an exclamation mark (!), a specific subkey or the primary key can be exported. This does not even require that the key has the authentication capability flag set. @item --import @itemx --fast-import @opindex import Import/merge keys. This adds the given keys to the keyring. The fast version is currently just a synonym. There are a few other options which control how this command works. Most notable here is the @option{--import-options merge-only} option which does not insert new keys but does only the merging of new signatures, user-IDs and subkeys. @item --receive-keys @var{keyIDs} @opindex receive-keys @itemx --recv-keys @var{keyIDs} @opindex recv-keys Import the keys with the given @var{keyIDs} from a keyserver. @item --refresh-keys @opindex refresh-keys Request updates from a keyserver for keys that already exist on the local keyring. This is useful for updating a key with the latest signatures, user IDs, etc. Calling this with no arguments will refresh the entire keyring. @item --search-keys @var{names} @opindex search-keys Search the keyserver for the given @var{names}. Multiple names given here will be joined together to create the search string for the keyserver. Note that keyservers search for @var{names} in a different and simpler way than gpg does. The best choice is to use a mail address. Due to data privacy reasons keyservers may even not even allow searching by user id or mail address and thus may only return results when being used with the @option{--recv-key} command to search by key fingerprint or keyid. @item --fetch-keys @var{URIs} @opindex fetch-keys Retrieve keys located at the specified @var{URIs}. Note that different installations of GnuPG may support different protocols (HTTP, FTP, LDAP, etc.). When using HTTPS the system provided root certificates are used by this command. @item --update-trustdb @opindex update-trustdb Do trust database maintenance. This command iterates over all keys and builds the Web of Trust. This is an interactive command because it may have to ask for the "ownertrust" values for keys. The user has to give an estimation of how far she trusts the owner of the displayed key to correctly certify (sign) other keys. GnuPG only asks for the ownertrust value if it has not yet been assigned to a key. Using the @option{--edit-key} menu, the assigned value can be changed at any time. @item --check-trustdb @opindex check-trustdb Do trust database maintenance without user interaction. From time to time the trust database must be updated so that expired keys or signatures and the resulting changes in the Web of Trust can be tracked. Normally, GnuPG will calculate when this is required and do it automatically unless @option{--no-auto-check-trustdb} is set. This command can be used to force a trust database check at any time. The processing is identical to that of @option{--update-trustdb} but it skips keys with a not yet defined "ownertrust". For use with cron jobs, this command can be used together with @option{--batch} in which case the trust database check is done only if a check is needed. To force a run even in batch mode add the option @option{--yes}. @anchor{option --export-ownertrust} @item --export-ownertrust @opindex export-ownertrust Send the ownertrust values to STDOUT. This is useful for backup purposes as these values are the only ones which can't be re-created from a corrupted trustdb. Example: @c man:.RS @example @gpgname{} --export-ownertrust > otrust.txt @end example @c man:.RE @item --import-ownertrust @opindex import-ownertrust Update the trustdb with the ownertrust values stored in @code{files} (or STDIN if not given); existing values will be overwritten. In case of a severely damaged trustdb and if you have a recent backup of the ownertrust values (e.g. in the file @file{otrust.txt}), you may re-create the trustdb using these commands: @c man:.RS @example cd ~/.gnupg rm trustdb.gpg @gpgname{} --import-ownertrust < otrust.txt @end example @c man:.RE @item --rebuild-keydb-caches @opindex rebuild-keydb-caches When updating from version 1.0.6 to 1.0.7 this command should be used to create signature caches in the keyring. It might be handy in other situations too. @item --print-md @var{algo} @itemx --print-mds @opindex print-md Print message digest of algorithm @var{algo} for all given files or STDIN. With the second form (or a deprecated "*" for @var{algo}) digests for all available algorithms are printed. @item --gen-random @var{0|1|2|16|30} @var{count} @opindex gen-random Emit @var{count} random bytes of the given quality level 0, 1 or 2. If @var{count} is not given or zero, an endless sequence of random bytes will be emitted. If used with @option{--armor} the output will be base64 encoded. The special level 16 uses a quality level of 1 and outputs an endless stream of hex-encoded octets. The special level 30 outputs random as 30 zBase-32 characters. @item --gen-prime @var{mode} @var{bits} @opindex gen-prime Use the source, Luke :-). The output format is subject to change with any release. @item --enarmor @itemx --dearmor @opindex enarmor @opindex dearmor Pack or unpack an arbitrary input into/from an OpenPGP ASCII armor. This is a GnuPG extension to OpenPGP and in general not very useful. The @option{--dearmor} command can also be used to dearmor PEM armors. @item --unwrap @opindex unwrap This command is similar to @option{--decrypt} with the difference that the output is not the usual plaintext but the original message with the encryption layer removed. Thus the output will be an OpenPGP data structure which often means a signed OpenPGP message. Note that this option may or may not remove a compression layer which is often found beneath the encryption layer. @item --tofu-policy @{auto|good|unknown|bad|ask@} @var{keys} @opindex tofu-policy Set the TOFU policy for all the bindings associated with the specified @var{keys}. For more information about the meaning of the policies, @pxref{trust-model-tofu}. The @var{keys} may be specified either by their fingerprint (preferred) or their keyid. @c @item --server @c @opindex server @c Run gpg in server mode. This feature is not yet ready for use and @c thus not documented. @end table @c ******************************************** @c ******* KEY MANAGEMENT COMMANDS ********** @c ******************************************** @node OpenPGP Key Management @subsection How to manage your keys This section explains the main commands for key management. @table @gnupgtabopt @item --quick-generate-key @var{user-id} [@var{algo} [@var{usage} [@var{expire}]]] @itemx --quick-gen-key @opindex quick-generate-key @opindex quick-gen-key This is a simple command to generate a standard key with one user id. In contrast to @option{--generate-key} the key is generated directly without the need to answer a bunch of prompts. Unless the option @option{--yes} is given, the key creation will be canceled if the given user id already exists in the keyring. If invoked directly on the console without any special options an answer to a ``Continue?'' style confirmation prompt is required. In case the user id already exists in the keyring a second prompt to force the creation of the key will show up. If @var{algo} or @var{usage} are given, only the primary key is created and no prompts are shown. To specify an expiration date but still create a primary and subkey use ``default'' or ``future-default'' for @var{algo} and ``default'' for @var{usage}. For a description of these optional arguments see the command @code{--quick-add-key}. The @var{usage} accepts also the value ``cert'' which can be used to create a certification only primary key; the default is to a create certification and signing key. The @var{expire} argument can be used to specify an expiration date for the key. Several formats are supported; commonly the ISO formats ``YYYY-MM-DD'' or ``YYYYMMDDThhmmss'' are used. To make the key expire in N seconds, N days, N weeks, N months, or N years use ``seconds=N'', ``Nd'', ``Nw'', ``Nm'', or ``Ny'' respectively. Not specifying a value, or using ``-'' results in a key expiring in a reasonable default interval. The values ``never'', ``none'' can be used for no expiration date. If this command is used with @option{--batch}, @option{--pinentry-mode} has been set to @code{loopback}, and one of the passphrase options (@option{--passphrase}, @option{--passphrase-fd}, or @option{--passphrase-file}) is used, the supplied passphrase is used for the new key and the agent does not ask for it. To create a key without any protection @code{--passphrase ''} may be used. To create an OpenPGP key from the keys available on the currently inserted smartcard, the special string ``card'' can be used for @var{algo}. If the card features an encryption and a signing key, gpg will figure them out and creates an OpenPGP key consisting of the usual primary key and one subkey. This works only with certain smartcards. Note that the interactive @option{--full-gen-key} command allows to do the same but with greater flexibility in the selection of the smartcard keys. Note that it is possible to create a primary key and a subkey using non-default algorithms by using ``default'' and changing the default parameters using the option @option{--default-new-key-algo}. @item --quick-set-expire @var{fpr} @var{expire} [*|@var{subfprs}] @opindex quick-set-expire With two arguments given, directly set the expiration time of the primary key identified by @var{fpr} to @var{expire}. To remove the expiration time @code{0} can be used. With three arguments and the third given as an asterisk, the expiration time of all non-revoked and not yet expired subkeys are set to @var{expire}. With more than two arguments and a list of fingerprints given for @var{subfprs}, all non-revoked subkeys matching these fingerprints are set to @var{expire}. @item --quick-add-key @var{fpr} [@var{algo} [@var{usage} [@var{expire}]]] @opindex quick-add-key Directly add a subkey to the key identified by the fingerprint @var{fpr}. Without the optional arguments an encryption subkey is added. If any of the arguments are given a more specific subkey is added. @var{algo} may be any of the supported algorithms or curve names given in the format as used by key listings. To use the default algorithm the string ``default'' or ``-'' can be used. Supported algorithms are ``rsa'', ``dsa'', ``elg'', ``ed25519'', ``cv25519'', and other ECC curves. For example the string ``rsa'' adds an RSA key with the default key length; a string ``rsa4096'' requests that the key length is 4096 bits. The string ``future-default'' is an alias for the algorithm which will likely be used as default algorithm in future versions of gpg. To list the supported ECC curves the command @code{gpg --with-colons --list-config curve} can be used. Depending on the given @var{algo} the subkey may either be an encryption subkey or a signing subkey. If an algorithm is capable of signing and encryption and such a subkey is desired, a @var{usage} string must be given. This string is either ``default'' or ``-'' to keep the default or a comma delimited list (or space delimited list) of keywords: ``sign'' for a signing subkey, ``auth'' for an authentication subkey, and ``encr'' for an encryption subkey (``encrypt'' can be used as alias for ``encr''). The valid combinations depend on the algorithm. The @var{expire} argument can be used to specify an expiration date for the key. Several formats are supported; commonly the ISO formats ``YYYY-MM-DD'' or ``YYYYMMDDThhmmss'' are used. To make the key expire in N seconds, N days, N weeks, N months, or N years use ``seconds=N'', ``Nd'', ``Nw'', ``Nm'', or ``Ny'' respectively. Not specifying a value, or using ``-'' results in a key expiring in a reasonable default interval. The values ``never'', ``none'' can be used for no expiration date. @item --quick-add-adsk @var{fpr} @var{adskfpr} @opindex quick-add-adsk Directly add an Additional Decryption Subkey to the key identified by the fingerprint @var{fpr}. @var{adskfpr} is the fingerprint of another key's encryption subkey. A subkey is commonly used here because by default a primary key has no encryption capability. Use the option @option{--with-subkey-fingerprint} with a list command to display the subkey fingerprints. @item --generate-key @opindex generate-key @itemx --gen-key @opindex gen-key Generate a new key pair using the current default parameters. This is the standard command to create a new key. In addition to the key a revocation certificate is created and stored in the @file{openpgp-revocs.d} directory below the GnuPG home directory. @item --full-generate-key @opindex full-generate-key @itemx --full-gen-key @opindex full-gen-key Generate a new key pair with dialogs for all options. This is an extended version of @option{--generate-key}. There is also a feature which allows you to create keys in batch mode. See the manual section ``Unattended key generation'' on how to use this. @item --generate-revocation @var{name} @opindex generate-revocation @itemx --gen-revoke @var{name} @opindex gen-revoke Generate a revocation certificate for the complete key. To only revoke a subkey or a key signature, use the @option{--edit} command. This command merely creates the revocation certificate so that it can be used to revoke the key if that is ever needed. To actually revoke a key the created revocation certificate needs to be merged with the key to revoke. This is done by importing the revocation certificate using the @option{--import} command. Then the revoked key needs to be published, which is best done by sending the key to a keyserver (command @option{--send-key}) and by exporting (@option{--export}) it to a file which is then send to frequent communication partners. @item --generate-designated-revocation @var{name} @opindex generate-designated-revocation @itemx --desig-revoke @var{name} @opindex desig-revoke Generate a designated revocation certificate for a key. This allows a user (with the permission of the keyholder) to revoke someone else's key. @item --edit-key @opindex edit-key Present a menu which enables you to do most of the key management related tasks. It expects the specification of a key on the command line. @c ******** Begin Edit-key Options ********** @table @asis @item uid @var{n} @opindex keyedit:uid Toggle selection of user ID or photographic user ID with index @var{n}. Use @code{*} to select all and @code{0} to deselect all. @item key @var{n} @opindex keyedit:key Toggle selection of subkey with index @var{n} or key ID @var{n}. Use @code{*} to select all and @code{0} to deselect all. @item sign @opindex keyedit:sign Make a signature on key of user @code{name}. If the key is not yet signed by the default user (or the users given with @option{-u}), the program displays the information of the key again, together with its fingerprint and asks whether it should be signed. This question is repeated for all users specified with @option{-u}. @item lsign @opindex keyedit:lsign Same as "sign" but the signature is marked as non-exportable and will therefore never be used by others. This may be used to make keys valid only in the local environment. @item nrsign @opindex keyedit:nrsign Same as "sign" but the signature is marked as non-revocable and can therefore never be revoked. @item tsign @opindex keyedit:tsign Make a trust signature. This is a signature that combines the notions of certification (like a regular signature), and trust (like the "trust" command). It is generally useful in distinct communities or groups to implement the concept of a Trusted Introducer. For more information please read the sections ``Trust Signature'' and ``Regular Expression'' in RFC-4880. @end table @c man:.RS Note that "l" (for local / non-exportable), "nr" (for non-revocable, and "t" (for trust) may be freely mixed and prefixed to "sign" to create a signature of any type desired. @c man:.RE If the option @option{--only-sign-text-ids} is specified, then any non-text based user ids (e.g., photo IDs) will not be selected for signing. @table @asis @item delsig @opindex keyedit:delsig Delete a signature. Note that it is not possible to retract a signature, once it has been send to the public (i.e. to a keyserver). In that case you better use @code{revsig}. @item revsig @opindex keyedit:revsig Revoke a signature. For every signature which has been generated by one of the secret keys, GnuPG asks whether a revocation certificate should be generated. @item check @opindex keyedit:check Check the signatures on all selected user IDs. With the extra option @code{selfsig} only self-signatures are shown. @item adduid @opindex keyedit:adduid Create an additional user ID. @item addphoto @opindex keyedit:addphoto Create a photographic user ID. This will prompt for a JPEG file that will be embedded into the user ID. Note that a very large JPEG will make for a very large key. Also note that some programs will display your JPEG unchanged (GnuPG), and some programs will scale it to fit in a dialog box (PGP). @item showphoto @opindex keyedit:showphoto Display the selected photographic user ID. @item deluid @opindex keyedit:deluid Delete a user ID or photographic user ID. Note that it is not possible to retract a user id, once it has been send to the public (i.e. to a keyserver). In that case you better use @code{revuid}. @item revuid @opindex keyedit:revuid Revoke a user ID or photographic user ID. @item primary @opindex keyedit:primary Flag the current user id as the primary one, removes the primary user id flag from all other user ids and sets the timestamp of all affected self-signatures one second ahead. Note that setting a photo user ID as primary makes it primary over other photo user IDs, and setting a regular user ID as primary makes it primary over other regular user IDs. @item keyserver @opindex keyedit:keyserver Set a preferred keyserver for the specified user ID(s). This allows other users to know where you prefer they get your key from. See @option{--keyserver-options honor-keyserver-url} for more on how this works. Setting a value of "none" removes an existing preferred keyserver. @item notation @opindex keyedit:notation Set a name=value notation for the specified user ID(s). See @option{--cert-notation} for more on how this works. Setting a value of "none" removes all notations, setting a notation prefixed with a minus sign (-) removes that notation, and setting a notation name (without the =value) prefixed with a minus sign removes all notations with that name. @item pref @opindex keyedit:pref List preferences from the selected user ID. This shows the actual preferences, without including any implied preferences. @item showpref @opindex keyedit:showpref More verbose preferences listing for the selected user ID. This shows the preferences in effect by including the implied preferences of 3DES (cipher), SHA-1 (digest), and Uncompressed (compression) if they are not already included in the preference list. In addition, the preferred keyserver and signature notations (if any) are shown. @item setpref @var{string} @opindex keyedit:setpref Set the list of user ID preferences to @var{string} for all (or just the selected) user IDs. Calling setpref with no arguments sets the preference list to the default (either built-in or set via @option{--default-preference-list}), and calling setpref with "none" as the argument sets an empty preference list. Use @command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms. Note that while you can change the preferences on an attribute user ID (aka "photo ID"), GnuPG does not select keys via attribute user IDs so these preferences will not be used by GnuPG. Note that an unattended version of this command is available as @option{--quick-update-pref}. When setting preferences, you should list the algorithms in the order which you'd like to see them used by someone else when encrypting a message to your key. If you don't include 3DES, it will be automatically added at the end. Note that there are many factors that go into choosing an algorithm (for example, your key may not be the only recipient), and so the remote OpenPGP application being used to send to you may or may not follow your exact chosen order for a given message. It will, however, only choose an algorithm that is present on the preference list of every recipient key. See also the INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below. @item addkey @opindex keyedit:addkey Add a subkey to this key. @item addcardkey @opindex keyedit:addcardkey Generate a subkey on a card and add it to this key. @item keytocard @opindex keyedit:keytocard Transfer the selected secret subkey (or the primary key if no subkey has been selected) to a smartcard. The secret key in the keyring will be replaced by a stub if the key could be stored successfully on the card and you use the save command later. Only certain key types may be transferred to the card. A sub menu allows you to select on what card to store the key. Note that it is not possible to get that key back from the card - if the card gets broken your secret key will be lost unless you have a backup somewhere. @item bkuptocard @var{file} @opindex keyedit:bkuptocard Restore the given @var{file} to a card. This command may be used to restore a backup key (as generated during card initialization) to a new card. In almost all cases this will be the encryption key. You should use this command only with the corresponding public key and make sure that the file given as argument is indeed the backup to restore. You should then select 2 to restore as encryption key. You will first be asked to enter the passphrase of the backup key and then for the Admin PIN of the card. @item keytotpm @opindex keyedit:keytotpm Transfer the selected secret subkey (or the primary key if no subkey has been selected) to TPM form. The secret key in the keyring will be replaced by the TPM representation of that key, which can only be read by the particular TPM that created it (so the keyfile now becomes locked to the laptop containing the TPM). Only certain key types may be transferred to the TPM (all TPM 2.0 systems are mandated to have the rsa2048 and nistp256 algorithms but newer TPMs may have more). Note that the key itself is not transferred into the TPM, merely encrypted by the TPM in-place, so if the keyfile is deleted, the key will be lost. Once transferred to TPM representation, the key file can never be converted back to non-TPM form and the key will die when the TPM does, so you should first have a backup on secure offline storage of the actual secret key file before conversion. It is essential to use the physical system TPM that you have rw permission on the TPM resource manager device (/dev/tpmrm0). Usually this means you must be a member of the tss group. @item delkey @opindex keyedit:delkey Remove a subkey (secondary key). Note that it is not possible to retract a subkey, once it has been send to the public (i.e. to a keyserver). In that case you better use @code{revkey}. Also note that this only deletes the public part of a key. @item revkey @opindex keyedit:revkey Revoke a subkey. @item expire @opindex keyedit:expire Change the key or subkey expiration time. If a subkey is selected, the expiration time of this subkey will be changed. With no selection, the key expiration of the primary key is changed. @item trust @opindex keyedit:trust Change the owner trust value for the key. This updates the trust-db immediately and no save is required. @item disable @itemx enable @opindex keyedit:disable @opindex keyedit:enable Disable or enable an entire key. A disabled key can not normally be used for encryption. @item addrevoker @opindex keyedit:addrevoker Add a designated revoker to the key. This takes one optional argument: "sensitive". If a designated revoker is marked as sensitive, it will not be exported by default (see export-options). @item addadsk @opindex keyedit:addadsk Add an Additional Decryption Subkey. The user is asked to enter the fingerprint of another encryption subkey. Note that the exact fingerprint of another key's encryption subkey needs to be entered. This is because commonly the primary key has no encryption capability. Use the option @option{--with-subkey-fingerprint} with a list command to display the subkey fingerprints. @item passwd @opindex keyedit:passwd Change the passphrase of the secret key. @item toggle @opindex keyedit:toggle This is dummy command which exists only for backward compatibility. @item clean @opindex keyedit:clean Compact (by removing all signatures except the selfsig) any user ID that is no longer usable (e.g. revoked, or expired). Then, remove any signatures that are not usable by the trust calculations. Specifically, this removes any signature that does not validate, any signature that is superseded by a later signature, revoked signatures, and signatures issued by keys that are not present on the keyring. @item minimize @opindex keyedit:minimize Make the key as small as possible. This removes all signatures from each user ID except for the most recent self-signature. @item change-usage @opindex keyedit:change-usage Change the usage flags (capabilities) of the primary key or of subkeys. These usage flags (e.g. Certify, Sign, Authenticate, Encrypt) are set during key creation. Sometimes it is useful to have the opportunity to change them (for example to add Authenticate) after they have been created. Please take care when doing this; the allowed usage flags depend on the key algorithm. @item cross-certify @opindex keyedit:cross-certify Add cross-certification signatures to signing subkeys that may not currently have them. Cross-certification signatures protect against a subtle attack against signing subkeys. See @option{--require-cross-certification}. All new keys generated have this signature by default, so this command is only useful to bring older keys up to date. @item save @opindex keyedit:save Save all changes to the keyring and quit. @item quit @opindex keyedit:quit Quit the program without updating the keyring. @end table @c man:.RS The listing shows you the key with its secondary keys and all user IDs. The primary user ID is indicated by a dot, and selected keys or user IDs are indicated by an asterisk. The trust value is displayed with the primary key: "trust" is the assigned owner trust and "validity" is the calculated validity of the key. Validity values are also displayed for all user IDs. For possible values of trust, @pxref{trust-values}. @c man:.RE @c ******** End Edit-key Options ********** @item --sign-key @var{name} @opindex sign-key Signs a public key with your secret key. This is a shortcut version of the subcommand "sign" from @option{--edit-key}. @item --lsign-key @var{name} @opindex lsign-key Signs a public key with your secret key but marks it as non-exportable. This is a shortcut version of the subcommand "lsign" from @option{--edit-key}. @item --quick-sign-key @var{fpr} [@var{names}] @itemx --quick-lsign-key @var{fpr} [@var{names}] @opindex quick-sign-key @opindex quick-lsign-key Directly sign a key from the passphrase without any further user interaction. The @var{fpr} must be the verified primary fingerprint of a key in the local keyring. If no @var{names} are given, all useful user ids are signed; with given [@var{names}] only useful user ids matching one of these names are signed. By default, or if a name is prefixed with a '*', a case insensitive substring match is used. If a name is prefixed with a '=' a case sensitive exact match is done. The command @option{--quick-lsign-key} marks the signatures as non-exportable. If such a non-exportable signature already exists the @option{--quick-sign-key} turns it into a exportable signature. If you need to update an existing signature, for example to add or change notation data, you need to use the option @option{--force-sign-key}. This command uses reasonable defaults and thus does not provide the full flexibility of the "sign" subcommand from @option{--edit-key}. Its intended use is to help unattended key signing by utilizing a list of verified fingerprints. @item --quick-add-uid @var{user-id} @var{new-user-id} @opindex quick-add-uid This command adds a new user id to an existing key. In contrast to the interactive sub-command @code{adduid} of @option{--edit-key} the @var{new-user-id} is added verbatim with only leading and trailing white space removed, it is expected to be UTF-8 encoded, and no checks on its form are applied. @item --quick-revoke-uid @var{user-id} @var{user-id-to-revoke} @opindex quick-revoke-uid This command revokes a user ID on an existing key. It cannot be used to revoke the last user ID on key (some non-revoked user ID must remain), with revocation reason ``User ID is no longer valid''. If you want to specify a different revocation reason, or to supply supplementary revocation text, you should use the interactive sub-command @code{revuid} of @option{--edit-key}. @item --quick-revoke-sig @var{fpr} @var{signing-fpr} [@var{names}] @opindex quick-revoke-sig This command revokes the key signatures made by @var{signing-fpr} from the key specified by the fingerprint @var{fpr}. With @var{names} given only the signatures on user ids of the key matching any of the given names are affected (see @option{--quick-sign-key}). If a revocation already exists a notice is printed instead of creating a new revocation; no error is returned in this case. Note that key signature revocations may be superseded by a newer key signature and in turn again revoked. @item --quick-set-primary-uid @var{user-id} @var{primary-user-id} @opindex quick-set-primary-uid This command sets or updates the primary user ID flag on an existing key. @var{user-id} specifies the key and @var{primary-user-id} the user ID which shall be flagged as the primary user ID. The primary user ID flag is removed from all other user ids and the timestamp of all affected self-signatures is set one second ahead. @item --quick-update-pref @var{user-id} @opindex quick-update-pref This command updates the preference list of the key to the current default value (either built-in or set via @option{--default-preference-list}). This is the unattended version of of using "setpref" in the @option{--key-edit} menu without giving a list. Note that you can show the preferences in a key listing by using @option{--list-options show-pref} or @option{--list-options show-pref-verbose}. You should also re-distribute updated keys to your peers. @item --change-passphrase @var{user-id} @opindex change-passphrase @itemx --passwd @var{user-id} @opindex passwd Change the passphrase of the secret key belonging to the certificate specified as @var{user-id}. This is a shortcut for the sub-command @code{passwd} of the @option{--edit-key} menu. When using together with the option @option{--dry-run} this will not actually change the passphrase but check that the current passphrase is correct. @end table @c ******************************************* @c *************** **************** @c *************** OPTIONS **************** @c *************** **************** @c ******************************************* @mansect options @node GPG Options @section Option Summary @command{@gpgname} features a bunch of options to control the exact behaviour and to change the default configuration. @menu * GPG Configuration Options:: How to change the configuration. * GPG Key related Options:: Key related options. * GPG Input and Output:: Input and Output. * OpenPGP Options:: OpenPGP protocol specific options. * Compliance Options:: Compliance options. * GPG Esoteric Options:: Doing things one usually doesn't want to do. * Deprecated Options:: Deprecated options. @end menu Long options can be put in an options file (default "~/.gnupg/gpg.conf"). Short option names will not work - for example, "armor" is a valid option for the options file, while "a" is not. Do not write the 2 dashes, but simply the name of the option and any required arguments. Lines with a hash ('#') as the first non-white-space character are ignored. Commands may be put in this file too, but that is not generally useful as the command will execute automatically with every execution of gpg. Please remember that option parsing stops as soon as a non-option is encountered, you can explicitly stop parsing by using the special option @option{--}. @c ******************************************* @c ******** CONFIGURATION OPTIONS ********** @c ******************************************* @node GPG Configuration Options @subsection How to change the configuration These options are used to change the configuration and most of them are usually found in the option file. @table @gnupgtabopt @item --default-key @var{name} @opindex default-key Use @var{name} as the default key to sign with. If this option is not used, the default key is the first key found in the secret keyring. Note that @option{-u} or @option{--local-user} overrides this option. This option may be given multiple times. In this case, the last key for which a secret key is available is used. If there is no secret key available for any of the specified values, GnuPG will not emit an error message but continue as if this option wasn't given. @item --default-recipient @var{name} @opindex default-recipient Use @var{name} as default recipient if option @option{--recipient} is not used and don't ask if this is a valid one. @var{name} must be non-empty. @item --default-recipient-self @opindex default-recipient-self Use the default key as default recipient if option @option{--recipient} is not used and don't ask if this is a valid one. The default key is the first one from the secret keyring or the one set with @option{--default-key}. @item --no-default-recipient @opindex no-default-recipient Reset @option{--default-recipient} and @option{--default-recipient-self}. Should not be used in an option file. @item -v, --verbose @opindex verbose Give more information during processing. If used twice, the input data is listed in detail. @item --no-verbose @opindex no-verbose Reset verbose level to 0. Should not be used in an option file. @item -q, --quiet @opindex quiet Try to be as quiet as possible. Should not be used in an option file. @item --batch @itemx --no-batch @opindex batch @opindex no-batch Use batch mode. Never ask, do not allow interactive commands. @option{--no-batch} disables this option. Note that even with a filename given on the command line, gpg might still need to read from STDIN (in particular if gpg figures that the input is a detached signature and no data file has been specified). Thus if you do not want to feed data via STDIN, you should connect STDIN to @file{/dev/null}. It is highly recommended to use this option along with the options @option{--status-fd} and @option{--with-colons} for any unattended use of @command{gpg}. Should not be used in an option file. @item --no-tty @opindex no-tty Make sure that the TTY (terminal) is never used for any output. This option is needed in some cases because GnuPG sometimes prints warnings to the TTY even if @option{--batch} is used. @item --yes @opindex yes Assume "yes" on most questions. Should not be used in an option file. @item --no @opindex no Assume "no" on most questions. Should not be used in an option file. @item --list-filter @{select=@var{expr}@} @opindex list-filter A list filter can be used to output only certain keys during key listing commands. For the available property names, see the description of @option{--import-filter}. @item --list-options @var{parameters} @opindex list-options This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when listing keys and signatures (that is, @option{--list-keys}, @option{--check-signatures}, @option{--list-public-keys}, @option{--list-secret-keys}, and the @option{--edit-key} functions). Options can be prepended with a @option{no-} (after the two dashes) to give the opposite meaning. The options are: @table @asis @item show-photos @opindex list-options:show-photos Causes @option{--list-keys}, @option{--check-signatures}, @option{--list-public-keys}, and @option{--list-secret-keys} to display any photo IDs attached to the key. Defaults to no. See also @option{--photo-viewer}. Does not work with @option{--with-colons}: see @option{--attribute-fd} for the appropriate way to get photo data for scripts and other frontends. @item show-usage @opindex list-options:show-usage Show usage information for keys and subkeys in the standard key listing. This is a list of letters indicating the allowed usage for a key (@code{E}=encryption, @code{S}=signing, @code{C}=certification, @code{A}=authentication). Defaults to yes. @item show-policy-urls @opindex list-options:show-policy-urls Show policy URLs in the @option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no. @item show-notations @itemx show-std-notations @itemx show-user-notations @opindex list-options:show-notations @opindex list-options:show-std-notations @opindex list-options:show-user-notations Show all, IETF standard, or user-defined signature notations in the @option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no. @item show-keyserver-urls @opindex list-options:show-keyserver-urls Show any preferred keyserver URL in the @option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no. @item show-uid-validity @opindex list-options:show-uid-validity Display the calculated validity of user IDs during key listings. Defaults to yes. @item show-unusable-uids @opindex list-options:show-unusable-uids Show revoked and expired user IDs in key listings. Defaults to no. @item show-unusable-subkeys @opindex list-options:show-unusable-subkeys Show revoked and expired subkeys in key listings. Defaults to no. @item show-unusable-sigs @opindex list-options:show-unusable-sigs Show key signature made using weak or unsupported algorithms. @item show-keyring @opindex list-options:show-keyring Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which keyring a given key resides on. Defaults to no. @item show-sig-expire @opindex list-options:show-sig-expire Show signature expiration dates (if any) during @option{--check-signatures} listings. Defaults to no. @item show-sig-subpackets @opindex list-options:show-sig-subpackets Include signature subpackets in the key listing. This option can take an optional argument list of the subpackets to list. If no argument is passed, list all subpackets. Defaults to no. This option is only meaningful when using @option{--with-colons} along with @option{--check-signatures}. @item show-only-fpr-mbox @opindex list-options:show-only-fpr-mbox For each user-id which has a valid mail address print only the fingerprint followed by the mail address. @item sort-sigs @opindex list-options:sort-sigs With --list-sigs and --check-sigs sort the signatures by keyID and creation time to make it easier to view the history of these signatures. The self-signature is also listed before other signatures. Defaults to yes. @end table @item --verify-options @var{parameters} @opindex verify-options This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when verifying signatures. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the opposite meaning. The options are: @table @asis @item show-photos @opindex verify-options:show-photos Display any photo IDs present on the key that issued the signature. Defaults to no. See also @option{--photo-viewer}. @item show-policy-urls @opindex verify-options:show-policy-urls Show policy URLs in the signature being verified. Defaults to yes. @item show-notations @itemx show-std-notations @itemx show-user-notations @opindex verify-options:show-notations @opindex verify-options:show-std-notations @opindex verify-options:show-user-notations Show all, IETF standard, or user-defined signature notations in the signature being verified. Defaults to IETF standard. @item show-keyserver-urls @opindex verify-options:show-keyserver-urls Show any preferred keyserver URL in the signature being verified. Defaults to yes. @item show-uid-validity @opindex verify-options:show-uid-validity Display the calculated validity of the user IDs on the key that issued the signature. Defaults to yes. @item show-unusable-uids @opindex verify-options:show-unusable-uids Show revoked and expired user IDs during signature verification. Defaults to no. @item show-primary-uid-only @opindex verify-options:show-primary-uid-only Show only the primary user ID during signature verification. That is all the AKA lines as well as photo Ids are not shown with the signature verification status. @end table @item --enable-large-rsa @itemx --disable-large-rsa @opindex enable-large-rsa @opindex disable-large-rsa With --generate-key and --batch, enable the creation of RSA secret keys as large as 8192 bit. Note: 8192 bit is more than is generally recommended. These large keys don't significantly improve security, but they are more expensive to use, and their signatures and certifications are larger. This option is only available if the binary was build with large-secmem support. @item --enable-dsa2 @itemx --disable-dsa2 @opindex enable-dsa2 @opindex disable-dsa2 Enable hash truncation for all DSA keys even for old DSA Keys up to 1024 bit. This is also the default with @option{--openpgp}. Note that older versions of GnuPG also required this flag to allow the generation of DSA larger than 1024 bit. @item --photo-viewer @var{string} @opindex photo-viewer This is the command line that should be run to view a photo ID. "%i" will be expanded to a filename containing the photo. "%I" does the same, except the file will not be deleted once the viewer exits. Other flags are "%k" for the key ID, "%K" for the long key ID, "%f" for the key fingerprint, "%t" for the extension of the image type (e.g. "jpg"), "%T" for the MIME type of the image (e.g. "image/jpeg"), "%v" for the single-character calculated validity of the image being viewed (e.g. "f"), "%V" for the calculated validity as a string (e.g. "full"), "%U" for a base32 encoded hash of the user ID, and "%%" for an actual percent sign. If neither %i or %I are present, then the photo will be supplied to the viewer on standard input. On Unix the default viewer is @code{xloadimage -fork -quiet -title 'KeyID 0x%k' STDIN} with a fallback to @code{display -title 'KeyID 0x%k' %i} and finally to @code{xdg-open %i}. On Windows @code{!ShellExecute 400 %i} is used; here the command is a meta command to use that API call followed by a wait time in milliseconds which is used to give the viewer time to read the temporary image file before gpg deletes it again. Note that if your image viewer program is not secure, then executing it from gpg does not make it secure. @item --exec-path @var{string} @opindex exec-path @efindex PATH Sets a list of directories to search for photo viewers If not provided photo viewers use the @code{PATH} environment variable. @item --keyring @var{file} @opindex keyring Add @var{file} to the current list of keyrings. If @var{file} begins with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the $HOME directory. If the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG home directory ("~/.gnupg" unless @option{--homedir} or $GNUPGHOME is used). Note that this adds a keyring to the current list. If the intent is to use the specified keyring alone, use @option{--keyring} along with @option{--no-default-keyring}. If the option @option{--no-keyring} has been used no keyrings will be used at all. Note that if the option @option{use-keyboxd} is enabled in @file{common.conf}, no keyrings are used at all and keys are all maintained by the keyboxd process in its own database. @item --primary-keyring @var{file} @opindex primary-keyring This is a varian of @option{--keyring} and designates @var{file} as the primary public keyring. This means that newly imported keys (via @option{--import} or keyserver @option{--recv-from}) will go to this keyring. @item --secret-keyring @var{file} @opindex secret-keyring This is an obsolete option and ignored. All secret keys are stored in the @file{private-keys-v1.d} directory below the GnuPG home directory. @item --trustdb-name @var{file} @opindex trustdb-name Use @var{file} instead of the default trustdb. If @var{file} begins with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the $HOME directory. If the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG home directory (@file{~/.gnupg} if @option{--homedir} or $GNUPGHOME is not used). @include opt-homedir.texi @item --display-charset @var{name} @opindex display-charset Set the name of the native character set. This is used to convert some informational strings like user IDs to the proper UTF-8 encoding. Note that this has nothing to do with the character set of data to be encrypted or signed; GnuPG does not recode user-supplied data. If this option is not used, the default character set is determined from the current locale. A verbosity level of 3 shows the chosen set. This option should not be used on Windows. Valid values for @var{name} are: @table @asis @item iso-8859-1 @opindex display-charset:iso-8859-1 This is the Latin 1 set. @item iso-8859-2 @opindex display-charset:iso-8859-2 The Latin 2 set. @item iso-8859-15 @opindex display-charset:iso-8859-15 This is currently an alias for the Latin 1 set. @item koi8-r @opindex display-charset:koi8-r The usual Russian set (RFC-1489). @item utf-8 @opindex display-charset:utf-8 Bypass all translations and assume that the OS uses native UTF-8 encoding. @end table @item --utf8-strings @itemx --no-utf8-strings @opindex utf8-strings Assume that command line arguments are given as UTF-8 strings. The default (@option{--no-utf8-strings}) is to assume that arguments are encoded in the character set as specified by @option{--display-charset}. These options affect all following arguments. Both options may be used multiple times. This option should not be used in an option file. This option has no effect on Windows. There the internal used UTF-8 encoding is translated for console input and output. The command line arguments are expected as Unicode and translated to UTF-8. Thus when calling this program from another, make sure to use the Unicode version of CreateProcess. @anchor{gpg-option --options} @item --options @var{file} @opindex options Read options from @var{file} and do not try to read them from the default options file in the homedir (see @option{--homedir}). This option is ignored if used in an options file. @item --no-options @opindex no-options Shortcut for @option{--options /dev/null}. This option is detected before an attempt to open an option file. Using this option will also prevent the creation of a @file{~/.gnupg} homedir. @item -z @var{n} @itemx --compress-level @var{n} @itemx --bzip2-compress-level @var{n} @opindex compress-level @opindex bzip2-compress-level Set compression level to @var{n} for the ZIP and ZLIB compression algorithms. The default is to use the default compression level of zlib (normally 6). @option{--bzip2-compress-level} sets the compression level for the BZIP2 compression algorithm (defaulting to 6 as well). This is a different option from @option{--compress-level} since BZIP2 uses a significant amount of memory for each additional compression level. @option{-z} sets both. A value of 0 for @var{n} disables compression. A value of -1 forces compression using the default level. Except for the @option{--store} command compression is always used unless @command{gpg} detects that the input is already compressed. To inhibit the use of compression use @option{-z0}; to force compression use @option{-z-1} or option @option{z} with another compression level than the default as indicated by -1. Note that this overriding of the default deection works only with @option{z} and not with the long variant of this option. @item --bzip2-decompress-lowmem @opindex bzip2-decompress-lowmem Use a different decompression method for BZIP2 compressed files. This alternate method uses a bit more than half the memory, but also runs at half the speed. This is useful under extreme low memory circumstances when the file was originally compressed at a high @option{--bzip2-compress-level}. @item --mangle-dos-filenames @itemx --no-mangle-dos-filenames @opindex mangle-dos-filenames @opindex no-mangle-dos-filenames Older version of Windows cannot handle filenames with more than one dot. @option{--mangle-dos-filenames} causes GnuPG to replace (rather than add to) the extension of an output filename to avoid this problem. This option is off by default and has no effect on non-Windows platforms. @item --ask-cert-level @itemx --no-ask-cert-level @opindex ask-cert-level When making a key signature, prompt for a certification level. If this option is not specified, the certification level used is set via @option{--default-cert-level}. See @option{--default-cert-level} for information on the specific levels and how they are used. @option{--no-ask-cert-level} disables this option. This option defaults to no. @item --default-cert-level @var{n} @opindex default-cert-level The default to use for the check level when signing a key. 0 means you make no particular claim as to how carefully you verified the key. 1 means you believe the key is owned by the person who claims to own it but you could not, or did not verify the key at all. This is useful for a "persona" verification, where you sign the key of a pseudonymous user. 2 means you did casual verification of the key. For example, this could mean that you verified the key fingerprint and checked the user ID on the key against a photo ID. 3 means you did extensive verification of the key. For example, this could mean that you verified the key fingerprint with the owner of the key in person, and that you checked, by means of a hard to forge document with a photo ID (such as a passport) that the name of the key owner matches the name in the user ID on the key, and finally that you verified (by exchange of email) that the email address on the key belongs to the key owner. Note that the examples given above for levels 2 and 3 are just that: examples. In the end, it is up to you to decide just what "casual" and "extensive" mean to you. This option defaults to 0 (no particular claim). @item --min-cert-level @opindex min-cert-level When building the trust database, treat any signatures with a certification level below this as invalid. Defaults to 2, which disregards level 1 signatures. Note that level 0 "no particular claim" signatures are always accepted. @item --trusted-key @var{long key ID or fingerprint} @opindex trusted-key Assume that the specified key (which should be given as fingerprint) is as trustworthy as one of your own secret keys. This option is useful if you don't want to keep your secret keys (or one of them) online but still want to be able to check the validity of a given recipient's or signator's key. If the given key is not locally available but an LDAP keyserver is configured the missing key is imported from that server. @item --add-desig-revoker [sensitive:]@var{fingerprint} @opindex add-desig-revoker Add the key specified by @var{fingerprint} as a designated revoker to newly created keys. If the fingerprint is prefixed with the keyword ``sensitive:'' that info is normally not exported wit the key. This option may be given several time to add more than one designated revoker. If the keyword ``clear'' is used instead of a fingerprint, all designated options previously encountered are discarded. Designated revokers are marked on the key as non-revocable. Note that a designated revoker specified using a parameter file will also be added to the key. @item --trust-model @{pgp|classic|tofu|tofu+pgp|direct|always|auto@} @opindex trust-model Set what trust model GnuPG should follow. The models are: @table @asis @item pgp @opindex trust-model:pgp This is the Web of Trust combined with trust signatures as used in PGP 5.x and later. This is the default trust model when creating a new trust database. @item classic @opindex trust-model:classic This is the standard Web of Trust as introduced by PGP 2. @item tofu @opindex trust-model:tofu @anchor{trust-model-tofu} TOFU stands for Trust On First Use. In this experimental trust model, the first time a key is seen, it is memorized. If later another key with a user id with the same email address is seen, both keys are marked as suspect. In that case, the next time either is used, a warning is displayed describing the conflict, why it might have occurred (either the user generated a new key and failed to cross sign the old and new keys, the key is forgery, or a man-in-the-middle attack is being attempted), and the user is prompted to manually confirm the validity of the key in question. Because a potential attacker is able to control the email address and thereby circumvent the conflict detection algorithm by using an email address that is similar in appearance to a trusted email address, whenever a message is verified, statistics about the number of messages signed with the key are shown. In this way, a user can easily identify attacks using fake keys for regular correspondents. When compared with the Web of Trust, TOFU offers significantly weaker security guarantees. In particular, TOFU only helps ensure consistency (that is, that the binding between a key and email address doesn't change). A major advantage of TOFU is that it requires little maintenance to use correctly. To use the web of trust properly, you need to actively sign keys and mark users as trusted introducers. This is a time-consuming process and anecdotal evidence suggests that even security-conscious users rarely take the time to do this thoroughly and instead rely on an ad-hoc TOFU process. In the TOFU model, policies are associated with bindings between keys and email addresses (which are extracted from user ids and normalized). There are five policies, which can be set manually using the @option{--tofu-policy} option. The default policy can be set using the @option{--tofu-default-policy} option. The TOFU policies are: @code{auto}, @code{good}, @code{unknown}, @code{bad} and @code{ask}. The @code{auto} policy is used by default (unless overridden by @option{--tofu-default-policy}) and marks a binding as marginally trusted. The @code{good}, @code{unknown} and @code{bad} policies mark a binding as fully trusted, as having unknown trust or as having trust never, respectively. The @code{unknown} policy is useful for just using TOFU to detect conflicts, but to never assign positive trust to a binding. The final policy, @code{ask} prompts the user to indicate the binding's trust. If batch mode is enabled (or input is inappropriate in the context), then the user is not prompted and the @code{undefined} trust level is returned. @item tofu+pgp @opindex trust-model:tofu+pgp This experimental trust model combines TOFU with the Web of Trust. This is done by computing the trust level for each model and then taking the maximum trust level where the trust levels are ordered as follows: @code{unknown < undefined < marginal < fully < ultimate < expired < never}. By setting @option{--tofu-default-policy=unknown}, this model can be used to implement the web of trust with TOFU's conflict detection algorithm, but without its assignment of positive trust values, which some security-conscious users don't like. @item direct @opindex trust-model:direct Key validity is set directly by the user and not calculated via the Web of Trust. This model is solely based on the key and does not distinguish user IDs. Note that when changing to another trust model the trust values assigned to a key are transformed into ownertrust values, which also indicate how you trust the owner of the key to sign other keys. @item always @opindex trust-model:always Skip key validation and assume that used keys are always fully valid. You generally won't use this unless you are using some external validation scheme. This option also suppresses the "[uncertain]" tag printed with signature checks when there is no evidence that the user ID is bound to the key. Note that this trust model still does not allow the use of expired, revoked, or disabled keys. @item auto @opindex trust-model:auto Select the trust model depending on whatever the internal trust database says. This is the default model if such a database already exists. Note that a tofu trust model is not considered here and must be enabled explicitly. @end table @item --always-trust @opindex always-trust Identical to @option{--trust-model always}. @item --assert-signer @var{fpr_or_file} @opindex assert-signer This option checks whether at least one valid signature on a file has been made with the specified key. The key is either specified as a fingerprint or a file listing fingerprints. The fingerprint must be given or listed in compact format (no colons or spaces in between). This option can be given multiple times and each fingerprint is checked against the signing key as well as the corresponding primary key. If @var{fpr_or_file} specifies a file, empty lines are ignored as well as all lines starting with a hash sign. With this option gpg is guaranteed to return with an exit code of 0 if and only if a signature has been encountered, is valid, and the key matches one of the fingerprints given by this option. @item --auto-key-locate @var{mechanisms} @itemx --no-auto-key-locate @opindex auto-key-locate GnuPG can automatically locate and retrieve keys as needed using this option. This happens when encrypting to an email address (in the "user@@example.com" form), and there are no "user@@example.com" keys on the local keyring. This option takes any number of the mechanisms listed below, in the order they are to be tried. Instead of listing the mechanisms as comma delimited arguments, the option may also be given several times to add more mechanism. The option @option{--no-auto-key-locate} or the mechanism "clear" resets the list. The default is "local,wkd". @table @asis @item cert Locate a key using DNS CERT, as specified in RFC-4398. @item dane Locate a key using DANE, as specified in draft-ietf-dane-openpgpkey-05.txt. @item wkd Locate a key using the Web Key Directory protocol. @item ldap Using DNS Service Discovery, check the domain in question for any LDAP keyservers to use. If this fails, attempt to locate the key using the PGP Universal method of checking @samp{ldap://keys.(thedomain)}. @item ntds Locate the key using the Active Directory (Windows only). This method also allows to search by fingerprint using the command @option{--locate-external-key}. Note that this mechanism is actually a shortcut for the mechanism @samp{keyserver} but using "ldap:///" as the keyserver. @item keyserver Locate a key using a keyserver. This method also allows to search by fingerprint using the command @option{--locate-external-key} if any of the configured keyservers is an LDAP server. @item keyserver-URL In addition, a keyserver URL as used in the @command{dirmngr} configuration may be used here to query that particular keyserver. This method also allows to search by fingerprint using the command @option{--locate-external-key} if the URL specifies an LDAP server. @item local Locate the key using the local keyrings. This mechanism allows the user to select the order a local key lookup is done. Thus using @samp{--auto-key-locate local} is identical to @option{--no-auto-key-locate}. @item nodefault This flag disables the standard local key lookup, done before any of the mechanisms defined by the @option{--auto-key-locate} are tried. The position of this mechanism in the list does not matter. It is not required if @code{local} is also used. @item clear Clear all defined mechanisms. This is useful to override mechanisms given in a config file. Note that a @code{nodefault} in @var{mechanisms} will also be cleared unless it is given after the @code{clear}. @end table @item --auto-key-import @itemx --no-auto-key-import @opindex auto-key-import @opindex no-auto-key-import This is an offline mechanism to get a missing key for signature verification and for later encryption to this key. If this option is enabled and a signature includes an embedded key, that key is used to verify the signature and on verification success the key is imported. The default is @option{--no-auto-key-import}. On the sender (signing) site the option @option{--include-key-block} needs to be used to put the public part of the signing key as “Key Block subpacket” into the signature. @item --auto-key-retrieve @itemx --no-auto-key-retrieve @opindex auto-key-retrieve @opindex no-auto-key-retrieve These options enable or disable the automatic retrieving of keys from a keyserver when verifying signatures made by keys that are not on the local keyring. The default is @option{--no-auto-key-retrieve}. The order of methods tried to lookup the key is: 1. If the option @option{--auto-key-import} is set and the signatures includes an embedded key, that key is used to verify the signature and on verification success that key is imported. 2. If a preferred keyserver is specified in the signature and the option @option{honor-keyserver-url} is active (which is not the default), that keyserver is tried. Note that the creator of the signature uses the option @option{--sig-keyserver-url} to specify the preferred keyserver for data signatures. 3. If the signature has the Signer's UID set (e.g. using @option{--sender} while creating the signature) a Web Key Directory (WKD) lookup is done. This is the default configuration but can be disabled by removing WKD from the auto-key-locate list or by using the option @option{--disable-signer-uid}. 4. If any keyserver is configured and the Issuer Fingerprint is part of the signature (since GnuPG 2.1.16), the configured keyservers are tried. Note that this option makes a "web bug" like behavior possible. Keyserver or Web Key Directory operators can see which keys you request, so by sending you a message signed by a brand new key (which you naturally will not have on your local keyring), the operator can tell both your IP address and the time when you verified the signature. @item --keyid-format @{none|short|0xshort|long|0xlong@} @opindex keyid-format Select how to display key IDs. "none" does not show the key ID at all but shows the fingerprint in a separate line. "short" is the traditional 8-character key ID. "long" is the more accurate (but less convenient) 16-character key ID. Add an "0x" to either to include an "0x" at the beginning of the key ID, as in 0x99242560. Note that this option is ignored if the option @option{--with-colons} is used. @item --keyserver @var{name} @opindex keyserver This option is deprecated - please use the @option{--keyserver} in @file{dirmngr.conf} instead. Use @var{name} as your keyserver. This is the server that @option{--receive-keys}, @option{--send-keys}, and @option{--search-keys} will communicate with to receive keys from, send keys to, and search for keys on. The format of the @var{name} is a URI: `scheme:[//]keyservername[:port]' The scheme is the type of keyserver: "hkp"/"hkps" for the HTTP (or compatible) keyservers or "ldap"/"ldaps" for the LDAP keyservers. Note that your particular installation of GnuPG may have other keyserver types available as well. Keyserver schemes are case-insensitive. Most keyservers synchronize with each other, so there is generally no need to send keys to more than one server. The keyserver @code{hkp://keys.gnupg.net} uses round robin DNS to give a different keyserver each time you use it. @item --keyserver-options @{@var{name}=@var{value}@} @opindex keyserver-options This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for the keyserver. Options can be prefixed with a `no-' to give the opposite meaning. Valid import-options or export-options may be used here as well to apply to importing (@option{--recv-key}) or exporting (@option{--send-key}) a key from a keyserver. While not all options are available for all keyserver types, some common options are: @table @asis @item include-revoked When searching for a key with @option{--search-keys}, include keys that are marked on the keyserver as revoked. Note that not all keyservers differentiate between revoked and unrevoked keys, and for such keyservers this option is meaningless. Note also that most keyservers do not have cryptographic verification of key revocations, and so turning this option off may result in skipping keys that are incorrectly marked as revoked. @item include-disabled When searching for a key with @option{--search-keys}, include keys that are marked on the keyserver as disabled. Note that this option is not used with HKP keyservers. @item auto-key-retrieve This is an obsolete alias for the option @option{auto-key-retrieve}. Please do not use it; it will be removed in future versions.. @item honor-keyserver-url When using @option{--refresh-keys}, if the key in question has a preferred keyserver URL, then use that preferred keyserver to refresh the key from. In addition, if auto-key-retrieve is set, and the signature being verified has a preferred keyserver URL, then use that preferred keyserver to fetch the key from. Note that this option introduces a "web bug": The creator of the key can see when the keys is refreshed. Thus this option is not enabled by default. @item include-subkeys When receiving a key, include subkeys as potential targets. Note that this option is not used with HKP keyservers, as they do not support retrieving keys by subkey id. @item timeout @itemx http-proxy=@var{value} @itemx verbose @itemx debug @itemx check-cert @item ca-cert-file These options have no more function since GnuPG 2.1. Use the @code{dirmngr} configuration options instead. @end table The default list of options is: "self-sigs-only, import-clean, repair-keys, repair-pks-subkey-bug, export-attributes". However, if the actual used source is an LDAP server "no-self-sigs-only" is assumed unless "self-sigs-only" has been explicitly configured. @item --completes-needed @var{n} @opindex compliant-needed Number of completely trusted users to introduce a new key signer (defaults to 1). @item --marginals-needed @var{n} @opindex marginals-needed Number of marginally trusted users to introduce a new key signer (defaults to 3) @item --tofu-default-policy @{auto|good|unknown|bad|ask@} @opindex tofu-default-policy The default TOFU policy (defaults to @code{auto}). For more information about the meaning of this option, @pxref{trust-model-tofu}. @item --max-cert-depth @var{n} @opindex max-cert-depth Maximum depth of a certification chain (default is 5). @item --no-sig-cache @opindex no-sig-cache Do not cache the verification status of key signatures. Caching gives a much better performance in key listings. However, if you suspect that your public keyring is not safe against write modifications, you can use this option to disable the caching. It probably does not make sense to disable it because all kind of damage can be done if someone else has write access to your public keyring. @item --auto-check-trustdb @itemx --no-auto-check-trustdb @opindex auto-check-trustdb If GnuPG feels that its information about the Web of Trust has to be updated, it automatically runs the @option{--check-trustdb} command internally. This may be a time consuming process. @option{--no-auto-check-trustdb} disables this option. @item --use-agent @itemx --no-use-agent @opindex use-agent This is dummy option. @command{@gpgname} always requires the agent. @item --gpg-agent-info @opindex gpg-agent-info This is dummy option. It has no effect when used with @command{@gpgname}. @item --agent-program @var{file} @opindex agent-program Specify an agent program to be used for secret key operations. The default value is determined by running @command{gpgconf} with the option @option{--list-dirs}. Note that the pipe symbol (@code{|}) is used for a regression test suite hack and may thus not be used in the file name. @item --dirmngr-program @var{file} @opindex dirmngr-program Specify a dirmngr program to be used for keyserver access. The default value is @file{@value{BINDIR}/dirmngr}. @item --disable-dirmngr Entirely disable the use of the Dirmngr. @item --no-autostart @opindex no-autostart Do not start the gpg-agent or the dirmngr if it has not yet been started and its service is required. This option is mostly useful on machines where the connection to gpg-agent has been redirected to another machines. If dirmngr is required on the remote machine, it may be started manually using @command{gpgconf --launch dirmngr}. @item --lock-once @opindex lock-once Lock the databases the first time a lock is requested and do not release the lock until the process terminates. @item --lock-multiple @opindex lock-multiple Release the locks every time a lock is no longer needed. Use this to override a previous @option{--lock-once} from a config file. @item --lock-never @opindex lock-never Disable locking entirely. This option should be used only in very special environments, where it can be assured that only one process is accessing those files. A bootable floppy with a stand-alone encryption system will probably use this. Improper usage of this option may lead to data and key corruption. @item --exit-on-status-write-error @opindex exit-on-status-write-error This option will cause write errors on the status FD to immediately terminate the process. That should in fact be the default but it never worked this way and thus we need an option to enable this, so that the change won't break applications which close their end of a status fd connected pipe too early. Using this option along with @option{--enable-progress-filter} may be used to cleanly cancel long running gpg operations. @item --limit-card-insert-tries @var{n} @opindex limit-card-insert-tries With @var{n} greater than 0 the number of prompts asking to insert a smartcard gets limited to N-1. Thus with a value of 1 gpg won't at all ask to insert a card if none has been inserted at startup. This option is useful in the configuration file in case an application does not know about the smartcard support and waits ad infinitum for an inserted card. @item --no-random-seed-file @opindex no-random-seed-file GnuPG uses a file to store its internal random pool over invocations. This makes random generation faster; however sometimes write operations are not desired. This option can be used to achieve that with the cost of slower random generation. @item --no-greeting @opindex no-greeting Suppress the initial copyright message. @item --no-secmem-warning @opindex no-secmem-warning Suppress the warning about "using insecure memory". @item --no-permission-warning @opindex permission-warning Suppress the warning about unsafe file and home directory (@option{--homedir}) permissions. Note that the permission checks that GnuPG performs are not intended to be authoritative, but rather they simply warn about certain common permission problems. Do not assume that the lack of a warning means that your system is secure. Note that the warning for unsafe @option{--homedir} permissions cannot be suppressed in the gpg.conf file, as this would allow an attacker to place an unsafe gpg.conf file in place, and use this file to suppress warnings about itself. The @option{--homedir} permissions warning may only be suppressed on the command line. @item --require-secmem @itemx --no-require-secmem @opindex require-secmem Refuse to run if GnuPG cannot get secure memory. Defaults to no (i.e. run, but give a warning). @item --require-cross-certification @itemx --no-require-cross-certification @opindex require-cross-certification When verifying a signature made from a subkey, ensure that the cross certification "back signature" on the subkey is present and valid. This protects against a subtle attack against subkeys that can sign. Defaults to @option{--require-cross-certification} for @command{@gpgname}. @item --expert @itemx --no-expert @opindex expert Allow the user to do certain nonsensical or "silly" things like signing an expired or revoked key, or certain potentially incompatible things like generating unusual key types. This also disables certain warning messages about potentially incompatible actions. As the name implies, this option is for experts only. If you don't fully understand the implications of what it allows you to do, leave this off. @option{--no-expert} disables this option. @end table @c ******************************************* @c ******** KEY RELATED OPTIONS ************ @c ******************************************* @node GPG Key related Options @subsection Key related options @table @gnupgtabopt @item --recipient @var{name} @itemx -r @opindex recipient Encrypt for user id @var{name}. If this option or @option{--hidden-recipient} is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user-id unless @option{--default-recipient} is given. @item --hidden-recipient @var{name} @itemx -R @opindex hidden-recipient Encrypt for user ID @var{name}, but hide the key ID of this user's key. This option helps to hide the receiver of the message and is a limited countermeasure against traffic analysis. If this option or @option{--recipient} is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user ID unless @option{--default-recipient} is given. @item --recipient-file @var{file} @itemx -f @opindex recipient-file This option is similar to @option{--recipient} except that it encrypts to a key stored in the given file. @var{file} must be the name of a file containing exactly one key. @command{@gpgname} assumes that the key in this file is fully valid. @item --hidden-recipient-file @var{file} @itemx -F @opindex hidden-recipient-file This option is similar to @option{--hidden-recipient} except that it encrypts to a key stored in the given file. @var{file} must be the name of a file containing exactly one key. @command{@gpgname} assumes that the key in this file is fully valid. @item --encrypt-to @var{name} @opindex encrypt-to Same as @option{--recipient} but this one is intended for use in the options file and may be used with your own user-id as an "encrypt-to-self". These keys are only used when there are other recipients given either by use of @option{--recipient} or by the asked user id. No trust checking is performed for these user ids and even disabled keys can be used. @item --hidden-encrypt-to @var{name} @opindex hidden-encrypt-to Same as @option{--hidden-recipient} but this one is intended for use in the options file and may be used with your own user-id as a hidden "encrypt-to-self". These keys are only used when there are other recipients given either by use of @option{--recipient} or by the asked user id. No trust checking is performed for these user ids and even disabled keys can be used. @item --no-encrypt-to @opindex no-encrypt-to Disable the use of all @option{--encrypt-to} and @option{--hidden-encrypt-to} keys. @item --group @{@var{name}=@var{value}@} @opindex group Sets up a named group, which is similar to aliases in email programs. Any time the group name is a recipient (@option{-r} or @option{--recipient}), it will be expanded to the values specified. Multiple groups with the same name are automatically merged into a single group. The values are @code{key IDs} or fingerprints, but any key description is accepted. Note that a value with spaces in it will be treated as two different values. Note also there is only one level of expansion --- you cannot make an group that points to another group. When used from the command line, it may be necessary to quote the argument to this option to prevent the shell from treating it as multiple arguments. @item --ungroup @var{name} @opindex ungroup Remove a given entry from the @option{--group} list. @item --no-groups @opindex no-groups Remove all entries from the @option{--group} list. @item --local-user @var{name} @itemx -u @opindex local-user Use @var{name} as the key to sign with. Note that this option overrides @option{--default-key}. @item --sender @var{mbox} @opindex sender This option has two purposes. @var{mbox} must either be a complete user ID containing a proper mail address or just a plain mail address. The option can be given multiple times. When creating a signature this option tells gpg the signing key's user id used to make the signature and embeds that user ID into the created signature (using OpenPGP's ``Signer's User ID'' subpacket). If the option is given multiple times a suitable user ID is picked. However, if the signing key was specified directly by using a mail address (i.e. not by using a fingerprint or key ID) this option is used and the mail address is embedded in the created signature. When verifying a signature @var{mbox} is used to restrict the information printed by the TOFU code to matching user IDs. If the option is used and the signature contains a ``Signer's User ID'' subpacket that information is is also used to restrict the printed information. Note that GnuPG considers only the mail address part of a User ID. If this option or the said subpacket is available the TRUST lines as printed by option @option{status-fd} correspond to the corresponding User ID; if no User ID is known the TRUST lines are computed directly on the key and do not give any information about the User ID. In the latter case it his highly recommended to scripts and other frontends to evaluate the VALIDSIG line, retrieve the key and print all User IDs along with their validity (trust) information. @item --try-secret-key @var{name} @opindex try-secret-key For hidden recipients GPG needs to know the keys to use for trial decryption. The key set with @option{--default-key} is always tried first, but this is often not sufficient. This option allows setting more keys to be used for trial decryption. Although any valid user-id specification may be used for @var{name} it makes sense to use at least the long keyid to avoid ambiguities. Note that gpg-agent might pop up a pinentry for a lot keys to do the trial decryption. If you want to stop all further trial decryption you may use close-window button instead of the cancel button. @item --try-all-secrets @opindex try-all-secrets Don't look at the key ID as stored in the message but try all secret keys in turn to find the right decryption key. This option forces the behaviour as used by anonymous recipients (created by using @option{--throw-keyids} or @option{--hidden-recipient}) and might come handy in case where an encrypted message contains a bogus key ID. @item --skip-hidden-recipients @itemx --no-skip-hidden-recipients @opindex skip-hidden-recipients @opindex no-skip-hidden-recipients During decryption skip all anonymous recipients. This option helps in the case that people use the hidden recipients feature to hide their own encrypt-to key from others. If one has many secret keys this may lead to a major annoyance because all keys are tried in turn to decrypt something which was not really intended for it. The drawback of this option is that it is currently not possible to decrypt a message which includes real anonymous recipients. @end table @c ******************************************* @c ******** INPUT AND OUTPUT *************** @c ******************************************* @node GPG Input and Output @subsection Input and Output @table @gnupgtabopt @item --armor @itemx -a @opindex armor Create ASCII armored output. The default is to create the binary OpenPGP format. @item --no-armor @opindex no-armor Assume the input data is not in ASCII armored format. @item --output @var{file} @itemx -o @var{file} @opindex output Write output to @var{file}. To write to stdout use @code{-} as the filename. @item --max-output @var{n} @opindex max-output This option sets a limit on the number of bytes that will be generated when processing a file. Since OpenPGP supports various levels of compression, it is possible that the plaintext of a given message may be significantly larger than the original OpenPGP message. While GnuPG works properly with such messages, there is often a desire to set a maximum file size that will be generated before processing is forced to stop by the OS limits. Defaults to 0, which means "no limit". @item --chunk-size @var{n} @opindex chunk-size The AEAD encryption mode encrypts the data in chunks so that a receiving side can check for transmission errors or tampering at the end of each chunk and does not need to delay this until all data has been received. The used chunk size is 2^@var{n} byte. The lowest allowed value for @var{n} is 6 (64 byte) and the largest is the default of 22 which creates chunks not larger than 4 MiB. @item --input-size-hint @var{n} @opindex input-size-hint This option can be used to tell GPG the size of the input data in bytes. @var{n} must be a positive base-10 number. This option is only useful if the input is not taken from a file. GPG may use this hint to optimize its buffer allocation strategy. It is also used by the @option{--status-fd} line ``PROGRESS'' to provide a value for ``total'' if that is not available by other means. @item --key-origin @var{string}[,@var{url}] @opindex key-origin gpg can track the origin of a key. Certain origins are implicitly known (e.g. keyserver, web key directory) and set. For a standard import the origin of the keys imported can be set with this option. To list the possible values use "help" for @var{string}. Some origins can store an optional @var{url} argument. That URL can appended to @var{string} after a comma. @item --import-options @var{parameters} @opindex import-options This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for importing keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the opposite meaning. The options are: @table @asis @item import-local-sigs Allow importing key signatures marked as "local". This is not generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used. Defaults to no. @item keep-ownertrust Normally possible still existing ownertrust values of a key are cleared if a key is imported. This is in general desirable so that a formerly deleted key does not automatically gain an ownertrust values merely due to import. On the other hand it is sometimes necessary to re-import a trusted set of keys again but keeping already assigned ownertrust values. This can be achieved by using this option. @item repair-pks-subkey-bug During import, attempt to repair the damage caused by the PKS keyserver bug (pre version 0.9.6) that mangles keys with multiple subkeys. Note that this cannot completely repair the damaged key as some crucial data is removed by the keyserver, but it does at least give you back one subkey. Defaults to no for regular @option{--import} and to yes for keyserver @option{--receive-keys}. @item import-show @itemx show-only Show a listing of the key as imported right before it is stored. This can be combined with the option @option{--dry-run} to only look at keys; the option @option{show-only} is a shortcut for this combination. The command @option{--show-keys} is another shortcut for this. Note that suffixes like '#' for "sec" and "sbb" lines may or may not be printed. @item import-export Run the entire import code but instead of storing the key to the local keyring write it to the output. The export option @option{export-dane} affect the output. This option can for example be used to remove all invalid parts from a key without the need to store it. @item merge-only During import, allow key updates to existing keys, but do not allow any new keys to be imported. Defaults to no. @item import-clean After import, compact (remove all signatures except the self-signature) any user IDs from the new key that are not usable. Then, remove any signatures from the new key that are not usable. This includes signatures that were issued by keys that are not present on the keyring. This option is the same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "clean" after import. Defaults to no. @item self-sigs-only Accept only self-signatures while importing a key. All other key signatures are skipped at an early import stage. This option can be used with @code{keyserver-options} to mitigate attempts to flood a key with bogus signatures from a keyserver. The drawback is that all other valid key signatures, as required by the Web of Trust are also not imported. Note that when using this option along with import-clean it suppresses the final clean step after merging the imported key into the existing key. @item repair-keys After import, fix various problems with the keys. For example, this reorders signatures, and strips duplicate signatures. Defaults to yes. @item bulk-import When used the keyboxd (option @option{use-keyboxd} in @file{common.conf}) does the import within a single transaction. @item import-minimal Import the smallest key possible. This removes all signatures except the most recent self-signature on each user ID. This option is the same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "minimize" after import. Defaults to no. @item restore @itemx import-restore Import in key restore mode. This imports all data which is usually skipped during import; including all GnuPG specific data. All other contradicting options are overridden. @end table @item --import-filter @{@var{name}=@var{expr}@} @itemx --export-filter @{@var{name}=@var{expr}@} @opindex import-filter @opindex export-filter These options define an import/export filter which are applied to the imported/exported keyblock right before it will be stored/written. @var{name} defines the type of filter to use, @var{expr} the expression to evaluate. The option can be used several times which then appends more expression to the same @var{name}. @noindent The available filter types are: @table @asis @item keep-uid This filter will keep a user id packet and its dependent packets in the keyblock if the expression evaluates to true. @item drop-subkey This filter drops the selected subkeys. Currently only implemented for --export-filter. @item drop-sig This filter drops the selected key signatures on user ids. Self-signatures are not considered. Currently only implemented for --import-filter. @item select This filter is only implemented by @option{--list-filter}. All property names may be used. @end table For the syntax of the expression see the chapter "FILTER EXPRESSIONS". The property names for the expressions depend on the actual filter type and are indicated in the following table. Note that all property names may also be used by @option{--list-filter}. Property names may be prefix with a scope delimited by a slash. Valid scopes are "pub" for public and secret primary keys, "sub" for public and secret subkeys, "uid" for for user-ID packets, and "sig" for signature packets. Invalid scopes are currently ignored. The available properties are: @table @asis @item uid A string with the user id. (keep-uid) @item mbox The addr-spec part of a user id with mailbox or the empty string. (keep-uid) @item algostr A string with the key algorithm description. For example "rsa3072" or "ed25519". @item key_algo A number with the public key algorithm of a key or subkey packet. (drop-subkey) @item key_size A number with the effective key size of a key or subkey packet. (drop-subkey) @item key_created @itemx key_created_d The first is the timestamp a public key or subkey packet was created. The second is the same but given as an ISO string, e.g. "2016-08-17". (drop-subkey) @item fpr The hexified fingerprint of the current subkey or primary key. (drop-subkey) @item primary Boolean indicating whether the user id is the primary one. (keep-uid) @item expired Boolean indicating whether a user id (keep-uid), a key (drop-subkey), or a signature (drop-sig) expired. @item revoked Boolean indicating whether a user id (keep-uid) or a key (drop-subkey) has been revoked. @item disabled Boolean indicating whether a primary key is disabled. @item secret Boolean indicating whether a key or subkey is a secret one. (drop-subkey) @item usage A string indicating the usage flags for the subkey, from the sequence ``ecsa?''. For example, a subkey capable of just signing and authentication would be an exact match for ``sa''. (drop-subkey) @item sig_created @itemx sig_created_d The first is the timestamp a signature packet was created. The second is the same but given as an ISO date string, e.g. "2016-08-17". (drop-sig) @item sig_algo A number with the public key algorithm of a signature packet. (drop-sig) @item sig_digest_algo A number with the digest algorithm of a signature packet. (drop-sig) @item origin A string with the key origin or a question mark. For example the string ``wkd'' is used if a key originated from a Web Key Directory lookup. @item lastupd The timestamp the key was last updated from a keyserver or the Web Key Directory. @item url A string with the the URL associated wit the last key lookup. @end table @item --export-options @var{parameters} @opindex export-options This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for exporting keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the opposite meaning. The options are: @table @asis @item export-local-sigs Allow exporting key signatures marked as "local". This is not generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used. Defaults to no. @item export-attributes Include attribute user IDs (photo IDs) while exporting. Not including attribute user IDs is useful to export keys that are going to be used by an OpenPGP program that does not accept attribute user IDs. Defaults to yes. @item export-sensitive-revkeys Include designated revoker information that was marked as "sensitive". Defaults to no. @c Since GnuPG 2.1 gpg-agent manages the secret key and thus the @c export-reset-subkey-passwd hack is not anymore justified. Such use @c cases may be implemented using a specialized secret key export @c tool. @c @item export-reset-subkey-passwd @c When using the @option{--export-secret-subkeys} command, this option resets @c the passphrases for all exported subkeys to empty. This is useful @c when the exported subkey is to be used on an unattended machine where @c a passphrase doesn't necessarily make sense. Defaults to no. @item backup @itemx export-backup Export for use as a backup. The exported data includes all data which is needed to restore the key or keys later with GnuPG. The format is basically the OpenPGP format but enhanced with GnuPG specific data. All other contradicting options are overridden. @item export-clean Compact (remove all signatures from) user IDs on the key being exported if the user IDs are not usable. Also, do not export any signatures that are not usable. This includes signatures that were issued by keys that are not present on the keyring. This option is the same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "clean" before export except that the local copy of the key is not modified. Defaults to no. @item export-minimal Export the smallest key possible. This removes all signatures except the most recent self-signature on each user ID. This option is the same as running the @option{--edit-key} command "minimize" before export except that the local copy of the key is not modified. Defaults to no. @item export-revocs Export only standalone revocation certificates of the key. This option does not export revocations of 3rd party certificate revocations. @item export-dane Instead of outputting the key material output OpenPGP DANE records suitable to put into DNS zone files. An ORIGIN line is printed before each record to allow diverting the records to the corresponding zone file. @item mode1003 Enable the use of a new secret key export format. This format avoids the re-encryption as required with the current OpenPGP format and also improves the security of the secret key if it has been protected with a passphrase. Note that an unprotected key is exported as-is and thus not secure; the general rule to convey secret keys in an OpenPGP encrypted file still applies with this mode. Versions of GnuPG before 2.4.0 are not able to import such a secret file. @end table @item --with-colons @opindex with-colons Print key listings delimited by colons. Note that the output will be encoded in UTF-8 regardless of any @option{--display-charset} setting. This format is useful when GnuPG is called from scripts and other programs as it is easily machine parsed. The details of this format are documented in the file @file{doc/DETAILS}, which is included in the GnuPG source distribution. @item --fixed-list-mode @opindex fixed-list-mode Do not merge primary user ID and primary key in @option{--with-colon} listing mode and print all timestamps as seconds since 1970-01-01. Since GnuPG 2.0.10, this mode is always used and thus this option is obsolete; it does not harm to use it though. @item --legacy-list-mode @opindex legacy-list-mode Revert to the pre-2.1 public key list mode. This only affects the human readable output and not the machine interface (i.e. @code{--with-colons}). Note that the legacy format does not convey suitable information for elliptic curves. @item --with-fingerprint @opindex with-fingerprint Same as the command @option{--fingerprint} but changes only the format of the output and may be used together with another command. @item --with-subkey-fingerprint @opindex with-subkey-fingerprint If a fingerprint is printed for the primary key, this option forces printing of the fingerprint for all subkeys. This could also be achieved by using the @option{--with-fingerprint} twice but by using this option along with keyid-format "none" a compact fingerprint is printed. @item --with-icao-spelling @opindex with-icao-spelling Print the ICAO spelling of the fingerprint in addition to the hex digits. @item --with-keygrip @opindex with-keygrip Include the keygrip in the key listings. In @code{--with-colons} mode this is implicitly enable for secret keys. @item --with-key-origin @opindex with-key-origin Include the locally held information on the origin and last update of a key in a key listing. In @code{--with-colons} mode this is always printed. This data is currently experimental and shall not be considered part of the stable API. @item --with-wkd-hash @opindex with-wkd-hash Print a Web Key Directory identifier along with each user ID in key listings. This is an experimental feature and semantics may change. @item --with-secret @opindex with-secret Include info about the presence of a secret key in public key listings done with @code{--with-colons}. @end table @c ******************************************* @c ******** OPENPGP OPTIONS **************** @c ******************************************* @node OpenPGP Options @subsection OpenPGP protocol specific options @table @gnupgtabopt @item -t, --textmode @itemx --no-textmode @opindex textmode Treat input files as text and store them in the OpenPGP canonical text form with standard "CRLF" line endings. This also sets the necessary flags to inform the recipient that the encrypted or signed data is text and may need its line endings converted back to whatever the local system uses. This option is useful when communicating between two platforms that have different line ending conventions (UNIX-like to Mac, Mac to Windows, etc). @option{--no-textmode} disables this option, and is the default. @item --force-v3-sigs @itemx --no-force-v3-sigs @item --force-v4-certs @itemx --no-force-v4-certs These options are obsolete and have no effect since GnuPG 2.1. @item --force-ocb @itemx --force-aead @opindex force-ocb @opindex force-aead Force the use of AEAD encryption over MDC encryption. AEAD is a modern and faster way to do authenticated encryption than the old MDC method. @option{--force-aead} is an alias and deprecated. See also option @option{--chunk-size}. @item --force-mdc @itemx --disable-mdc @opindex force-mdc @opindex disable-mdc These options are obsolete and have no effect since GnuPG 2.2.8. The MDC is always used unless the keys indicate that an AEAD algorithm can be used in which case AEAD is used. But note: If the creation of a legacy non-MDC message is exceptionally required, the option @option{--rfc2440} allows for this. @item --disable-signer-uid @opindex disable-signer-uid By default the user ID of the signing key is embedded in the data signature. As of now this is only done if the signing key has been specified with @option{local-user} using a mail address, or with @option{sender}. This information can be helpful for verifier to locate the key; see option @option{--auto-key-retrieve}. @item --include-key-block @itemx --no-include-key-block @opindex include-key-block @opindex no-include-key-block This option is used to embed the actual signing key into a data signature. The embedded key is stripped down to a single user id and includes only the signing subkey used to create the signature as well as as valid encryption subkeys. All other info is removed from the key to keep it and thus the signature small. This option is the OpenPGP counterpart to the @command{gpgsm} option @option{--include-certs} and allows the recipient of a signed message to reply encrypted to the sender without using any online directories to lookup the key. The default is @option{--no-include-key-block}. See also the option @option{--auto-key-import}. @item --personal-cipher-preferences @var{string} @opindex personal-cipher-preferences Set the list of personal cipher preferences to @var{string}. Use @command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms, and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by all recipients. The most highly ranked cipher in this list is also used for the @option{--symmetric} encryption command. @item --personal-digest-preferences @var{string} @opindex personal-digest-preferences Set the list of personal digest preferences to @var{string}. Use @command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms, and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by all recipients. The most highly ranked digest algorithm in this list is also used when signing without encryption (e.g. @option{--clear-sign} or @option{--sign}). @item --personal-compress-preferences @var{string} @opindex personal-compress-preferences Set the list of personal compression preferences to @var{string}. Use @command{@gpgname --version} to get a list of available algorithms, and use @code{none} to set no preference at all. This allows the user to safely override the algorithm chosen by the recipient key preferences, as GPG will only select an algorithm that is usable by all recipients. The most highly ranked compression algorithm in this list is also used when there are no recipient keys to consider (e.g. @option{--symmetric}). @item --s2k-cipher-algo @var{name} @opindex s2k-cipher-algo Use @var{name} as the cipher algorithm for symmetric encryption with a passphrase if @option{--personal-cipher-preferences} and @option{--cipher-algo} are not given. The default is @value{GPGSYMENCALGO}. @item --s2k-digest-algo @var{name} @opindex s2k-digest-algo Use @var{name} as the digest algorithm used to mangle the passphrases for symmetric encryption. The default is SHA-1. @item --s2k-mode @var{n} @opindex s2k-mode Selects how passphrases for symmetric encryption are mangled. If @var{n} is 0 a plain passphrase (which is in general not recommended) will be used, a 1 adds a salt (which should not be used) to the passphrase and a 3 (the default) iterates the whole process a number of times (see @option{--s2k-count}). @item --s2k-count @var{n} @opindex s2k-count Specify how many times the passphrases mangling for symmetric encryption is repeated. This value may range between 1024 and 65011712 inclusive. The default is inquired from gpg-agent. Note that not all values in the 1024-65011712 range are legal and if an illegal value is selected, GnuPG will round up to the nearest legal value. This option is only meaningful if @option{--s2k-mode} is set to the default of 3. @end table @c *************************** @c ******* Compliance ******** @c *************************** @node Compliance Options @subsection Compliance options These options control what GnuPG is compliant to. Only one of these options may be active at a time. Note that the default setting of this is nearly always the correct one. See the INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below before using one of these options. @table @gnupgtabopt @item --gnupg @opindex gnupg Use standard GnuPG behavior. This is essentially OpenPGP behavior (see @option{--openpgp}), but with extension from the proposed update to OpenPGP and with some additional workarounds for common compatibility problems in different versions of PGP. This is the default option, so it is not generally needed, but it may be useful to override a different compliance option in the gpg.conf file. @item --openpgp @opindex openpgp Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict OpenPGP behavior. This option implies @option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}. Use this option to reset all previous options like @option{--s2k-*}, @option{--cipher-algo}, @option{--digest-algo} and @option{--compress-algo} to OpenPGP compliant values. All PGP workarounds are disabled. @item --rfc4880 @opindex rfc4880 Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-4880 behavior. This option implies @option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}. Note that this is currently the same thing as @option{--openpgp}. @item --rfc4880bis @opindex rfc4880bis Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict according to the proposed updates of RFC-4880. @item --rfc2440 @opindex rfc2440 Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-2440 behavior. Note that by using this option encryption packets are created in a legacy mode without MDC protection. This is dangerous and should thus only be used for experiments. This option implies @option{--allow-old-cipher-algos}. See also option @option{--ignore-mdc-error}. @item --pgp6 @opindex pgp6 This option is obsolete; it is handled as an alias for @option{--pgp7} @item --pgp7 @opindex pgp7 Set up all options to be as PGP 7 compliant as possible. This allowed the ciphers IDEA, 3DES, CAST5,AES128, AES192, AES256, and TWOFISH., the hashes MD5, SHA1 and RIPEMD160, and the compression algorithms none and ZIP. This option implies @option{--escape-from-lines} and disables @option{--throw-keyids}, @item --pgp8 @opindex pgp8 Set up all options to be as PGP 8 compliant as possible. PGP 8 is a lot closer to the OpenPGP standard than previous versions of PGP, so all this does is disable @option{--throw-keyids} and set @option{--escape-from-lines}. All algorithms are allowed except for the SHA224, SHA384, and SHA512 digests. @item --compliance @var{string} @opindex compliance This option can be used instead of one of the options above. Valid values for @var{string} are the above option names (without the double dash) and possibly others as shown when using "help" for @var{string}. @item --min-rsa-length @var{n} @opindex min-rsa-length This option adjusts the compliance mode "de-vs" for stricter key size requirements. For example, a value of 3000 turns rsa2048 and dsa2048 keys into non-VS-NfD compliant keys. @item --require-compliance @opindex require-compliance To check that data has been encrypted according to the rules of the current compliance mode, a gpg user needs to evaluate the status lines. This is allows frontends to handle compliance check in a more flexible way. However, for scripted use the required evaluation of the status-line requires quite some effort; this option can be used instead to make sure that the gpg process exits with a failure if the compliance rules are not fulfilled. Note that this option has currently an effect only in "de-vs" mode. @end table @c ******************************************* @c ******** ESOTERIC OPTIONS *************** @c ******************************************* @node GPG Esoteric Options @subsection Doing things one usually doesn't want to do @table @gnupgtabopt @item -n @itemx --dry-run @opindex dry-run Don't make any changes (this is not completely implemented). @item --list-only @opindex list-only Changes the behaviour of some commands. This is like @option{--dry-run} but different in some cases. The semantic of this option may be extended in the future. Currently it only skips the actual decryption pass and therefore enables a fast listing of the encryption keys. @item -i @itemx --interactive @opindex interactive Prompt before overwriting any files. @item --compatibility-flags @var{flags} @opindex compatibility-flags Set compatibility flags to work around problems due to non-compliant keys or data. The @var{flags} are given as a comma separated list of flag names and are OR-ed together. The special flag "none" clears the list and allows to start over with an empty list. To get a list of available flags the sole word "help" can be used. @item --debug-level @var{level} @opindex debug-level Select the debug level for investigating problems. @var{level} may be a numeric value or by a keyword: @table @code @item none No debugging at all. A value of less than 1 may be used instead of the keyword. @item basic Some basic debug messages. A value between 1 and 2 may be used instead of the keyword. @item advanced More verbose debug messages. A value between 3 and 5 may be used instead of the keyword. @item expert Even more detailed messages. A value between 6 and 8 may be used instead of the keyword. @item guru All of the debug messages you can get. A value greater than 8 may be used instead of the keyword. The creation of hash tracing files is only enabled if the keyword is used. @end table How these messages are mapped to the actual debugging flags is not specified and may change with newer releases of this program. They are however carefully selected to best aid in debugging. @item --debug @var{flags} @opindex debug Set debug flags. All flags are or-ed and @var{flags} may be given in C syntax (e.g. 0x0042) or as a comma separated list of flag names. To get a list of all supported flags the single word "help" can be used. This option is only useful for debugging and the behavior may change at any time without notice. @item --debug-all @opindex debug-all Set all useful debugging flags. @item --debug-iolbf @opindex debug-iolbf Set stdout into line buffered mode. This option is only honored when given on the command line. @item --debug-set-iobuf-size @var{n} @opindex debug-iolbf Change the buffer size of the IOBUFs to @var{n} kilobyte. Using 0 prints the current size. Note well: This is a maintainer only option and may thus be changed or removed at any time without notice. @item --debug-allow-large-chunks @opindex debug-allow-large-chunks To facilitate software tests and experiments this option allows to specify a limit of up to 4 EiB (@code{--chunk-size 62}). +@item --debug-ignore-expiration +@opindex debug-ignore-expiration +This option tries to override certain key expiration dates. It is +only useful for certain regression tests. + @item --faked-system-time @var{epoch} @opindex faked-system-time -This option is only useful for testing; it sets the system time back or -forth to @var{epoch} which is the number of seconds elapsed since the year -1970. Alternatively @var{epoch} may be given as a full ISO time string -(e.g. "20070924T154812"). +This option is only useful for testing; it sets the system time back +or forth to @var{epoch} which is the number of seconds elapsed since +the year 1970. Alternatively @var{epoch} may be given as a full ISO +time string (e.g. "20070924T154812"). If you suffix @var{epoch} with an exclamation mark (!), the system time will appear to be frozen at the specified time. @item --full-timestrings @opindex full-timestrings Change the format of printed creation and expiration times from just the date to the date and time. This is in general not useful and the same information is anyway available in @option{--with-colons} mode. These longer strings are also not well aligned with other printed data. @item --enable-progress-filter @opindex enable-progress-filter Enable certain PROGRESS status outputs. This option allows frontends to display a progress indicator while gpg is processing larger files. There is a slight performance overhead using it. @item --status-fd @var{n} @opindex status-fd Write special status strings to the file descriptor @var{n}. See the file DETAILS in the documentation for a listing of them. @item --status-file @var{file} @opindex status-file Same as @option{--status-fd}, except the status data is written to file @var{file}. @item --logger-fd @var{n} @opindex logger-fd Write log output to file descriptor @var{n} and not to STDERR. @item --log-file @var{file} @itemx --logger-file @var{file} @opindex log-file Same as @option{--logger-fd}, except the logger data is written to file @var{file}. Use @file{socket://} to log to s socket. @item --log-time @opindex log-time Prefix all log output with a timestamp even if no log file is used. @item --attribute-fd @var{n} @opindex attribute-fd Write attribute subpackets to the file descriptor @var{n}. This is most useful for use with @option{--status-fd}, since the status messages are needed to separate out the various subpackets from the stream delivered to the file descriptor. @item --attribute-file @var{file} @opindex attribute-file Same as @option{--attribute-fd}, except the attribute data is written to file @var{file}. @item --comment @var{string} @itemx --no-comments @opindex comment Use @var{string} as a comment string in cleartext signatures and ASCII armored messages or keys (see @option{--armor}). The default behavior is not to use a comment string. @option{--comment} may be repeated multiple times to get multiple comment strings. @option{--no-comments} removes all comments. It is a good idea to keep the length of a single comment below 60 characters to avoid problems with mail programs wrapping such lines. Note that comment lines, like all other header lines, are not protected by the signature. @item --emit-version @itemx --no-emit-version @opindex emit-version Force inclusion of the version string in ASCII armored output. If given once only the name of the program and the major number is emitted, given twice the minor is also emitted, given thrice the micro is added, and given four times an operating system identification is also emitted. @option{--no-emit-version} (default) disables the version line. @item --sig-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@} @itemx --cert-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@} @itemx -N, --set-notation @{@var{name}=@var{value}@} @opindex sig-notation @opindex cert-notation @opindex set-notation Put the name value pair into the signature as notation data. @var{name} must consist only of printable characters or spaces, and must contain a '@@' character in the form keyname@@domain.example.com (substituting the appropriate keyname and domain name, of course). This is to help prevent pollution of the IETF reserved notation namespace. The @option{--expert} flag overrides the '@@' check. @var{value} may be any printable string; it will be encoded in UTF-8, so you should check that your @option{--display-charset} is set correctly. If you prefix @var{name} with an exclamation mark (!), the notation data will be flagged as critical (rfc4880:5.2.3.16). @option{--sig-notation} sets a notation for data signatures. @option{--cert-notation} sets a notation for key signatures (certifications). @option{--set-notation} sets both. There are special codes that may be used in notation names. "%k" will be expanded into the key ID of the key being signed, "%K" into the long key ID of the key being signed, "%f" into the fingerprint of the key being signed, "%s" into the key ID of the key making the signature, "%S" into the long key ID of the key making the signature, "%g" into the fingerprint of the key making the signature (which might be a subkey), "%p" into the fingerprint of the primary key of the key making the signature, "%c" into the signature count from the OpenPGP smartcard, and "%%" results in a single "%". %k, %K, and %f are only meaningful when making a key signature (certification), and %c is only meaningful when using the OpenPGP smartcard. @item --known-notation @var{name} @opindex known-notation Adds @var{name} to a list of known critical signature notations. The effect of this is that gpg will not mark a signature with a critical signature notation of that name as bad. Note that gpg already knows by default about a few critical signatures notation names. @item --sig-policy-url @var{string} @itemx --cert-policy-url @var{string} @itemx --set-policy-url @var{string} @opindex sig-policy-url @opindex cert-policy-url @opindex set-policy-url Use @var{string} as a Policy URL for signatures (rfc4880:5.2.3.20). If you prefix it with an exclamation mark (!), the policy URL packet will be flagged as critical. @option{--sig-policy-url} sets a policy url for data signatures. @option{--cert-policy-url} sets a policy url for key signatures (certifications). @option{--set-policy-url} sets both. The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well. @item --sig-keyserver-url @var{string} @opindex sig-keyserver-url Use @var{string} as a preferred keyserver URL for data signatures. If you prefix it with an exclamation mark (!), the keyserver URL packet will be flagged as critical. The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well. @item --set-filename @var{string} @opindex set-filename Use @var{string} as the filename which is stored inside messages. This overrides the default, which is to use the actual filename of the file being encrypted. Using the empty string for @var{string} effectively removes the filename from the output. @item --for-your-eyes-only @itemx --no-for-your-eyes-only @opindex for-your-eyes-only Set the `for your eyes only' flag in the message. This causes GnuPG to refuse to save the file unless the @option{--output} option is given, and PGP to use a "secure viewer" with a claimed Tempest-resistant font to display the message. This option overrides @option{--set-filename}. @option{--no-for-your-eyes-only} disables this option. @item --use-embedded-filename @itemx --no-use-embedded-filename @opindex use-embedded-filename Try to create a file with a name as embedded in the data. This can be a dangerous option as it enables overwriting files. Defaults to no. Note that the option @option{--output} overrides this option. @item --cipher-algo @var{name} @opindex cipher-algo Use @var{name} as cipher algorithm. Running the program with the command @option{--version} yields a list of supported algorithms. If this is not used the cipher algorithm is selected from the preferences stored with the key. In general, you do not want to use this option as it allows you to violate the OpenPGP standard. The option @option{--personal-cipher-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish the same thing. @item --digest-algo @var{name} @opindex digest-algo Use @var{name} as the message digest algorithm. Running the program with the command @option{--version} yields a list of supported algorithms. In general, you do not want to use this option as it allows you to violate the OpenPGP standard. The option @option{--personal-digest-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish the same thing. @item --compress-algo @var{name} @opindex compress-algo Use compression algorithm @var{name}. "zlib" is RFC-1950 ZLIB compression. "zip" is RFC-1951 ZIP compression which is used by PGP. "bzip2" is a more modern compression scheme that can compress some things better than zip or zlib, but at the cost of more memory used during compression and decompression. "uncompressed" or "none" disables compression. If this option is not used, the default behavior is to examine the recipient key preferences to see which algorithms the recipient supports. If all else fails, ZIP is used for maximum compatibility. ZLIB may give better compression results than ZIP, as the compression window size is not limited to 8k. BZIP2 may give even better compression results than that, but will use a significantly larger amount of memory while compressing and decompressing. This may be significant in low memory situations. Note, however, that PGP (all versions) only supports ZIP compression. Using any algorithm other than ZIP or "none" will make the message unreadable with PGP. In general, you do not want to use this option as it allows you to violate the OpenPGP standard. The option @option{--personal-compress-preferences} is the safe way to accomplish the same thing. @item --cert-digest-algo @var{name} @opindex cert-digest-algo Use @var{name} as the message digest algorithm used when signing a key. Running the program with the command @option{--version} yields a list of supported algorithms. Be aware that if you choose an algorithm that GnuPG supports but other OpenPGP implementations do not, then some users will not be able to use the key signatures you make, or quite possibly your entire key. Note also that a public key algorithm must be compatible with the specified digest algorithm; thus selecting an arbitrary digest algorithm may result in error messages from lower crypto layers or lead to security flaws. @item --disable-cipher-algo @var{name} @opindex disable-cipher-algo Never allow the use of @var{name} as cipher algorithm. The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm will still get disabled. @item --disable-pubkey-algo @var{name} @opindex disable-pubkey-algo Never allow the use of @var{name} as public key algorithm. The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm will still get disabled. @item --throw-keyids @itemx --no-throw-keyids @opindex throw-keyids Do not put the recipient key IDs into encrypted messages. This helps to hide the receivers of the message and is a limited countermeasure against traffic analysis.@footnote{Using a little social engineering anyone who is able to decrypt the message can check whether one of the other recipients is the one he suspects.} On the receiving side, it may slow down the decryption process because all available secret keys must be tried. @option{--no-throw-keyids} disables this option. This option is essentially the same as using @option{--hidden-recipient} for all recipients. @item --not-dash-escaped @opindex not-dash-escaped This option changes the behavior of cleartext signatures so that they can be used for patch files. You should not send such an armored file via email because all spaces and line endings are hashed too. You can not use this option for data which has 5 dashes at the beginning of a line, patch files don't have this. A special armor header line tells GnuPG about this cleartext signature option. @item --escape-from-lines @itemx --no-escape-from-lines @opindex escape-from-lines Because some mailers change lines starting with "From " to ">From " it is good to handle such lines in a special way when creating cleartext signatures to prevent the mail system from breaking the signature. Note that all other PGP versions do it this way too. Enabled by default. @option{--no-escape-from-lines} disables this option. @item --passphrase-repeat @var{n} @opindex passphrase-repeat Specify how many times @command{@gpgname} will request a new passphrase be repeated. This is useful for helping memorize a passphrase. Defaults to 1 repetition; can be set to 0 to disable any passphrase repetition. Note that a @var{n} greater than 1 will pop up the pinentry window @var{n}+1 times even if a modern pinentry with two entry fields is used. @item --passphrase-fd @var{n} @opindex passphrase-fd Read the passphrase from file descriptor @var{n}. Only the first line will be read from file descriptor @var{n}. If you use 0 for @var{n}, the passphrase will be read from STDIN. This can only be used if only one passphrase is supplied. Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1 the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}. @item --passphrase-file @var{file} @opindex passphrase-file Read the passphrase from file @var{file}. Only the first line will be read from file @var{file}. This can only be used if only one passphrase is supplied. Obviously, a passphrase stored in a file is of questionable security if other users can read this file. Don't use this option if you can avoid it. Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1 the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}. @item --passphrase @var{string} @opindex passphrase Use @var{string} as the passphrase. This can only be used if only one passphrase is supplied. Obviously, this is of very questionable security on a multi-user system. Don't use this option if you can avoid it. Note that since Version 2.0 this passphrase is only used if the option @option{--batch} has also been given. Since Version 2.1 the @option{--pinentry-mode} also needs to be set to @code{loopback}. @item --pinentry-mode @var{mode} @opindex pinentry-mode Set the pinentry mode to @var{mode}. Allowed values for @var{mode} are: @table @asis @item default Use the default of the agent, which is @code{ask}. @item ask Force the use of the Pinentry. @item cancel Emulate use of Pinentry's cancel button. @item error Return a Pinentry error (``No Pinentry''). @item loopback Redirect Pinentry queries to the caller. Note that in contrast to Pinentry the user is not prompted again if he enters a bad password. @end table @item --no-symkey-cache @opindex no-symkey-cache Disable the passphrase cache used for symmetrical en- and decryption. This cache is based on the message specific salt value (cf. @option{--s2k-mode}). @item --request-origin @var{origin} @opindex request-origin Tell gpg to assume that the operation ultimately originated at @var{origin}. Depending on the origin certain restrictions are applied and the Pinentry may include an extra note on the origin. Supported values for @var{origin} are: @code{local} which is the default, @code{remote} to indicate a remote origin or @code{browser} for an operation requested by a web browser. @item --command-fd @var{n} @opindex command-fd This is a replacement for the deprecated shared-memory IPC mode. If this option is enabled, user input on questions is not expected from the TTY but from the given file descriptor. It should be used together with @option{--status-fd}. See the file doc/DETAILS in the source distribution for details on how to use it. @item --command-file @var{file} @opindex command-file Same as @option{--command-fd}, except the commands are read out of file @var{file} @item --allow-non-selfsigned-uid @itemx --no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid @opindex allow-non-selfsigned-uid Allow the import and use of keys with user IDs which are not self-signed. This is not recommended, as a non self-signed user ID is trivial to forge. @option{--no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid} disables. @item --allow-freeform-uid @opindex allow-freeform-uid Disable all checks on the form of the user ID while generating a new one. This option should only be used in very special environments as it does not ensure the de-facto standard format of user IDs. @item --ignore-time-conflict @opindex ignore-time-conflict GnuPG normally checks that the timestamps associated with keys and signatures have plausible values. However, sometimes a signature seems to be older than the key due to clock problems. This option makes these checks just a warning. See also @option{--ignore-valid-from} for timestamp issues on subkeys. @item --ignore-valid-from @opindex ignore-valid-from GnuPG normally does not select and use subkeys created in the future. This option allows the use of such keys and thus exhibits the pre-1.0.7 behaviour. You should not use this option unless there is some clock problem. See also @option{--ignore-time-conflict} for timestamp issues with signatures. @item --ignore-crc-error @opindex ignore-crc-error The ASCII armor used by OpenPGP is protected by a CRC checksum against transmission errors. Occasionally the CRC gets mangled somewhere on the transmission channel but the actual content (which is protected by the OpenPGP protocol anyway) is still okay. This option allows GnuPG to ignore CRC errors. @item --ignore-mdc-error @opindex ignore-mdc-error This option changes a MDC integrity protection failure into a warning. It is required to decrypt old messages which did not use an MDC. It may also be useful if a message is partially garbled, but it is necessary to get as much data as possible out of that garbled message. Be aware that a missing or failed MDC can be an indication of an attack. Use with great caution; see also option @option{--rfc2440}. @item --allow-old-cipher-algos @opindex allow-old-cipher-algos Old cipher algorithms like 3DES, IDEA, or CAST5 encrypt data using blocks of 64 bits; modern algorithms use blocks of 128 bit instead. To avoid certain attack on these old algorithms it is suggested not to encrypt more than 150 MiByte using the same key. For this reason gpg does not allow the use of 64 bit block size algorithms for encryption unless this option is specified. @item --allow-weak-digest-algos @opindex allow-weak-digest-algos Signatures made with known-weak digest algorithms are normally rejected with an ``invalid digest algorithm'' message. This option allows the verification of signatures made with such weak algorithms. MD5 is the only digest algorithm considered weak by default. See also @option{--weak-digest} to reject other digest algorithms. @item --weak-digest @var{name} @opindex weak-digest Treat the specified digest algorithm as weak. Signatures made over weak digests algorithms are normally rejected. This option can be supplied multiple times if multiple algorithms should be considered weak. See also @option{--allow-weak-digest-algos} to disable rejection of weak digests. MD5 is always considered weak, and does not need to be listed explicitly. @item --allow-weak-key-signatures @opindex allow-weak-key-signatures To avoid a minor risk of collision attacks on third-party key signatures made using SHA-1, those key signatures are considered invalid. This options allows to override this restriction. @item --override-compliance-check This was a temporary introduced option and has no more effect. @item --no-default-keyring @opindex no-default-keyring Do not add the default keyring to the list of keyrings. Note that GnuPG needs for almost all operations a keyring. Thus if you use this option and do not provide alternate keyrings via @option{--keyring}, then GnuPG will still use the default keyring. Note that if the option @option{use-keyboxd} is enabled in @file{common.conf}, no keyrings are used at all and keys are all maintained by the keyboxd process in its own database. @item --no-keyring @opindex no-keyring Do not use any keyring at all. This overrides the default and all options which specify keyrings. @item --skip-verify @opindex skip-verify Skip the signature verification step. This may be used to make the decryption faster if the signature verification is not needed. @item --with-key-data @opindex with-key-data Print key listings delimited by colons (like @option{--with-colons}) and print the public key data. @item --list-signatures @opindex list-signatures @itemx --list-sigs @opindex list-sigs Same as @option{--list-keys}, but the signatures are listed too. This command has the same effect as using @option{--list-keys} with @option{--with-sig-list}. Note that in contrast to @option{--check-signatures} the key signatures are not verified. This command can be used to create a list of signing keys missing in the local keyring; for example: @example gpg --list-sigs --with-colons USERID | \ awk -F: '$1=="sig" && $2=="?" @{if($13)@{print $13@}else@{print $5@}@}' @end example @item --fast-list-mode @opindex fast-list-mode Changes the output of the list commands to work faster; this is achieved by leaving some parts empty. Some applications don't need the user ID and the trust information given in the listings. By using this options they can get a faster listing. The exact behaviour of this option may change in future versions. If you are missing some information, don't use this option. @item --no-literal @opindex no-literal This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful. @item --set-filesize @opindex set-filesize This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful. @item --show-session-key @opindex show-session-key Display the session key used for one message. See @option{--override-session-key} for the counterpart of this option. We think that Key Escrow is a Bad Thing; however the user should have the freedom to decide whether to go to prison or to reveal the content of one specific message without compromising all messages ever encrypted for one secret key. You can also use this option if you receive an encrypted message which is abusive or offensive, to prove to the administrators of the messaging system that the ciphertext transmitted corresponds to an inappropriate plaintext so they can take action against the offending user. @item --override-session-key @var{string} @itemx --override-session-key-fd @var{fd} @opindex override-session-key Don't use the public key but the session key @var{string} respective the session key taken from the first line read from file descriptor @var{fd}. The format of this string is the same as the one printed by @option{--show-session-key}. This option is normally not used but comes handy in case someone forces you to reveal the content of an encrypted message; using this option you can do this without handing out the secret key. Note that using @option{--override-session-key} may reveal the session key to all local users via the global process table. Often it is useful to combine this option with @option{--no-keyring}. @item --ask-sig-expire @itemx --no-ask-sig-expire @opindex ask-sig-expire When making a data signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this option is not specified, the expiration time set via @option{--default-sig-expire} is used. @option{--no-ask-sig-expire} disables this option. @item --default-sig-expire @opindex default-sig-expire The default expiration time to use for signature expiration. Valid values are "0" for no expiration, a number followed by the letter d (for days), w (for weeks), m (for months), or y (for years) (for example "2m" for two months, or "5y" for five years), or an absolute date in the form YYYY-MM-DD. Defaults to "0". @item --ask-cert-expire @itemx --no-ask-cert-expire @opindex ask-cert-expire When making a key signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this option is not specified, the expiration time set via @option{--default-cert-expire} is used. @option{--no-ask-cert-expire} disables this option. @item --default-cert-expire @opindex default-cert-expire The default expiration time to use for key signature expiration. Valid values are "0" for no expiration, a number followed by the letter d (for days), w (for weeks), m (for months), or y (for years) (for example "2m" for two months, or "5y" for five years), or an absolute date in the form YYYY-MM-DD. Defaults to "0". @item --default-new-key-algo @var{string} @opindex default-new-key-algo @var{string} This option can be used to change the default algorithms for key generation. The @var{string} is similar to the arguments required for the command @option{--quick-add-key} but slightly different. For example the current default of @code{"rsa2048/cert,sign+rsa2048/encr"} (or @code{"rsa3072"}) can be changed to the value of what we currently call future default, which is @code{"ed25519/cert,sign+cv25519/encr"}. You need to consult the source code to learn the details. Note that the advanced key generation commands can always be used to specify a key algorithm directly. @item --no-auto-trust-new-key @opindex no-auto-trust-new-key When creating a new key the ownertrust of the new key is set to ultimate. This option disables this and the user needs to manually assign an ownertrust value. @item --force-sign-key @opindex force-sign-key This option modifies the behaviour of the commands @option{--quick-sign-key}, @option{--quick-lsign-key}, and the "sign" sub-commands of @option{--edit-key} by forcing the creation of a key signature, even if one already exists. @item --forbid-gen-key @opindex forbid-gen-key This option is intended for use in the global config file to disallow the use of generate key commands. Those commands will then fail with the error code for Not Enabled. @item --allow-secret-key-import @opindex allow-secret-key-import This is an obsolete option and is not used anywhere. @item --allow-multiple-messages @item --no-allow-multiple-messages These are obsolete options; they have no more effect since GnuPG 2.2.8. @item --enable-special-filenames @opindex enable-special-filenames This option enables a mode in which filenames of the form @file{-&n}, where n is a non-negative decimal number, refer to the file descriptor n and not to a file with that name. @item --no-expensive-trust-checks @opindex no-expensive-trust-checks Experimental use only. @item --preserve-permissions @opindex preserve-permissions Don't change the permissions of a secret keyring back to user read/write only. Use this option only if you really know what you are doing. @item --default-preference-list @var{string} @opindex default-preference-list Set the list of default preferences to @var{string}. This preference list is used for new keys and becomes the default for "setpref" in the @option{--edit-key} menu. @item --default-keyserver-url @var{name} @opindex default-keyserver-url Set the default keyserver URL to @var{name}. This keyserver will be used as the keyserver URL when writing a new self-signature on a key, which includes key generation and changing preferences. @item --list-config @opindex list-config Display various internal configuration parameters of GnuPG. This option is intended for external programs that call GnuPG to perform tasks, and is thus not generally useful. See the file @file{doc/DETAILS} in the source distribution for the details of which configuration items may be listed. @option{--list-config} is only usable with @option{--with-colons} set. @item --list-gcrypt-config @opindex list-gcrypt-config Display various internal configuration parameters of Libgcrypt. @item --gpgconf-list @opindex gpgconf-list This command is similar to @option{--list-config} but in general only internally used by the @command{gpgconf} tool. @item --gpgconf-test @opindex gpgconf-test This is more or less dummy action. However it parses the configuration file and returns with failure if the configuration file would prevent @command{@gpgname} from startup. Thus it may be used to run a syntax check on the configuration file. @c @item --use-only-openpgp-card @c @opindex use-only-openpgp-card @c Only access OpenPGP card's and no other cards. This is a hidden @c option which could be used in case an old use case required the @c OpenPGP card while several cards are available. This option might be @c removed if it turns out that nobody requires it. @item --chuid @var{uid} @opindex chuid Change the current user to @var{uid} which may either be a number or a name. This can be used from the root account to run gpg for another user. If @var{uid} is not the current UID a standard PATH is set and the envvar GNUPGHOME is unset. To override the latter the option @option{--homedir} can be used. This option has only an effect when used on the command line. This option has currently no effect at all on Windows. @end table @c ******************************* @c ******* Deprecated ************ @c ******************************* @node Deprecated Options @subsection Deprecated options @table @gnupgtabopt @item --show-photos @itemx --no-show-photos @opindex show-photos Causes @option{--list-keys}, @option{--list-signatures}, @option{--list-public-keys}, @option{--list-secret-keys}, and verifying a signature to also display the photo ID attached to the key, if any. See also @option{--photo-viewer}. These options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options [no-]show-photos} and/or @option{--verify-options [no-]show-photos} instead. @item --show-keyring @opindex show-keyring Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which keyring a given key resides on. This option is deprecated: use @option{--list-options [no-]show-keyring} instead. @item --show-notation @itemx --no-show-notation @opindex show-notation Show signature notations in the @option{--list-signatures} or @option{--check-signatures} listings as well as when verifying a signature with a notation in it. These options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options [no-]show-notation} and/or @option{--verify-options [no-]show-notation} instead. @item --show-policy-url @itemx --no-show-policy-url @opindex show-policy-url Show policy URLs in the @option{--list-signatures} or @option{--check-signatures} listings as well as when verifying a signature with a policy URL in it. These options are deprecated. Use @option{--list-options [no-]show-policy-url} and/or @option{--verify-options [no-]show-policy-url} instead. @item --personal-aead-preferences @var{string} @opindex personal-aead-preferences This option is deprecated and has no more effect since version 2.3.9. @item --aead-algo @var{name} This option is deprecated and has no more effect since version 2.3.9. @end table @c ******************************************* @c *************** **************** @c *************** FILES **************** @c *************** **************** @c ******************************************* @mansect files @node GPG Configuration @section Configuration files There are a few configuration files to control certain aspects of @command{@gpgname}'s operation. Unless noted, they are expected in the current home directory (@pxref{option --homedir}). @table @file @item gpg.conf @efindex gpg.conf This is the standard configuration file read by @command{@gpgname} on startup. It may contain any valid long option; the leading two dashes may not be entered and the option may not be abbreviated. This default name may be changed on the command line (@pxref{gpg-option --options}). You should backup this file. @item common.conf @efindex common.conf This is an optional configuration file read by @command{@gpgname} on startup. It may contain options pertaining to all components of GnuPG. Its current main use is for the "use-keyboxd" option. If the default home directory @file{~/.gnupg} does not exist, GnuPG creates this directory and a @file{common.conf} file with "use_keyboxd". @end table Note that on larger installations, it is useful to put predefined files into the directory @file{@value{SYSCONFSKELDIR}} so that newly created users start up with a working configuration. For existing users a small helper script is provided to create these files (@pxref{addgnupghome}). For internal purposes @command{@gpgname} creates and maintains a few other files; They all live in the current home directory (@pxref{option --homedir}). Only the @command{@gpgname} program may modify these files. @table @file @item ~/.gnupg @efindex ~/.gnupg This is the default home directory which is used if neither the environment variable @code{GNUPGHOME} nor the option @option{--homedir} is given. @item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg @efindex pubring.gpg The public keyring using a legacy format. You should backup this file. If this file is not available, @command{gpg} defaults to the new keybox format and creates a file @file{pubring.kbx} unless that file already exists in which case that file will also be used for OpenPGP keys. Note that in the case that both files, @file{pubring.gpg} and @file{pubring.kbx} exists but the latter has no OpenPGP keys, the legacy file @file{pubring.gpg} will be used. Take care: GnuPG versions before 2.1 will always use the file @file{pubring.gpg} because they do not know about the new keybox format. In the case that you have to use GnuPG 1.4 to decrypt archived data you should keep this file. @item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg.lock The lock file for the public keyring. @item ~/.gnupg/pubring.kbx @efindex pubring.kbx The public keyring using the new keybox format. This file is shared with @command{gpgsm}. You should backup this file. See above for the relation between this file and it predecessor. To convert an existing @file{pubring.gpg} file to the keybox format, you first backup the ownertrust values, then rename @file{pubring.gpg} to @file{publickeys.backup}, so it won’t be recognized by any GnuPG version, run import, and finally restore the ownertrust values: @example $ cd ~/.gnupg $ gpg --export-ownertrust >otrust.lst $ mv pubring.gpg publickeys.backup $ gpg --import-options restore --import publickeys.backup $ gpg --import-ownertrust otrust.lst @end example @item ~/.gnupg/pubring.kbx.lock The lock file for @file{pubring.kbx}. @item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg @efindex secring.gpg The legacy secret keyring as used by GnuPG versions before 2.1. It is not used by GnuPG 2.1 and later. You may want to keep it in case you have to use GnuPG 1.4 to decrypt archived data. @item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg.lock The lock file for the legacy secret keyring. @item ~/.gnupg/.gpg-v21-migrated @efindex .gpg-v21-migrated File indicating that a migration to GnuPG 2.1 has been done. @item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg @efindex trustdb.gpg The trust database. There is no need to backup this file; it is better to backup the ownertrust values (@pxref{option --export-ownertrust}). @item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg.lock The lock file for the trust database. @item ~/.gnupg/random_seed @efindex random_seed A file used to preserve the state of the internal random pool. @item ~/.gnupg/openpgp-revocs.d/ @efindex openpgp-revocs.d This is the directory where gpg stores pre-generated revocation certificates. The file name corresponds to the OpenPGP fingerprint of the respective key. It is suggested to backup those certificates and if the primary private key is not stored on the disk to move them to an external storage device. Anyone who can access these files is able to revoke the corresponding key. You may want to print them out. You should backup all files in this directory and take care to keep this backup closed away. @end table Operation is further controlled by a few environment variables: @table @asis @item HOME @efindex HOME Used to locate the default home directory. @item GNUPGHOME @efindex GNUPGHOME If set directory used instead of "~/.gnupg". @item GPG_AGENT_INFO This variable is obsolete; it was used by GnuPG versions before 2.1. @item PINENTRY_USER_DATA @efindex PINENTRY_USER_DATA This value is passed via gpg-agent to pinentry. It is useful to convey extra information to a custom pinentry. @item COLUMNS @itemx LINES @efindex COLUMNS @efindex LINES Used to size some displays to the full size of the screen. @item LANGUAGE @efindex LANGUAGE Apart from its use by GNU, it is used in the W32 version to override the language selection done through the Registry. If used and set to a valid and available language name (@var{langid}), the file with the translation is loaded from @code{@var{gpgdir}/gnupg.nls/@var{langid}.mo}. Here @var{gpgdir} is the directory out of which the gpg binary has been loaded. If it can't be loaded the Registry is tried and as last resort the native Windows locale system is used. @item GNUPG_BUILD_ROOT @efindex GNUPG_BUILD_ROOT This variable is only used by the regression test suite as a helper under operating systems without proper support to figure out the name of a process' text file. @item GNUPG_EXEC_DEBUG_FLAGS @efindex GNUPG_EXEC_DEBUG_FLAGS This variable allows to enable diagnostics for process management. A numeric decimal value is expected. Bit 0 enables general diagnostics, bit 1 enables certain warnings on Windows. @end table When calling the gpg-agent component @command{@gpgname} sends a set of environment variables to gpg-agent. The names of these variables can be listed using the command: @example gpg-connect-agent 'getinfo std_env_names' /bye | awk '$1=="D" @{print $2@}' @end example @c ******************************************* @c *************** **************** @c *************** EXAMPLES **************** @c *************** **************** @c ******************************************* @mansect examples @node GPG Examples @section Examples @table @asis @item gpg -se -r @code{Bob} @code{file} sign and encrypt for user Bob @item gpg --clear-sign @code{file} make a cleartext signature @item gpg -sb @code{file} make a detached signature @item gpg -u 0x12345678 -sb @code{file} make a detached signature with the key 0x12345678 @item gpg --list-keys @code{user_ID} show keys @item gpg --fingerprint @code{user_ID} show fingerprint @item gpg --verify @code{pgpfile} @itemx gpg --verify @code{sigfile} [@code{datafile}] Verify the signature of the file but do not output the data unless requested. The second form is used for detached signatures, where @code{sigfile} is the detached signature (either ASCII armored or binary) and @code{datafile} are the signed data; if this is not given, the name of the file holding the signed data is constructed by cutting off the extension (".asc" or ".sig") of @code{sigfile} or by asking the user for the filename. If the option @option{--output} is also used the signed data is written to the file specified by that option; use @code{-} to write the signed data to stdout. @end table @c ******************************************* @c *************** **************** @c *************** USER ID **************** @c *************** **************** @c ******************************************* @mansect how to specify a user id @ifset isman @include specify-user-id.texi @end ifset @mansect filter expressions @chapheading FILTER EXPRESSIONS The options @option{--import-filter} and @option{--export-filter} use expressions with this syntax (square brackets indicate an optional part and curly braces a repetition, white space between the elements are allowed): @c man:.RS @example [lc] @{[@{flag@}] PROPNAME op VALUE [lc]@} @end example @c man:.RE The name of a property (@var{PROPNAME}) may only consist of letters, digits and underscores. The description for the filter type describes which properties are defined. If an undefined property is used it evaluates to the empty string. Unless otherwise noted, the @var{VALUE} must always be given and may not be the empty string. No quoting is defined for the value, thus the value may not contain the strings @code{&&} or @code{||}, which are used as logical connection operators. The flag @code{--} can be used to remove this restriction. Numerical values are computed as long int; standard C notation applies. @var{lc} is the logical connection operator; either @code{&&} for a conjunction or @code{||} for a disjunction. A conjunction is assumed at the begin of an expression. Conjunctions have higher precedence than disjunctions. If @var{VALUE} starts with one of the characters used in any @var{op} a space after the @var{op} is required. @noindent The supported operators (@var{op}) are: @table @asis @item =~ Substring must match. @item !~ Substring must not match. @item = The full string must match. @item <> The full string must not match. @item == The numerical value must match. @item != The numerical value must not match. @item <= The numerical value of the field must be LE than the value. @item < The numerical value of the field must be LT than the value. @item > The numerical value of the field must be GT than the value. @item >= The numerical value of the field must be GE than the value. @item -le The string value of the field must be less or equal than the value. @item -lt The string value of the field must be less than the value. @item -gt The string value of the field must be greater than the value. @item -ge The string value of the field must be greater or equal than the value. @item -n True if value is not empty (no value allowed). @item -z True if value is empty (no value allowed). @item -t Alias for "PROPNAME != 0" (no value allowed). @item -f Alias for "PROPNAME == 0" (no value allowed). @end table @noindent Values for @var{flag} must be space separated. The supported flags are: @table @asis @item -- @var{VALUE} spans to the end of the expression. @item -c The string match in this part is done case-sensitive. @item -t Leading and trailing spaces are not removed from @var{VALUE}. The optional single space after @var{op} is here required. @end table The filter options concatenate several specifications for a filter of the same type. For example the four options in this example: @c man:.RS @example --import-filter keep-uid="uid =~ Alfa" --import-filter keep-uid="&& uid !~ Test" --import-filter keep-uid="|| uid =~ Alpha" --import-filter keep-uid="uid !~ Test" @end example @c man:.RE @noindent which is equivalent to @c man:.RS @example --import-filter \ keep-uid="uid =~ Alfa" && uid !~ Test" || uid =~ Alpha" && "uid !~ Test" @end example @c man:.RE imports only the user ids of a key containing the strings "Alfa" or "Alpha" but not the string "test". @mansect trust values @ifset isman @include trust-values.texi @end ifset @mansect return value @chapheading RETURN VALUE The program returns 0 if there are no severe errors, 1 if at least a signature was bad, and other error codes for fatal errors. Note that signature verification requires exact knowledge of what has been signed and by whom it has been signed. Using only the return code is thus not an appropriate way to verify a signature by a script. Either make proper use or the status codes or use the @command{gpgv} tool which has been designed to make signature verification easy for scripts. @mansect warnings @chapheading WARNINGS Use a good password for your user account and make sure that all security issues are always fixed on your machine. Also employ diligent physical protection to your machine. Consider to use a good passphrase as a last resort protection to your secret key in the case your machine gets stolen. It is important that your secret key is never leaked. Using an easy to carry around token or smartcard with the secret key is often a advisable. If you are going to verify detached signatures, make sure that the program knows about it; either give both filenames on the command line or use @samp{-} to specify STDIN. For scripted or other unattended use of @command{gpg} make sure to use the machine-parseable interface and not the default interface which is intended for direct use by humans. The machine-parseable interface provides a stable and well documented API independent of the locale or future changes of @command{gpg}. To enable this interface use the options @option{--with-colons} and @option{--status-fd}. For certain operations the option @option{--command-fd} may come handy too. See this man page and the file @file{DETAILS} for the specification of the interface. Note that the GnuPG ``info'' pages as well as the PDF version of the GnuPG manual features a chapter on unattended use of GnuPG. As an alternative the library @command{GPGME} can be used as a high-level abstraction on top of that interface. @mansect interoperability @chapheading INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS GnuPG tries to be a very flexible implementation of the OpenPGP standard. In particular, GnuPG implements many of the optional parts of the standard, such as the SHA-512 hash, and the ZLIB and BZIP2 compression algorithms. It is important to be aware that not all OpenPGP programs implement these optional algorithms and that by forcing their use via the @option{--cipher-algo}, @option{--digest-algo}, @option{--cert-digest-algo}, or @option{--compress-algo} options in GnuPG, it is possible to create a perfectly valid OpenPGP message, but one that cannot be read by the intended recipient. There are dozens of variations of OpenPGP programs available, and each supports a slightly different subset of these optional algorithms. For example, until recently, no (unhacked) version of PGP supported the BLOWFISH cipher algorithm. A message using BLOWFISH simply could not be read by a PGP user. By default, GnuPG uses the standard OpenPGP preferences system that will always do the right thing and create messages that are usable by all recipients, regardless of which OpenPGP program they use. Only override this safe default if you really know what you are doing. If you absolutely must override the safe default, or if the preferences on a given key are invalid for some reason, you are far better off using the @option{--pgp6}, @option{--pgp7}, or @option{--pgp8} options. These options are safe as they do not force any particular algorithms in violation of OpenPGP, but rather reduce the available algorithms to a "PGP-safe" list. @mansect bugs @chapheading BUGS On older systems this program should be installed as setuid(root). This is necessary to lock memory pages. Locking memory pages prevents the operating system from writing memory pages (which may contain passphrases or other sensitive material) to disk. If you get no warning message about insecure memory your operating system supports locking without being root. The program drops root privileges as soon as locked memory is allocated. Note also that some systems (especially laptops) have the ability to ``suspend to disk'' (also known as ``safe sleep'' or ``hibernate''). This writes all memory to disk before going into a low power or even powered off mode. Unless measures are taken in the operating system to protect the saved memory, passphrases or other sensitive material may be recoverable from it later. Before you report a bug you should first search the mailing list archives for similar problems and second check whether such a bug has already been reported to our bug tracker at @url{https://bugs.gnupg.org}. @c ******************************************* @c *************** ************** @c *************** UNATTENDED ************** @c *************** ************** @c ******************************************* @mansect notes @node Unattended Usage of GPG @section Unattended Usage @command{@gpgname} is often used as a backend engine by other software. To help with this a machine interface has been defined to have an unambiguous way to do this. The options @option{--status-fd} and @option{--batch} are almost always required for this. @menu * Programmatic use of GnuPG:: Programmatic use of GnuPG * Ephemeral home directories:: Ephemeral home directories * The quick key manipulation interface:: The quick key manipulation interface * Unattended GPG key generation:: Unattended key generation @end menu @node Programmatic use of GnuPG @subsection Programmatic use of GnuPG Please consider using GPGME instead of calling @command{@gpgname} directly. GPGME offers a stable, backend-independent interface for many cryptographic operations. It supports OpenPGP and S/MIME, and also allows interaction with various GnuPG components. GPGME provides a C-API, and comes with bindings for C++, Qt, and Python. Bindings for other languages are available. @node Ephemeral home directories @subsection Ephemeral home directories Sometimes you want to contain effects of some operation, for example you want to import a key to inspect it, but you do not want this key to be added to your keyring. In earlier versions of GnuPG, it was possible to specify alternate keyring files for both public and secret keys. In modern GnuPG versions, however, we changed how secret keys are stored in order to better protect secret key material, and it was not possible to preserve this interface. The preferred way to do this is to use ephemeral home directories. This technique works across all versions of GnuPG. Create a temporary directory, create (or copy) a configuration that meets your needs, make @command{@gpgname} use this directory either using the environment variable @var{GNUPGHOME}, or the option @option{--homedir}. GPGME supports this too on a per-context basis, by modifying the engine info of contexts. Now execute whatever operation you like, import and export key material as necessary. Once finished, you can delete the directory. All GnuPG backend services that were started will detect this and shut down. @node The quick key manipulation interface @subsection The quick key manipulation interface Recent versions of GnuPG have an interface to manipulate keys without using the interactive command @option{--edit-key}. This interface was added mainly for the benefit of GPGME (please consider using GPGME, see the manual subsection ``Programmatic use of GnuPG''). This interface is described in the subsection ``How to manage your keys''. @node Unattended GPG key generation @subsection Unattended key generation The command @option{--generate-key} may be used along with the option @option{--batch} for unattended key generation. This is the most flexible way of generating keys, but it is also the most complex one. Consider using the quick key manipulation interface described in the previous subsection ``The quick key manipulation interface''. The parameters for the key are either read from stdin or given as a file on the command line. The format of the parameter file is as follows: Text only, line length is limited to about 1000 characters. UTF-8 encoding must be used to specify non-ASCII characters. Empty lines are ignored. Leading and trailing white space is ignored. A hash sign as the first non white space character indicates a comment line. Control statements are indicated by a leading percent sign, their arguments are separated by white space from the keyword. Parameters are specified by a keyword, followed by a colon; arguments are separated by white space. The first parameter must be @samp{Key-Type} but control statements may be placed anywhere. The order of the parameters does not matter except for @samp{Key-Type}. The parameters are only used for the generated keyblock (primary and subkeys); parameters from previous sets are not used. Some syntax checks may be performed. Key commences when either the end of the parameter file is reached, the next @samp{Key-Type} parameter is encountered, or the control statement @samp{%commit} is encountered. @noindent Control statements: @table @asis @item %echo @var{text} Print @var{text} as diagnostic. @item %dry-run Suppress actual key generation (useful for syntax checking). @item %commit Perform the key generation. Note that an implicit commit is done at the next @asis{Key-Type} parameter. @item %pubring @var{filename} Do not write the key to the default or commandline given keyring but to @var{filename}. This must be given before the first commit to take place, duplicate specification of the same filename is ignored, the last filename before a commit is used. The filename is used until a new filename is used (at commit points) and all keys are written to that file. If a new filename is given, this file is created (and overwrites an existing one). See the previous subsection ``Ephemeral home directories'' for a more robust way to contain side-effects. @item %secring @var{filename} This option is a no-op for GnuPG 2.1 and later. See the previous subsection ``Ephemeral home directories''. @item %ask-passphrase @itemx %no-ask-passphrase This option is a no-op since GnuPG version 2.1. @item %no-protection Using this option allows the creation of keys without any passphrase protection. This option is mainly intended for regression tests. @item %transient-key If given the keys are created using a faster and a somewhat less secure random number generator. This option may be used for keys which are only used for a short time and do not require full cryptographic strength. It takes only effect if used together with the control statement @samp{%no-protection}. @end table @noindent General Parameters: @table @asis @item Key-Type: @var{algo} Starts a new parameter block by giving the type of the primary key. The algorithm must be capable of signing. This is a required parameter. @var{algo} may either be an OpenPGP algorithm number or a string with the algorithm name. The special value @samp{default} may be used for @var{algo} to create the default key type; in this case a @samp{Key-Usage} shall not be given and @samp{default} also be used for @samp{Subkey-Type}. @item Key-Length: @var{nbits} The requested length of the generated key in bits. The default is returned by running the command @samp{@gpgname --gpgconf-list}. For ECC keys this parameter is ignored. @item Key-Curve: @var{curve} The requested elliptic curve of the generated key. This is a required parameter for ECC keys. It is ignored for non-ECC keys. @item Key-Grip: @var{hexstring} This is optional and used to generate a CSR or certificate for an already existing key. Key-Length will be ignored when given. @item Key-Usage: @var{usage-list} Space or comma delimited list of key usages. Allowed values are @samp{encrypt}, @samp{sign}, and @samp{auth}. This is used to generate the key flags. Please make sure that the algorithm is capable of this usage. Note that OpenPGP requires that all primary keys are capable of certification, so no matter what usage is given here, the @samp{cert} flag will be on. If no @samp{Key-Usage} is specified and the @samp{Key-Type} is not @samp{default}, all allowed usages for that particular algorithm are used; if it is not given but @samp{default} is used the usage will be @samp{sign}. @item Subkey-Type: @var{algo} This generates a secondary key (subkey). Currently only one subkey can be handled. See also @samp{Key-Type} above. @item Subkey-Length: @var{nbits} Length of the secondary key (subkey) in bits. The default is returned by running the command @samp{@gpgname --gpgconf-list}. @item Subkey-Curve: @var{curve} Key curve for a subkey; similar to @samp{Key-Curve}. @item Subkey-Usage: @var{usage-list} Key usage lists for a subkey; similar to @samp{Key-Usage}. @item Passphrase: @var{string} If you want to specify a passphrase for the secret key, enter it here. Default is to use the Pinentry dialog to ask for a passphrase. @item Name-Real: @var{name} @itemx Name-Comment: @var{comment} @itemx Name-Email: @var{email} The three parts of a user name. Remember to use UTF-8 encoding here. If you don't give any of them, no user ID is created. @item Expire-Date: @var{iso-date}|(@var{number}[d|w|m|y]) Set the expiration date for the key (and the subkey). It may either be entered in ISO date format (e.g. "20000815T145012") or as number of days, weeks, month or years after the creation date. The special notation "seconds=N" is also allowed to specify a number of seconds since creation. Without a letter days are assumed. Note that there is no check done on the overflow of the type used by OpenPGP for timestamps. Thus you better make sure that the given value make sense. Although OpenPGP works with time intervals, GnuPG uses an absolute value internally and thus the last year we can represent is 2105. @item Creation-Date: @var{iso-date} Set the creation date of the key as stored in the key information and which is also part of the fingerprint calculation. Either a date like "1986-04-26" or a full timestamp like "19860426T042640" may be used. The time is considered to be UTC. The special notation "seconds=N" may be used to directly specify a the number of seconds since Epoch (Unix time). If it is not given the current time is used. @item Preferences: @var{string} Set the cipher, hash, and compression preference values for this key. This expects the same type of string as the sub-command @samp{setpref} in the @option{--edit-key} menu. @item Revoker: @var{algo}:@var{fpr} [sensitive] Add a designated revoker to the generated key. Algo is the public key algorithm of the designated revoker (i.e. RSA=1, DSA=17, etc.) @var{fpr} is the fingerprint of the designated revoker. The optional @samp{sensitive} flag marks the designated revoker as sensitive information. Only v4 keys may be designated revokers. @item Keyserver: @var{string} This is an optional parameter that specifies the preferred keyserver URL for the key. @item Handle: @var{string} This is an optional parameter only used with the status lines KEY_CREATED and KEY_NOT_CREATED. @var{string} may be up to 100 characters and should not contain spaces. It is useful for batch key generation to associate a key parameter block with a status line. @end table @noindent Here is an example on how to create a key in an ephemeral home directory: @smallexample $ export GNUPGHOME="$(mktemp -d)" $ cat >foo < ssb elg1024 2016-12-16 [E] @end smallexample @noindent If you want to create a key with the default algorithms you would use these parameters: @smallexample %echo Generating a default key Key-Type: default Subkey-Type: default Name-Real: Joe Tester Name-Comment: with stupid passphrase Name-Email: joe@@foo.bar Expire-Date: 0 Passphrase: abc # Do a commit here, so that we can later print "done" :-) %commit %echo done @end smallexample @mansect see also @ifset isman @command{gpgv}(1), @command{gpgsm}(1), @command{gpg-agent}(1) @end ifset @include see-also-note.texi diff --git a/g10/getkey.c b/g10/getkey.c index 1b37c597d..15905dc63 100644 --- a/g10/getkey.c +++ b/g10/getkey.c @@ -1,4511 +1,4512 @@ /* getkey.c - Get a key from the database * Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, * 2007, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * Copyright (C) 2015, 2016 g10 Code GmbH * * This file is part of GnuPG. * * GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, see . */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "gpg.h" #include "../common/util.h" #include "packet.h" #include "../common/iobuf.h" #include "keydb.h" #include "options.h" #include "main.h" #include "trustdb.h" #include "../common/i18n.h" #include "keyserver-internal.h" #include "call-agent.h" #include "objcache.h" #include "../common/host2net.h" #include "../common/mbox-util.h" #include "../common/status.h" #define MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES PK_UID_CACHE_SIZE #define MAX_UID_CACHE_ENTRIES PK_UID_CACHE_SIZE #if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES < 2 #error We need the cache for key creation #endif /* Flags values returned by the lookup code. Note that the values are * directly used by the KEY_CONSIDERED status line. */ #define LOOKUP_NOT_SELECTED (1<<0) #define LOOKUP_ALL_SUBKEYS_EXPIRED (1<<1) /* or revoked */ /* A context object used by the lookup functions. */ struct getkey_ctx_s { /* Part of the search criteria: whether the search is an exact search or not. A search that is exact requires that a key or subkey meet all of the specified criteria. A search that is not exact allows selecting a different key or subkey from the keyblock that matched the criteria. Further, an exact search returns the key or subkey that matched whereas a non-exact search typically returns the primary key. See finish_lookup for details. */ int exact; /* Part of the search criteria: Whether the caller only wants keys with an available secret key. This is used by getkey_next to get the next result with the same initial criteria. */ int want_secret; /* Part of the search criteria: The type of the requested key. A mask of PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT. If non-zero, then for a key to match, it must implement one of the required uses. */ int req_usage; /* The database handle. */ KEYDB_HANDLE kr_handle; /* Whether we should call xfree() on the context when the context is released using getkey_end()). */ int not_allocated; /* This variable is used as backing store for strings which have their address used in ITEMS. */ strlist_t extra_list; /* Hack to return the mechanism (AKL_foo) used to find the key. */ int found_via_akl; /* Part of the search criteria: The low-level search specification as passed to keydb_search. */ int nitems; /* This must be the last element in the structure. When we allocate the structure, we allocate it so that ITEMS can hold NITEMS. */ KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC items[1]; }; #if 0 static struct { int any; int okay_count; int nokey_count; int error_count; } lkup_stats[21]; #endif typedef struct keyid_list { struct keyid_list *next; byte fprlen; char fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN]; u32 keyid[2]; } *keyid_list_t; #if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES typedef struct pk_cache_entry { struct pk_cache_entry *next; u32 keyid[2]; PKT_public_key *pk; } *pk_cache_entry_t; static pk_cache_entry_t pk_cache; static int pk_cache_entries; /* Number of entries in pk cache. */ static int pk_cache_disabled; #endif #if MAX_UID_CACHE_ENTRIES < 5 #error we really need the userid cache #endif static void merge_selfsigs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock); static int lookup (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t ctx, int want_secret, kbnode_t *ret_keyblock, kbnode_t *ret_found_key); static kbnode_t finish_lookup (kbnode_t keyblock, unsigned int req_usage, int want_exact, int want_secret, unsigned int *r_flags); static void print_status_key_considered (kbnode_t keyblock, unsigned int flags); #if 0 static void print_stats () { int i; for (i = 0; i < DIM (lkup_stats); i++) { if (lkup_stats[i].any) es_fprintf (es_stderr, "lookup stats: mode=%-2d ok=%-6d nokey=%-6d err=%-6d\n", i, lkup_stats[i].okay_count, lkup_stats[i].nokey_count, lkup_stats[i].error_count); } } #endif /* Cache a copy of a public key in the public key cache. PK is not * cached if caching is disabled (via getkey_disable_caches), if * PK->FLAGS.DONT_CACHE is set, we don't know how to derive a key id * from the public key (e.g., unsupported algorithm), or a key with * the key id is already in the cache. * * The public key packet is copied into the cache using * copy_public_key. Thus, any secret parts are not copied, for * instance. * * This cache is filled by get_pubkey and is read by get_pubkey and * get_pubkey_fast. */ void cache_public_key (PKT_public_key * pk) { #if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES pk_cache_entry_t ce, ce2; u32 keyid[2]; if (pk_cache_disabled) return; if (pk->flags.dont_cache) return; if (is_ELGAMAL (pk->pubkey_algo) || pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_DSA || pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDSA || pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_EDDSA || pk->pubkey_algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_ECDH || is_RSA (pk->pubkey_algo)) { keyid_from_pk (pk, keyid); } else return; /* Don't know how to get the keyid. */ for (ce = pk_cache; ce; ce = ce->next) if (ce->keyid[0] == keyid[0] && ce->keyid[1] == keyid[1]) { if (DBG_CACHE) log_debug ("cache_public_key: already in cache\n"); return; } if (pk_cache_entries >= MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES) { int n; /* Remove the last 50% of the entries. */ for (ce = pk_cache, n = 0; ce && n < pk_cache_entries/2; n++) ce = ce->next; if (ce && ce != pk_cache && ce->next) { ce2 = ce->next; ce->next = NULL; ce = ce2; for (; ce; ce = ce2) { ce2 = ce->next; free_public_key (ce->pk); xfree (ce); pk_cache_entries--; } } log_assert (pk_cache_entries < MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES); } pk_cache_entries++; ce = xmalloc (sizeof *ce); ce->next = pk_cache; pk_cache = ce; ce->pk = copy_public_key (NULL, pk); ce->keyid[0] = keyid[0]; ce->keyid[1] = keyid[1]; #endif } /* Return a const utf-8 string with the text "[User ID not found]". This function is required so that we don't need to switch gettext's encoding temporary. */ static const char * user_id_not_found_utf8 (void) { static char *text; if (!text) text = native_to_utf8 (_("[User ID not found]")); return text; } /* Disable and drop the public key cache (which is filled by cache_public_key and get_pubkey). Note: there is currently no way to re-enable this cache. */ void getkey_disable_caches (void) { #if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES { pk_cache_entry_t ce, ce2; for (ce = pk_cache; ce; ce = ce2) { ce2 = ce->next; free_public_key (ce->pk); xfree (ce); } pk_cache_disabled = 1; pk_cache_entries = 0; pk_cache = NULL; } #endif /* fixme: disable user id cache ? */ } /* Free a list of pubkey_t objects. */ void pubkeys_free (pubkey_t keys) { while (keys) { pubkey_t next = keys->next; xfree (keys->pk); release_kbnode (keys->keyblock); xfree (keys); keys = next; } } static void pk_from_block (PKT_public_key *pk, kbnode_t keyblock, kbnode_t found_key) { kbnode_t a = found_key ? found_key : keyblock; log_assert (a->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || a->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY); copy_public_key (pk, a->pkt->pkt.public_key); } /* Specialized version of get_pubkey which retrieves the key based on * information in SIG. In contrast to get_pubkey PK is required. IF * FORCED_PK is not NULL, this public key is used and copied to PK. */ gpg_error_t get_pubkey_for_sig (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, PKT_signature *sig, PKT_public_key *forced_pk) { const byte *fpr; size_t fprlen; if (forced_pk) { copy_public_key (pk, forced_pk); return 0; } /* First try the ISSUER_FPR info. */ fpr = issuer_fpr_raw (sig, &fprlen); if (fpr && !get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, pk, NULL, fpr, fprlen)) return 0; /* Fallback to use the ISSUER_KEYID. */ return get_pubkey (ctrl, pk, sig->keyid); } /* Return the public key with the key id KEYID and store it at PK. * The resources in *PK should be released using * release_public_key_parts(). This function also stores a copy of * the public key in the user id cache (see cache_public_key). * * If PK is NULL, this function just stores the public key in the * cache and returns the usual return code. * * PK->REQ_USAGE (which is a mask of PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, * PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT) is passed through to the * lookup function. If this is non-zero, only keys with the specified * usage will be returned. As such, it is essential that * PK->REQ_USAGE be correctly initialized! * * Returns 0 on success, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY if there is no public key * with the specified key id, or another error code if an error * occurs. * * If the data was not read from the cache, then the self-signed data * has definitely been merged into the public key using * merge_selfsigs. */ int get_pubkey (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key * pk, u32 * keyid) { int internal = 0; int rc = 0; #if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES if (pk) { /* Try to get it from the cache. We don't do this when pk is NULL as it does not guarantee that the user IDs are cached. */ pk_cache_entry_t ce; for (ce = pk_cache; ce; ce = ce->next) { if (ce->keyid[0] == keyid[0] && ce->keyid[1] == keyid[1]) /* XXX: We don't check PK->REQ_USAGE here, but if we don't read from the cache, we do check it! */ { copy_public_key (pk, ce->pk); return 0; } } } #endif /* More init stuff. */ if (!pk) { internal++; pk = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pk); if (!pk) { rc = gpg_error_from_syserror (); goto leave; } } /* Do a lookup. */ { struct getkey_ctx_s ctx; kbnode_t kb = NULL; kbnode_t found_key = NULL; memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx); ctx.exact = 1; /* Use the key ID exactly as given. */ ctx.not_allocated = 1; if (ctrl && ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb) { ctx.kr_handle = ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb; ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb = NULL; keydb_search_reset (ctx.kr_handle); } else { ctx.kr_handle = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!ctx.kr_handle) { rc = gpg_error_from_syserror (); goto leave; } } ctx.nitems = 1; ctx.items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID; ctx.items[0].u.kid[0] = keyid[0]; ctx.items[0].u.kid[1] = keyid[1]; ctx.req_usage = pk->req_usage; rc = lookup (ctrl, &ctx, 0, &kb, &found_key); if (!rc) { pk_from_block (pk, kb, found_key); } getkey_end (ctrl, &ctx); release_kbnode (kb); } if (!rc) goto leave; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; leave: if (!rc) cache_public_key (pk); if (internal) free_public_key (pk); return rc; } /* Same as get_pubkey but if the key was not found the function tries * to import it from LDAP. FIXME: We should not need this but swicth * to a fingerprint lookup. */ gpg_error_t get_pubkey_with_ldap_fallback (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, u32 *keyid) { gpg_error_t err; err = get_pubkey (ctrl, pk, keyid); if (!err) return 0; if (gpg_err_code (err) != GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY) return err; /* Note that this code does not handle the case for two readers * having both openpgp encryption keys. Only one will be tried. */ if (opt.debug) log_debug ("using LDAP to find a public key\n"); err = keyserver_import_keyid (ctrl, keyid, opt.keyserver, KEYSERVER_IMPORT_FLAG_LDAP); if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA || gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_KEYSERVER) { /* Dirmngr returns NO DATA is the selected keyserver * does not have the requested key. It returns NO * KEYSERVER if no LDAP keyservers are configured. */ err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY); } if (err) return err; return get_pubkey (ctrl, pk, keyid); } /* Similar to get_pubkey, but it does not take PK->REQ_USAGE into * account nor does it merge in the self-signed data. This function * also only considers primary keys. It is intended to be used as a * quick check of the key to avoid recursion. It should only be used * in very certain cases. Like get_pubkey and unlike any of the other * lookup functions, this function also consults the user id cache * (see cache_public_key). * * Return the public key in *PK. The resources in *PK should be * released using release_public_key_parts(). */ int get_pubkey_fast (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key * pk, u32 * keyid) { int rc = 0; KEYDB_HANDLE hd; KBNODE keyblock; u32 pkid[2]; log_assert (pk); #if MAX_PK_CACHE_ENTRIES { /* Try to get it from the cache */ pk_cache_entry_t ce; for (ce = pk_cache; ce; ce = ce->next) { if (ce->keyid[0] == keyid[0] && ce->keyid[1] == keyid[1] /* Only consider primary keys. */ && ce->pk->keyid[0] == ce->pk->main_keyid[0] && ce->pk->keyid[1] == ce->pk->main_keyid[1]) { if (pk) copy_public_key (pk, ce->pk); return 0; } } } #endif hd = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!hd) return gpg_error_from_syserror (); rc = keydb_search_kid (hd, keyid); if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND) { keydb_release (hd); return GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } rc = keydb_get_keyblock (hd, &keyblock); keydb_release (hd); if (rc) { log_error ("keydb_get_keyblock failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc)); return GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } log_assert (keyblock && keyblock->pkt && keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY); /* We return the primary key. If KEYID matched a subkey, then we return an error. */ keyid_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key, pkid); if (keyid[0] == pkid[0] && keyid[1] == pkid[1]) copy_public_key (pk, keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key); else rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; release_kbnode (keyblock); /* Not caching key here since it won't have all of the fields properly set. */ return rc; } /* Return the entire keyblock used to create SIG. This is a * specialized version of get_pubkeyblock. * * FIXME: This is a hack because get_pubkey_for_sig was already called * and it could have used a cache to hold the key. */ kbnode_t get_pubkeyblock_for_sig (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_signature *sig) { const byte *fpr; size_t fprlen; kbnode_t keyblock; /* First try the ISSUER_FPR info. */ fpr = issuer_fpr_raw (sig, &fprlen); if (fpr && !get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, NULL, &keyblock, fpr, fprlen)) return keyblock; /* Fallback to use the ISSUER_KEYID. */ return get_pubkeyblock (ctrl, sig->keyid); } /* Return the key block for the key with key id KEYID or NULL, if an * error occurs. Use release_kbnode() to release the key block. * * The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key * using merge_selfsigs. */ kbnode_t get_pubkeyblock (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 * keyid) { struct getkey_ctx_s ctx; int rc = 0; KBNODE keyblock = NULL; memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx); /* No need to set exact here because we want the entire block. */ ctx.not_allocated = 1; ctx.kr_handle = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!ctx.kr_handle) return NULL; ctx.nitems = 1; ctx.items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID; ctx.items[0].u.kid[0] = keyid[0]; ctx.items[0].u.kid[1] = keyid[1]; rc = lookup (ctrl, &ctx, 0, &keyblock, NULL); getkey_end (ctrl, &ctx); return rc ? NULL : keyblock; } /* Return the public key with the key id KEYID iff the secret key is * available and store it at PK. The resources should be released * using release_public_key_parts(). * * Unlike other lookup functions, PK may not be NULL. PK->REQ_USAGE * is passed through to the lookup function and is a mask of * PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT. Thus, it * must be valid! If this is non-zero, only keys with the specified * usage will be returned. * * Returns 0 on success. If a public key with the specified key id is * not found or a secret key is not available for that public key, an * error code is returned. Note: this function ignores legacy keys. * An error code is also return if an error occurs. * * The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key * using merge_selfsigs. */ gpg_error_t get_seckey (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, u32 *keyid) { gpg_error_t err; struct getkey_ctx_s ctx; kbnode_t keyblock = NULL; kbnode_t found_key = NULL; memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx); ctx.exact = 1; /* Use the key ID exactly as given. */ ctx.not_allocated = 1; ctx.kr_handle = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!ctx.kr_handle) return gpg_error_from_syserror (); ctx.nitems = 1; ctx.items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID; ctx.items[0].u.kid[0] = keyid[0]; ctx.items[0].u.kid[1] = keyid[1]; ctx.req_usage = pk->req_usage; err = lookup (ctrl, &ctx, 1, &keyblock, &found_key); if (!err) { pk_from_block (pk, keyblock, found_key); } getkey_end (ctrl, &ctx); release_kbnode (keyblock); if (!err) { if (!agent_probe_secret_key (/*ctrl*/NULL, pk)) { release_public_key_parts (pk); err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY); } } return err; } /* Skip unusable keys. A key is unusable if it is revoked, expired or disabled or if the selected user id is revoked or expired. */ static int skip_unusable (void *opaque, u32 * keyid, int uid_no) { ctrl_t ctrl = opaque; int unusable = 0; KBNODE keyblock; PKT_public_key *pk; keyblock = get_pubkeyblock (ctrl, keyid); if (!keyblock) { log_error ("error checking usability status of %s\n", keystr (keyid)); goto leave; } pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key; /* Is the key revoked or expired? */ - if (pk->flags.revoked || pk->has_expired) + if (pk->flags.revoked || (pk->has_expired && !opt.ignore_expiration)) unusable = 1; /* Is the user ID in question revoked or expired? */ if (!unusable && uid_no) { KBNODE node; int uids_seen = 0; for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next) { if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID) { PKT_user_id *user_id = node->pkt->pkt.user_id; uids_seen ++; if (uids_seen != uid_no) continue; - if (user_id->flags.revoked || user_id->flags.expired) + if (user_id->flags.revoked + || (user_id->flags.expired && !opt.ignore_expiration)) unusable = 1; break; } } /* If UID_NO is non-zero, then the keyblock better have at least that many UIDs. */ log_assert (uids_seen == uid_no); } if (!unusable) unusable = pk_is_disabled (pk); leave: release_kbnode (keyblock); return unusable; } /* Search for keys matching some criteria. If RETCTX is not NULL, then the constructed context is returned in *RETCTX so that getpubkey_next can be used to get subsequent results. In this case, getkey_end() must be used to free the search context. If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be NULL. If NAMELIST is not NULL, then a search query is constructed using classify_user_id on each of the strings in the list. (Recall: the database does an OR of the terms, not an AND.) If NAMELIST is NULL, then all results are returned. If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! If PK->REQ_USAGE is set, it is used to filter the search results. See the documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is used. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK) and then xfree(PK)). If WANT_SECRET is set, then only keys with an available secret key (either locally or via key registered on a smartcard) are returned. If INCLUDE_UNUSABLE is set, then unusable keys (see the documentation for skip_unusable for an exact definition) are skipped unless they are looked up by key id or by fingerprint. If RET_KB is not NULL, the keyblock is returned in *RET_KB. This should be freed using release_kbnode(). If RET_KDBHD is not NULL, then the new database handle used to conduct the search is returned in *RET_KDBHD. This can be used to get subsequent results using keydb_search_next. Note: in this case, no advanced filtering is done for subsequent results (e.g., WANT_SECRET and PK->REQ_USAGE are not respected). This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY or GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY (if want_secret is set) is returned if the key is not found. */ static int key_byname (ctrl_t ctrl, GETKEY_CTX *retctx, strlist_t namelist, PKT_public_key *pk, int want_secret, int include_unusable, KBNODE * ret_kb, KEYDB_HANDLE * ret_kdbhd) { int rc = 0; int n; strlist_t r; strlist_t namelist_expanded = NULL; GETKEY_CTX ctx; KBNODE help_kb = NULL; KBNODE found_key = NULL; if (retctx) { /* Reset the returned context in case of error. */ log_assert (!ret_kdbhd); /* Not allowed because the handle is stored in the context. */ *retctx = NULL; } if (ret_kdbhd) *ret_kdbhd = NULL; if (!namelist) /* No search terms: iterate over the whole DB. */ { ctx = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *ctx); ctx->nitems = 1; ctx->items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST; if (!include_unusable) { ctx->items[0].skipfnc = skip_unusable; ctx->items[0].skipfncvalue = ctrl; } } else { namelist_expanded = expand_group (namelist, 1); namelist = namelist_expanded; /* Build the search context. */ for (n = 0, r = namelist; r; r = r->next) n++; /* CTX has space for a single search term at the end. Thus, we need to allocate sizeof *CTX plus (n - 1) sizeof CTX->ITEMS. */ ctx = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *ctx + (n - 1) * sizeof ctx->items); ctx->nitems = n; for (n = 0, r = namelist; r; r = r->next, n++) { gpg_error_t err; err = classify_user_id (r->d, &ctx->items[n], 1); if (ctx->items[n].exact) ctx->exact = 1; if (err) { xfree (ctx); rc = gpg_err_code (err); /* FIXME: remove gpg_err_code. */ goto leave; } if (!include_unusable && ctx->items[n].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID && ctx->items[n].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID && ctx->items[n].mode != KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR) { ctx->items[n].skipfnc = skip_unusable; ctx->items[n].skipfncvalue = ctrl; } } } ctx->want_secret = want_secret; ctx->kr_handle = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!ctx->kr_handle) { rc = gpg_error_from_syserror (); getkey_end (ctrl, ctx); goto leave; } if (!ret_kb) ret_kb = &help_kb; if (pk) { ctx->req_usage = pk->req_usage; } rc = lookup (ctrl, ctx, want_secret, ret_kb, &found_key); if (!rc && pk) { pk_from_block (pk, *ret_kb, found_key); } release_kbnode (help_kb); if (retctx) /* Caller wants the context. */ { if (ctx->extra_list) { for (r=ctx->extra_list; r->next; r = r->next) ; r->next = namelist_expanded; } else ctx->extra_list = namelist_expanded; namelist_expanded = NULL; *retctx = ctx; } else { if (ret_kdbhd) { *ret_kdbhd = ctx->kr_handle; ctx->kr_handle = NULL; } getkey_end (ctrl, ctx); } leave: free_strlist (namelist_expanded); return rc; } /* Find a public key identified by NAME. * * If name appears to be a valid RFC822 mailbox (i.e., email address) * and auto key lookup is enabled (mode != GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL), then * the specified auto key lookup methods (--auto-key-lookup) are used * to import the key into the local keyring. Otherwise, just the * local keyring is consulted. * * MODE can be one of: * GET_PUBKEY_NORMAL - The standard mode * GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL - The auto key locate functionality is * disabled and only the local key ring is * considered. Note: the local key ring is * consulted even if local is not in the * auto-key-locate option list! * GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL - Only the auto key locate functionality is * used and no local search is done. * * If RETCTX is not NULL, then the constructed context is returned in * *RETCTX so that getpubkey_next can be used to get subsequent * results. In this case, getkey_end() must be used to free the * search context. If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be * NULL. * * If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned * in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! PK->REQ_USAGE is * passed through to the lookup function and is a mask of * PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT. If this * is non-zero, only keys with the specified usage will be returned. * Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the public * key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling * release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you * can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK) * and then xfree(PK)). * * NAME is a string, which is turned into a search query using * classify_user_id. * * If RET_KEYBLOCK is not NULL, the keyblock is returned in * *RET_KEYBLOCK. This should be freed using release_kbnode(). * * If RET_KDBHD is not NULL, then the new database handle used to * conduct the search is returned in *RET_KDBHD. This can be used to * get subsequent results using keydb_search_next or to modify the * returned record. Note: in this case, no advanced filtering is done * for subsequent results (e.g., PK->REQ_USAGE is not respected). * Unlike RETCTX, this is always returned. * * If INCLUDE_UNUSABLE is set, then unusable keys (see the * documentation for skip_unusable for an exact definition) are * skipped unless they are looked up by key id or by fingerprint. * * This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is * returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY or GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY * (if want_secret is set) is returned if the key is not found. */ int get_pubkey_byname (ctrl_t ctrl, enum get_pubkey_modes mode, GETKEY_CTX * retctx, PKT_public_key * pk, const char *name, KBNODE * ret_keyblock, KEYDB_HANDLE * ret_kdbhd, int include_unusable) { int rc; strlist_t namelist = NULL; struct akl *akl; int is_mbox, is_fpr; KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC fprbuf; int nodefault = 0; int anylocalfirst = 0; int mechanism_type = AKL_NODEFAULT; /* If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be NULL. */ log_assert (retctx == NULL || ret_kdbhd == NULL); if (retctx) *retctx = NULL; /* Does NAME appear to be a mailbox (mail address)? */ is_mbox = is_valid_mailbox (name); if (!is_mbox && *name == '<' && name[1] && name[strlen(name)-1]=='>' && name[1] != '>' && is_valid_mailbox_mem (name+1, strlen (name)-2)) { /* The mailbox is in the form "" which is not * detected by is_valid_mailbox. Set the flag but keep name as * it is because the bracketed name is actual the better * specification for a local search and the other methods * extract the mail address anyway. */ is_mbox = 1; } /* If we are called due to --locate-external-key Check whether NAME * is a fingerprint and then try to lookup that key by configured * method which support lookup by fingerprint. FPRBUF carries the * parsed fingerpint iff IS_FPR is true. */ is_fpr = 0; if (!is_mbox && mode == GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL) { if (!classify_user_id (name, &fprbuf, 1) && fprbuf.mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR) is_fpr = 1; } /* The auto-key-locate feature works as follows: there are a number * of methods to look up keys. By default, the local keyring is * tried first. Then, each method listed in the --auto-key-locate is * tried in the order it appears. * * This can be changed as follows: * * - if nodefault appears anywhere in the list of options, then * the local keyring is not tried first, or, * * - if local appears anywhere in the list of options, then the * local keyring is not tried first, but in the order in which * it was listed in the --auto-key-locate option. * * Note: we only save the search context in RETCTX if the local * method is the first method tried (either explicitly or * implicitly). */ if (mode == GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL) nodefault = 1; /* Auto-key-locate but ignore "local". */ else if (mode != GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL) { /* auto-key-locate is enabled. */ /* nodefault is true if "nodefault" or "local" appear. */ for (akl = opt.auto_key_locate; akl; akl = akl->next) if (akl->type == AKL_NODEFAULT || akl->type == AKL_LOCAL) { nodefault = 1; break; } /* anylocalfirst is true if "local" appears before any other search methods (except "nodefault"). */ for (akl = opt.auto_key_locate; akl; akl = akl->next) if (akl->type != AKL_NODEFAULT) { if (akl->type == AKL_LOCAL) anylocalfirst = 1; break; } } if (!nodefault) { /* "nodefault" didn't occur. Thus, "local" is implicitly the * first method to try. */ anylocalfirst = 1; } if (mode == GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL) { /* Force using the AKL. If IS_MBOX is not set this is the final * error code. */ rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } else if (nodefault && is_mbox) { /* Either "nodefault" or "local" (explicitly) appeared in the * auto key locate list and NAME appears to be an email address. * Don't try the local keyring. */ rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } else { /* Either "nodefault" and "local" don't appear in the auto key * locate list (in which case we try the local keyring first) or * NAME does not appear to be an email address (in which case we * only try the local keyring). In this case, lookup NAME in * the local keyring. */ add_to_strlist (&namelist, name); rc = key_byname (ctrl, retctx, namelist, pk, 0, include_unusable, ret_keyblock, ret_kdbhd); } /* If the requested name resembles a valid mailbox and automatic retrieval has been enabled, we try to import the key. */ if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY && mode != GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL && (is_mbox || is_fpr)) { /* NAME wasn't present in the local keyring (or we didn't try * the local keyring). Since the auto key locate feature is * enabled and NAME appears to be an email address, try the auto * locate feature. */ for (akl = opt.auto_key_locate; akl; akl = akl->next) { unsigned char *fpr = NULL; size_t fpr_len; int did_akl_local = 0; int no_fingerprint = 0; const char *mechanism_string = "?"; mechanism_type = akl->type; switch (mechanism_type) { case AKL_NODEFAULT: /* This is a dummy mechanism. */ mechanism_string = ""; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; break; case AKL_LOCAL: if (mode == GET_PUBKEY_NO_LOCAL) { /* Note that we get here in is_fpr more, so there is * no extra check for it required. */ mechanism_string = ""; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } else { mechanism_string = "Local"; did_akl_local = 1; if (retctx) { getkey_end (ctrl, *retctx); *retctx = NULL; } add_to_strlist (&namelist, name); rc = key_byname (ctrl, anylocalfirst ? retctx : NULL, namelist, pk, 0, include_unusable, ret_keyblock, ret_kdbhd); } break; case AKL_CERT: if (is_fpr) { mechanism_string = ""; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } else { mechanism_string = "DNS CERT"; glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++; rc = keyserver_import_cert (ctrl, name, 0, &fpr, &fpr_len); glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--; } break; case AKL_PKA: /* This is now obsolete. */ break; case AKL_DANE: if (is_fpr) { mechanism_string = ""; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; break; } else { mechanism_string = "DANE"; glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++; rc = keyserver_import_cert (ctrl, name, 1, &fpr, &fpr_len); glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--; } break; case AKL_WKD: if (is_fpr) { mechanism_string = ""; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } else { mechanism_string = "WKD"; glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++; rc = keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl, name, 0, &fpr, &fpr_len); glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--; } break; case AKL_LDAP: if (is_fpr) { mechanism_string = ""; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } else { mechanism_string = "LDAP"; glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++; rc = keyserver_import_ldap (ctrl, name, &fpr, &fpr_len); glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--; } break; case AKL_NTDS: mechanism_string = "NTDS"; glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++; if (is_fpr) rc = keyserver_import_fprint_ntds (ctrl, fprbuf.u.fpr, fprbuf.fprlen); else rc = keyserver_import_ntds (ctrl, name, &fpr, &fpr_len); glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--; break; case AKL_KEYSERVER: /* Strictly speaking, we don't need to only use a valid * mailbox for the getname search, but it helps cut down * on the problem of searching for something like "john" * and getting a whole lot of keys back. */ if (keyserver_any_configured (ctrl)) { mechanism_string = "keyserver"; glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++; if (is_fpr) { rc = keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl, fprbuf.u.fpr, fprbuf.fprlen, opt.keyserver, KEYSERVER_IMPORT_FLAG_LDAP); /* Map error codes because Dirmngr returns NO * DATA if the keyserver does not have the * requested key. It returns NO KEYSERVER if no * LDAP keyservers are configured. */ if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA || gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_KEYSERVER) rc = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY); } else { rc = keyserver_import_mbox (ctrl, name, &fpr, &fpr_len, opt.keyserver); } glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--; } else { mechanism_string = "Unconfigured keyserver"; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } break; case AKL_SPEC: { struct keyserver_spec *keyserver; mechanism_string = akl->spec->uri; keyserver = keyserver_match (akl->spec); glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++; if (is_fpr) { rc = keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl, fprbuf.u.fpr, fprbuf.fprlen, opt.keyserver, KEYSERVER_IMPORT_FLAG_LDAP); if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA || gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_KEYSERVER) rc = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY); } else { rc = keyserver_import_mbox (ctrl, name, &fpr, &fpr_len, keyserver); } glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--; } break; } /* Use the fingerprint of the key that we actually fetched. * This helps prevent problems where the key that we fetched * doesn't have the same name that we used to fetch it. In * the case of CERT, this is an actual security * requirement as the URL might point to a key put in by an * attacker. By forcing the use of the fingerprint, we * won't use the attacker's key here. */ if (!rc && (fpr || is_fpr)) { char fpr_string[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN * 2 + 1]; if (is_fpr) { log_assert (fprbuf.fprlen <= MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN); bin2hex (fprbuf.u.fpr, fprbuf.fprlen, fpr_string); } else { log_assert (fpr_len <= MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN); bin2hex (fpr, fpr_len, fpr_string); } if (opt.verbose) log_info ("auto-key-locate found fingerprint %s\n", fpr_string); free_strlist (namelist); namelist = NULL; add_to_strlist (&namelist, fpr_string); } else if (!rc && !fpr && !did_akl_local) { /* The acquisition method said no failure occurred, but * it didn't return a fingerprint. That's a failure. */ no_fingerprint = 1; rc = GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; } xfree (fpr); fpr = NULL; if (!rc && !did_akl_local) { /* There was no error and we didn't do a local lookup. * This means that we imported a key into the local * keyring. Try to read the imported key from the * keyring. */ if (retctx) { getkey_end (ctrl, *retctx); *retctx = NULL; } rc = key_byname (ctrl, anylocalfirst ? retctx : NULL, namelist, pk, 0, include_unusable, ret_keyblock, ret_kdbhd); } if (!rc) { /* Key found. */ if (opt.verbose) log_info (_("automatically retrieved '%s' via %s\n"), name, mechanism_string); break; } if ((gpg_err_code (rc) != GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY || opt.verbose || no_fingerprint) && *mechanism_string) log_info (_("error retrieving '%s' via %s: %s\n"), name, mechanism_string, no_fingerprint ? _("No fingerprint") : gpg_strerror (rc)); } } if (rc && retctx) { getkey_end (ctrl, *retctx); *retctx = NULL; } if (retctx && *retctx) { GETKEY_CTX ctx = *retctx; strlist_t sl; if (ctx->extra_list) { for (sl=ctx->extra_list; sl->next; sl = sl->next) ; sl->next = namelist; } else ctx->extra_list = namelist; (*retctx)->found_via_akl = mechanism_type; } else free_strlist (namelist); return rc; } /* Comparison machinery for get_best_pubkey_byname. */ /* First we have a struct to cache computed information about the key * in question. */ struct pubkey_cmp_cookie { int valid; /* Is this cookie valid? */ PKT_public_key key; /* The key. */ PKT_user_id *uid; /* The matching UID packet. */ unsigned int validity; /* Computed validity of (KEY, UID). */ u32 creation_time; /* Creation time of the newest subkey capable of encryption. */ }; /* Then we have a series of helper functions. */ static int key_is_ok (const PKT_public_key *key) { return (! key->has_expired && ! key->flags.revoked && key->flags.valid && ! key->flags.disabled); } static int uid_is_ok (const PKT_public_key *key, const PKT_user_id *uid) { return key_is_ok (key) && ! uid->flags.revoked; } static int subkey_is_ok (const PKT_public_key *sub) { return ! sub->flags.revoked && sub->flags.valid && ! sub->flags.disabled; } /* Return true if KEYBLOCK has only expired encryption subkeys. Note * that the function returns false if the key has no encryption * subkeys at all or the subkeys are revoked. */ static int only_expired_enc_subkeys (kbnode_t keyblock) { kbnode_t node; PKT_public_key *sub; int any = 0; for (node = find_next_kbnode (keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY); node; node = find_next_kbnode (node, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)) { sub = node->pkt->pkt.public_key; if (!(sub->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)) continue; if (!subkey_is_ok (sub)) continue; any = 1; if (!sub->has_expired) return 0; } return any? 1 : 0; } /* Finally this function compares a NEW key to the former candidate * OLD. Returns < 0 if the old key is worse, > 0 if the old key is * better, == 0 if it is a tie. */ static int pubkey_cmp (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, struct pubkey_cmp_cookie *old, struct pubkey_cmp_cookie *new, KBNODE new_keyblock) { kbnode_t n; if ((new->key.pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC) == 0) new->creation_time = 0; else new->creation_time = new->key.timestamp; for (n = find_next_kbnode (new_keyblock, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY); n; n = find_next_kbnode (n, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)) { PKT_public_key *sub = n->pkt->pkt.public_key; if ((sub->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC) == 0) continue; if (! subkey_is_ok (sub)) continue; if (sub->timestamp > new->creation_time) new->creation_time = sub->timestamp; } /* When new key has no encryption key, use OLD key. */ if (new->creation_time == 0) return 1; for (n = find_next_kbnode (new_keyblock, PKT_USER_ID); n; n = find_next_kbnode (n, PKT_USER_ID)) { PKT_user_id *uid = n->pkt->pkt.user_id; char *mbox = mailbox_from_userid (uid->name, 0); int match = mbox ? strcasecmp (name, mbox) == 0 : 0; xfree (mbox); if (! match) continue; new->uid = scopy_user_id (uid); new->validity = get_validity (ctrl, new_keyblock, &new->key, uid, NULL, 0) & TRUST_MASK; new->valid = 1; if (! old->valid) return -1; /* No OLD key. */ if (! uid_is_ok (&old->key, old->uid) && uid_is_ok (&new->key, uid)) return -1; /* Validity of the NEW key is better. */ if (new->validity != TRUST_EXPIRED && old->validity < new->validity) return -1; /* Validity of the NEW key is better. */ if (old->validity == TRUST_EXPIRED && new->validity != TRUST_EXPIRED) return -1; /* Validity of the NEW key is better. */ if (old->validity == new->validity && uid_is_ok (&new->key, uid) && old->creation_time < new->creation_time) return -1; /* Both keys are of the same validity, but the NEW key is newer. */ } /* Stick with the OLD key. */ return 1; } /* This function works like get_pubkey_byname, but if the name * resembles a mail address, the results are ranked and only the best * result is returned. */ gpg_error_t get_best_pubkey_byname (ctrl_t ctrl, enum get_pubkey_modes mode, GETKEY_CTX *retctx, PKT_public_key *pk, const char *name, KBNODE *ret_keyblock, int include_unusable) { gpg_error_t err; struct getkey_ctx_s *ctx = NULL; int is_mbox; int wkd_tried = 0; PKT_public_key pk0; log_assert (ret_keyblock != NULL); if (retctx) *retctx = NULL; memset (&pk0, 0, sizeof pk0); pk0.req_usage = pk? pk->req_usage : 0; is_mbox = is_valid_mailbox (name); if (!is_mbox && *name == '<' && name[1] && name[strlen(name)-1]=='>' && name[1] != '>' && is_valid_mailbox_mem (name+1, strlen (name)-2)) { /* The mailbox is in the form "" which is not * detected by is_valid_mailbox. Set the flag but keep name as * it is because get_pubkey_byname does an is_valid_mailbox_mem * itself. */ is_mbox = 1; } start_over: if (ctx) /* Clear in case of a start over. */ { release_kbnode (*ret_keyblock); *ret_keyblock = NULL; getkey_end (ctrl, ctx); ctx = NULL; } err = get_pubkey_byname (ctrl, mode, &ctx, &pk0, name, ret_keyblock, NULL, include_unusable); if (err) { goto leave; } /* If the keyblock was retrieved from the local database and the key * has expired, do further checks. However, we can do this only if * the caller requested a keyblock. */ if (is_mbox && ctx && ctx->found_via_akl == AKL_LOCAL) { u32 now = make_timestamp (); int found; /* If the key has expired and its origin was the WKD then try to * get a fresh key from the WKD. We also try this if the key * has any only expired encryption subkeys. In case we checked * for a fresh copy in the last 3 hours we won't do that again. * Unfortunately that does not yet work because KEYUPDATE is * only updated during import iff the key has actually changed * (see import.c:import_one). */ if (!wkd_tried && pk0.keyorg == KEYORG_WKD && (pk0.keyupdate + 3*3600) < now && (pk0.has_expired || only_expired_enc_subkeys (*ret_keyblock))) { if (opt.verbose) log_info (_("checking for a fresh copy of an expired key via %s\n"), "WKD"); wkd_tried = 1; glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve++; found = !keyserver_import_wkd (ctrl, name, 0, NULL, NULL); glo_ctrl.in_auto_key_retrieve--; if (found) { release_public_key_parts (&pk0); goto start_over; } } } if (is_mbox && ctx) { /* Rank results and return only the most relevant key for encryption. */ struct pubkey_cmp_cookie best = { 0 }; struct pubkey_cmp_cookie new = { 0 }; kbnode_t new_keyblock; copy_public_key (&new.key, &pk0); if (pubkey_cmp (ctrl, name, &best, &new, *ret_keyblock) >= 0) { release_public_key_parts (&new.key); free_user_id (new.uid); } else best = new; new.uid = NULL; while (getkey_next (ctrl, ctx, &new.key, &new_keyblock) == 0) { int diff = pubkey_cmp (ctrl, name, &best, &new, new_keyblock); release_kbnode (new_keyblock); if (diff < 0) { /* New key is better. */ release_public_key_parts (&best.key); free_user_id (best.uid); best = new; } else if (diff > 0) { /* Old key is better. */ release_public_key_parts (&new.key); free_user_id (new.uid); } else { /* A tie. Keep the old key. */ release_public_key_parts (&new.key); free_user_id (new.uid); } new.uid = NULL; } getkey_end (ctrl, ctx); ctx = NULL; free_user_id (best.uid); best.uid = NULL; if (best.valid) { ctx = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof **retctx); if (! ctx) err = gpg_error_from_syserror (); else { ctx->kr_handle = keydb_new (ctrl); if (! ctx->kr_handle) { err = gpg_error_from_syserror (); xfree (ctx); ctx = NULL; if (retctx) *retctx = NULL; } else { u32 *keyid = pk_keyid (&best.key); ctx->exact = 1; ctx->nitems = 1; ctx->items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID; ctx->items[0].u.kid[0] = keyid[0]; ctx->items[0].u.kid[1] = keyid[1]; release_kbnode (*ret_keyblock); *ret_keyblock = NULL; err = getkey_next (ctrl, ctx, NULL, ret_keyblock); } } if (pk) *pk = best.key; else release_public_key_parts (&best.key); release_public_key_parts (&pk0); } else { if (pk) *pk = pk0; else release_public_key_parts (&pk0); } } else { if (pk) *pk = pk0; else release_public_key_parts (&pk0); } if (err && ctx) { getkey_end (ctrl, ctx); ctx = NULL; } if (retctx && ctx) { *retctx = ctx; ctx = NULL; } leave: getkey_end (ctrl, ctx); return err; } /* Get a public key from a file. * * PK is the buffer to store the key. The caller needs to make sure * that PK->REQ_USAGE is valid. PK->REQ_USAGE is passed through to * the lookup function and is a mask of PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, * PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT. If this is non-zero, only * keys with the specified usage will be returned. * * FNAME is the file name. That file should contain exactly one * keyblock. * * This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is * returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY is returned if the key * is not found. If R_KEYBLOCK is not NULL and a key was found the * keyblock is stored there; otherwiese NULL is stored there. * * The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key * using merge_selfsigs. The caller must release the content of PK by * calling release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was malloced, using * free_public_key). */ gpg_error_t get_pubkey_fromfile (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, const char *fname, kbnode_t *r_keyblock) { gpg_error_t err; kbnode_t keyblock; kbnode_t found_key; unsigned int infoflags; if (r_keyblock) *r_keyblock = NULL; err = read_key_from_file_or_buffer (ctrl, fname, NULL, 0, &keyblock); if (!err) { /* Warning: node flag bits 0 and 1 should be preserved by * merge_selfsigs. FIXME: Check whether this still holds. */ merge_selfsigs (ctrl, keyblock); found_key = finish_lookup (keyblock, pk->req_usage, 0, 0, &infoflags); print_status_key_considered (keyblock, infoflags); if (found_key) pk_from_block (pk, keyblock, found_key); else err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY); } if (!err && r_keyblock) *r_keyblock = keyblock; else release_kbnode (keyblock); return err; } /* Return a public key from the buffer (BUFFER, BUFLEN). The key is * onlyretruned if it matches the keyid given in WANT_KEYID. On * success the key is stored at the caller provided PKBUF structure. * The caller must release the content of PK by calling * release_public_key_parts (or, if PKBUF was malloced, using * free_public_key). If R_KEYBLOCK is not NULL the full keyblock is * also stored there. */ gpg_error_t get_pubkey_from_buffer (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pkbuf, const void *buffer, size_t buflen, u32 *want_keyid, kbnode_t *r_keyblock) { gpg_error_t err; kbnode_t keyblock; kbnode_t node; PKT_public_key *pk; if (r_keyblock) *r_keyblock = NULL; err = read_key_from_file_or_buffer (ctrl, NULL, buffer, buflen, &keyblock); if (!err) { merge_selfsigs (ctrl, keyblock); for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next) { if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY) { pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key; keyid_from_pk (pk, NULL); if (pk->keyid[0] == want_keyid[0] && pk->keyid[1] == want_keyid[1]) break; } } if (node) copy_public_key (pkbuf, pk); else err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY); } if (!err && r_keyblock) *r_keyblock = keyblock; else release_kbnode (keyblock); return err; } /* Lookup a key with the specified fingerprint. * * If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned * in *PK. Note: this function does an exact search and thus the * returned public key may be a subkey rather than the primary key. * Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the public * key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling * release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xmalloc, you * can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK) * and then xfree(PK)). * * If PK->REQ_USAGE is set, it is used to filter the search results. * Thus, if PK is not NULL, PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid! See the * documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is * used. * * If R_KEYBLOCK is not NULL, then the first result's keyblock is * returned in *R_KEYBLOCK. This should be freed using * release_kbnode(). * * FPRINT is a byte array whose contents is the fingerprint to use as * the search term. FPRINT_LEN specifies the length of the * fingerprint (in bytes). Currently, only 16, 20, and 32-byte * fingerprints are supported. * * FIXME: We should replace this with the _byname function. This can * be done by creating a userID conforming to the unified fingerprint * style. */ int get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, kbnode_t *r_keyblock, const byte * fprint, size_t fprint_len) { int rc; if (r_keyblock) *r_keyblock = NULL; if (fprint_len == 32 || fprint_len == 20 || fprint_len == 16) { struct getkey_ctx_s ctx; KBNODE kb = NULL; KBNODE found_key = NULL; memset (&ctx, 0, sizeof ctx); ctx.exact = 1; ctx.not_allocated = 1; /* FIXME: We should get the handle from the cache like we do in * get_pubkey. */ ctx.kr_handle = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!ctx.kr_handle) return gpg_error_from_syserror (); ctx.nitems = 1; ctx.items[0].mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR; memcpy (ctx.items[0].u.fpr, fprint, fprint_len); ctx.items[0].fprlen = fprint_len; if (pk) ctx.req_usage = pk->req_usage; rc = lookup (ctrl, &ctx, 0, &kb, &found_key); if (!rc && pk) pk_from_block (pk, kb, found_key); if (!rc && r_keyblock) { *r_keyblock = kb; kb = NULL; } release_kbnode (kb); getkey_end (ctrl, &ctx); } else rc = GPG_ERR_GENERAL; /* Oops */ return rc; } /* This function is similar to get_pubkey_byfprint, but it doesn't * merge the self-signed data into the public key and subkeys or into * the user ids. It also doesn't add the key to the user id cache. * Further, this function ignores PK->REQ_USAGE. * * This function is intended to avoid recursion and, as such, should * only be used in very specific situations. * * Like get_pubkey_byfprint, PK may be NULL. In that case, this * function effectively just checks for the existence of the key. */ gpg_error_t get_pubkey_byfprint_fast (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key * pk, const byte * fprint, size_t fprint_len) { gpg_error_t err; KBNODE keyblock; err = get_keyblock_byfprint_fast (ctrl, &keyblock, NULL, fprint, fprint_len, 0); if (!err) { if (pk) copy_public_key (pk, keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key); release_kbnode (keyblock); } return err; } /* This function is similar to get_pubkey_byfprint_fast but returns a * keydb handle at R_HD and the keyblock at R_KEYBLOCK. R_KEYBLOCK or * R_HD may be NULL. If LOCK is set the handle has been opend in * locked mode and keydb_disable_caching () has been called. On error * R_KEYBLOCK is set to NULL but R_HD must be released by the caller; * it may have a value of NULL, though. This allows to do an insert * operation on a locked keydb handle. */ gpg_error_t get_keyblock_byfprint_fast (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t *r_keyblock, KEYDB_HANDLE *r_hd, const byte *fprint, size_t fprint_len, int lock) { gpg_error_t err; KEYDB_HANDLE hd; kbnode_t keyblock; byte fprbuf[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN]; int i; if (r_keyblock) *r_keyblock = NULL; if (r_hd) *r_hd = NULL; for (i = 0; i < MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN && i < fprint_len; i++) fprbuf[i] = fprint[i]; hd = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!hd) return gpg_error_from_syserror (); if (lock) { err = keydb_lock (hd); if (err) { /* If locking did not work, we better don't return a handle * at all - there was a reason that locking has been * requested. */ keydb_release (hd); return err; } keydb_disable_caching (hd); } /* For all other errors we return the handle. */ if (r_hd) *r_hd = hd; err = keydb_search_fpr (hd, fprbuf, fprint_len); if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND) { if (!r_hd) keydb_release (hd); return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY); } err = keydb_get_keyblock (hd, &keyblock); if (err) { log_error ("keydb_get_keyblock failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err)); if (!r_hd) keydb_release (hd); return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY); } log_assert (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY); /* Not caching key here since it won't have all of the fields properly set. */ if (r_keyblock) *r_keyblock = keyblock; else release_kbnode (keyblock); if (!r_hd) keydb_release (hd); return 0; } const char * parse_def_secret_key (ctrl_t ctrl) { KEYDB_HANDLE hd = NULL; strlist_t t; static int warned; for (t = opt.def_secret_key; t; t = t->next) { gpg_error_t err; KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc; KBNODE kb; KBNODE node; err = classify_user_id (t->d, &desc, 1); if (err) { log_error (_("secret key \"%s\" not found: %s\n"), t->d, gpg_strerror (err)); if (!opt.quiet) log_info (_("(check argument of option '%s')\n"), "--default-key"); continue; } if (! hd) { hd = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!hd) return NULL; } else keydb_search_reset (hd); err = keydb_search (hd, &desc, 1, NULL); if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND) continue; if (err) { log_error (_("key \"%s\" not found: %s\n"), t->d, gpg_strerror (err)); t = NULL; break; } err = keydb_get_keyblock (hd, &kb); if (err) { log_error (_("error reading keyblock: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err)); continue; } merge_selfsigs (ctrl, kb); err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY); node = kb; do { PKT_public_key *pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key; /* Check if the key is valid. */ if (pk->flags.revoked) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("not using %s as default key, %s", keystr_from_pk (pk), "revoked"); continue; } if (pk->has_expired) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("not using %s as default key, %s", keystr_from_pk (pk), "expired"); continue; } if (pk_is_disabled (pk)) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("not using %s as default key, %s", keystr_from_pk (pk), "disabled"); continue; } if (agent_probe_secret_key (ctrl, pk)) { /* This is a valid key. */ err = 0; break; } } while ((node = find_next_kbnode (node, PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY))); release_kbnode (kb); if (err) { if (! warned && ! opt.quiet) { log_info (_("Warning: not using '%s' as default key: %s\n"), t->d, gpg_strerror (GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY)); print_reported_error (err, GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY); } } else { if (! warned && ! opt.quiet) log_info (_("using \"%s\" as default secret key for signing\n"), t->d); break; } } if (! warned && opt.def_secret_key && ! t) log_info (_("all values passed to '%s' ignored\n"), "--default-key"); warned = 1; if (hd) keydb_release (hd); if (t) return t->d; return NULL; } /* Look up a secret key. * * If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned * in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! If PK->REQ_USAGE is * set, it is used to filter the search results. See the * documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is * used. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the * public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling * release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you * can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK) * and then xfree(PK)). * * If --default-key was set, then the specified key is looked up. (In * this case, the default key is returned even if it is considered * unusable. See the documentation for skip_unusable for exactly what * this means.) * * Otherwise, this initiates a DB scan that returns all keys that are * usable (see previous paragraph for exactly what usable means) and * for which a secret key is available. * * This function returns the first match. Additional results can be * returned using getkey_next. */ gpg_error_t get_seckey_default (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk) { gpg_error_t err; strlist_t namelist = NULL; int include_unusable = 1; const char *def_secret_key = parse_def_secret_key (ctrl); if (def_secret_key) add_to_strlist (&namelist, def_secret_key); else include_unusable = 0; err = key_byname (ctrl, NULL, namelist, pk, 1, include_unusable, NULL, NULL); free_strlist (namelist); return err; } /* Search for keys matching some criteria. * * If RETCTX is not NULL, then the constructed context is returned in * *RETCTX so that getpubkey_next can be used to get subsequent * results. In this case, getkey_end() must be used to free the * search context. If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be * NULL. * * If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned * in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! If PK->REQ_USAGE is * set, it is used to filter the search results. See the * documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is * used. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the * public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling * release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you * can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK) * and then xfree(PK)). * * If NAMES is not NULL, then a search query is constructed using * classify_user_id on each of the strings in the list. (Recall: the * database does an OR of the terms, not an AND.) If NAMES is * NULL, then all results are returned. * * If WANT_SECRET is set, then only keys with an available secret key * (either locally or via key registered on a smartcard) are returned. * * This function does not skip unusable keys (see the documentation * for skip_unusable for an exact definition). * * If RET_KEYBLOCK is not NULL, the keyblock is returned in * *RET_KEYBLOCK. This should be freed using release_kbnode(). * * This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is * returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY or GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY * (if want_secret is set) is returned if the key is not found. */ gpg_error_t getkey_bynames (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t *retctx, PKT_public_key *pk, strlist_t names, int want_secret, kbnode_t *ret_keyblock) { return key_byname (ctrl, retctx, names, pk, want_secret, 1, ret_keyblock, NULL); } /* Search for one key matching some criteria. * * If RETCTX is not NULL, then the constructed context is returned in * *RETCTX so that getpubkey_next can be used to get subsequent * results. In this case, getkey_end() must be used to free the * search context. If RETCTX is not NULL, then RET_KDBHD must be * NULL. * * If PK is not NULL, the public key of the first result is returned * in *PK. Note: PK->REQ_USAGE must be valid!!! If PK->REQ_USAGE is * set, it is used to filter the search results. See the * documentation for finish_lookup to understand exactly how this is * used. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the * public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling * release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xfree, you * can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK) * and then xfree(PK)). * * If NAME is not NULL, then a search query is constructed using * classify_user_id on the string. In this case, even unusable keys * (see the documentation for skip_unusable for an exact definition of * unusable) are returned. Otherwise, if --default-key was set, then * that key is returned (even if it is unusable). If neither of these * conditions holds, then the first usable key is returned. * * If WANT_SECRET is set, then only keys with an available secret key * (either locally or via key registered on a smartcard) are returned. * * This function does not skip unusable keys (see the documentation * for skip_unusable for an exact definition). * * If RET_KEYBLOCK is not NULL, the keyblock is returned in * *RET_KEYBLOCK. This should be freed using release_kbnode(). * * This function returns 0 on success. Otherwise, an error code is * returned. In particular, GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY or GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY * (if want_secret is set) is returned if the key is not found. * * FIXME: We also have the get_pubkey_byname function which has a * different semantic. Should be merged with this one. */ gpg_error_t getkey_byname (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t *retctx, PKT_public_key *pk, const char *name, int want_secret, kbnode_t *ret_keyblock) { gpg_error_t err; strlist_t namelist = NULL; int with_unusable = 1; const char *def_secret_key = NULL; if (want_secret && !name) def_secret_key = parse_def_secret_key (ctrl); if (want_secret && !name && def_secret_key) add_to_strlist (&namelist, def_secret_key); else if (name) add_to_strlist (&namelist, name); else with_unusable = 0; err = key_byname (ctrl, retctx, namelist, pk, want_secret, with_unusable, ret_keyblock, NULL); /* FIXME: Check that we really return GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY if WANT_SECRET has been used. */ free_strlist (namelist); return err; } /* Return the next search result. * * If PK is not NULL, the public key of the next result is returned in * *PK. Note: The self-signed data has already been merged into the * public key using merge_selfsigs. Free *PK by calling * release_public_key_parts (or, if PK was allocated using xmalloc, you * can use free_public_key, which calls release_public_key_parts(PK) * and then xfree(PK)). * * RET_KEYBLOCK can be given as NULL; if it is not NULL it the entire * found keyblock is returned which must be released with * release_kbnode. If the function returns an error NULL is stored at * RET_KEYBLOCK. * * The self-signed data has already been merged into the public key * using merge_selfsigs. */ gpg_error_t getkey_next (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t ctx, PKT_public_key *pk, kbnode_t *ret_keyblock) { int rc; /* Fixme: Make sure this is proper gpg_error */ KBNODE keyblock = NULL; KBNODE found_key = NULL; /* We need to disable the caching so that for an exact key search we won't get the result back from the cache and thus end up in an endless loop. The endless loop can occur, because the cache is used without respecting the current file pointer! */ keydb_disable_caching (ctx->kr_handle); /* FOUND_KEY is only valid as long as RET_KEYBLOCK is. If the * caller wants PK, but not RET_KEYBLOCK, we need hand in our own * keyblock. */ if (pk && ret_keyblock == NULL) ret_keyblock = &keyblock; rc = lookup (ctrl, ctx, ctx->want_secret, ret_keyblock, pk ? &found_key : NULL); if (!rc && pk) { log_assert (found_key); pk_from_block (pk, NULL, found_key); release_kbnode (keyblock); } return rc; } /* Release any resources used by a key listing context. This must be * called on the context returned by, e.g., getkey_byname. */ void getkey_end (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t ctx) { if (ctx) { #ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM /* FIXME: This creates a big regression for Windows because the * keyring is only released after the global ctrl is released. * So if an operation does a getkey and then tries to modify the * keyring it will fail on Windows with a sharing violation. We * need to modify all keyring write operations to also take the * ctrl and close the cached_getkey_kdb handle to make writing * work. See: GnuPG-bug-id: 3097 */ (void)ctrl; keydb_release (ctx->kr_handle); #else /*!HAVE_W32_SYSTEM*/ if (ctrl && !ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb) ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb = ctx->kr_handle; else keydb_release (ctx->kr_handle); #endif /*!HAVE_W32_SYSTEM*/ free_strlist (ctx->extra_list); if (!ctx->not_allocated) xfree (ctx); } } /************************************************ ************* Merging stuff ******************** ************************************************/ /* Set the mainkey_id fields for all keys in KEYBLOCK. This is * usually done by merge_selfsigs but at some places we only need the * main_kid not a full merge. The function also guarantees that all * pk->keyids are computed. */ void setup_main_keyids (kbnode_t keyblock) { u32 kid[2], mainkid[2]; kbnode_t kbctx, node; PKT_public_key *pk; if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY) BUG (); pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key; keyid_from_pk (pk, mainkid); for (kbctx=NULL; (node = walk_kbnode (keyblock, &kbctx, 0)); ) { if (!(node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)) continue; pk = node->pkt->pkt.public_key; keyid_from_pk (pk, kid); /* Make sure pk->keyid is set. */ if (!pk->main_keyid[0] && !pk->main_keyid[1]) { pk->main_keyid[0] = mainkid[0]; pk->main_keyid[1] = mainkid[1]; } } } /* KEYBLOCK corresponds to a public key block. This function merges * much of the information from the self-signed data into the public * key, public subkey and user id data structures. If you use the * high-level search API (e.g., get_pubkey) for looking up key blocks, * then you don't need to call this function. This function is * useful, however, if you change the keyblock, e.g., by adding or * removing a self-signed data packet. */ void merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock) { if (!keyblock) ; else if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY) merge_selfsigs (ctrl, keyblock); else log_debug ("FIXME: merging secret key blocks is not anymore available\n"); } /* This function parses the key flags and returns PUBKEY_USAGE_ flags. */ unsigned int parse_key_usage (PKT_signature * sig) { int key_usage = 0; const byte *p; size_t n; byte flags; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_FLAGS, &n); if (p && n) { /* First octet of the keyflags. */ flags = *p; if (flags & 1) { key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT; flags &= ~1; } if (flags & 2) { key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG; flags &= ~2; } /* We do not distinguish between encrypting communications and encrypting storage. */ if (flags & (0x04 | 0x08)) { key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC; flags &= ~(0x04 | 0x08); } if (flags & 0x20) { key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_AUTH; flags &= ~0x20; } if ((flags & 0x80)) { key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_GROUP; flags &= ~0x80; } if (flags) key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_UNKNOWN; n--; p++; if (n) { flags = *p; if ((flags & 0x04)) key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC; if ((flags & 0x08)) key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_TIME; } if (!key_usage) key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_NONE; } else if (p) /* Key flags of length zero. */ key_usage |= PUBKEY_USAGE_NONE; /* We set PUBKEY_USAGE_UNKNOWN to indicate that this key has a capability that we do not handle. This serves to distinguish between a zero key usage which we handle as the default capabilities for that algorithm, and a usage that we do not handle. Likewise we use PUBKEY_USAGE_NONE to indicate that key_flags have been given but they do not specify any usage. */ return key_usage; } /* Apply information from SIGNODE (which is the valid self-signature * associated with that UID) to the UIDNODE: * - wether the UID has been revoked * - assumed creation date of the UID * - temporary store the keyflags here * - temporary store the key expiration time here * - mark whether the primary user ID flag hat been set. * - store the preferences */ static void fixup_uidnode (KBNODE uidnode, KBNODE signode, u32 keycreated) { PKT_user_id *uid = uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id; PKT_signature *sig = signode->pkt->pkt.signature; const byte *p, *sym, *aead, *hash, *zip; size_t n, nsym, naead, nhash, nzip; sig->flags.chosen_selfsig = 1;/* We chose this one. */ uid->created = 0; /* Not created == invalid. */ if (IS_UID_REV (sig)) { uid->flags.revoked = 1; return; /* Has been revoked. */ } else uid->flags.revoked = 0; uid->expiredate = sig->expiredate; if (sig->flags.expired) { uid->flags.expired = 1; return; /* Has expired. */ } else uid->flags.expired = 0; uid->created = sig->timestamp; /* This one is okay. */ uid->selfsigversion = sig->version; /* If we got this far, it's not expired :) */ uid->flags.expired = 0; /* Store the key flags in the helper variable for later processing. */ uid->help_key_usage = parse_key_usage (sig); /* Ditto for the key expiration. */ p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_EXPIRE, NULL); if (p && buf32_to_u32 (p)) uid->help_key_expire = keycreated + buf32_to_u32 (p); else uid->help_key_expire = 0; /* Set the primary user ID flag - we will later wipe out some * of them to only have one in our keyblock. */ uid->flags.primary = 0; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_PRIMARY_UID, NULL); if (p && *p) uid->flags.primary = 2; /* We could also query this from the unhashed area if it is not in * the hased area and then later try to decide which is the better * there should be no security problem with this. * For now we only look at the hashed one. */ /* Now build the preferences list. These must come from the hashed section so nobody can modify the ciphers a key is willing to accept. */ p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_SYM, &n); sym = p; nsym = p ? n : 0; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_AEAD, &n); aead = p; naead = p ? n : 0; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_HASH, &n); hash = p; nhash = p ? n : 0; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_PREF_COMPR, &n); zip = p; nzip = p ? n : 0; if (uid->prefs) xfree (uid->prefs); n = nsym + naead + nhash + nzip; if (!n) uid->prefs = NULL; else { uid->prefs = xmalloc (sizeof (*uid->prefs) * (n + 1)); n = 0; for (; nsym; nsym--, n++) { uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_SYM; uid->prefs[n].value = *sym++; } for (; naead; naead--, n++) { uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_AEAD; uid->prefs[n].value = *aead++; } for (; nhash; nhash--, n++) { uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_HASH; uid->prefs[n].value = *hash++; } for (; nzip; nzip--, n++) { uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_ZIP; uid->prefs[n].value = *zip++; } uid->prefs[n].type = PREFTYPE_NONE; /* End of list marker */ uid->prefs[n].value = 0; } /* See whether we have the MDC feature. */ uid->flags.mdc = 0; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, &n); if (p && n && (p[0] & 0x01)) uid->flags.mdc = 1; /* See whether we have the AEAD feature. */ uid->flags.aead = 0; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_FEATURES, &n); if (p && n && (p[0] & 0x02)) uid->flags.aead = 1; /* And the keyserver modify flag. */ uid->flags.ks_modify = 1; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_KS_FLAGS, &n); if (p && n && (p[0] & 0x80)) uid->flags.ks_modify = 0; } static void sig_to_revoke_info (PKT_signature * sig, struct revoke_info *rinfo) { rinfo->date = sig->timestamp; rinfo->algo = sig->pubkey_algo; rinfo->keyid[0] = sig->keyid[0]; rinfo->keyid[1] = sig->keyid[1]; } /* Given a keyblock, parse the key block and extract various pieces of * information and save them with the primary key packet and the user * id packets. For instance, some information is stored in signature * packets. We find the latest such valid packet (since the user can * change that information) and copy its contents into the * PKT_public_key. * * Note that R_REVOKED may be set to 0, 1 or 2. * * This function fills in the following fields in the primary key's * keyblock: * * main_keyid (computed) * revkey / numrevkeys (derived from self signed key data) * flags.valid (whether we have at least 1 self-sig) * flags.maybe_revoked (whether a designed revoked the key, but * we are missing the key to check the sig) * selfsigversion (highest version of any valid self-sig) * pubkey_usage (derived from most recent self-sig or most * recent user id) * has_expired (various sources) * expiredate (various sources) * * See the documentation for fixup_uidnode for how the user id packets * are modified. In addition to that the primary user id's is_primary * field is set to 1 and the other user id's is_primary are set to 0. */ static void merge_selfsigs_main (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, int *r_revoked, struct revoke_info *rinfo) { PKT_public_key *pk = NULL; KBNODE k; u32 kid[2]; u32 sigdate, uiddate, uiddate2; KBNODE signode, uidnode, uidnode2; u32 curtime = make_timestamp (); unsigned int key_usage = 0; u32 keytimestamp = 0; /* Creation time of the key. */ u32 key_expire = 0; int key_expire_seen = 0; byte sigversion = 0; *r_revoked = 0; memset (rinfo, 0, sizeof (*rinfo)); /* Section 11.1 of RFC 4880 determines the order of packets within a * message. There are three sections, which must occur in the * following order: the public key, the user ids and user attributes * and the subkeys. Within each section, each primary packet (e.g., * a user id packet) is followed by one or more signature packets, * which modify that packet. */ /* According to Section 11.1 of RFC 4880, the public key must be the first packet. Note that parse_keyblock_image ensures that the first packet is the public key. */ if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY) BUG (); pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key; keytimestamp = pk->timestamp; keyid_from_pk (pk, kid); pk->main_keyid[0] = kid[0]; pk->main_keyid[1] = kid[1]; if (pk->version < 4) { /* Before v4 the key packet itself contains the expiration date * and there was no way to change it, so we start with the one * from the key packet. We do not support v3 keys anymore but * we keep the code in case a future key versions introduces a * hard expire time again. */ key_expire = pk->max_expiredate; key_expire_seen = 1; } /* First pass: * * - Find the latest direct key self-signature. We assume that the * newest one overrides all others. * * - Determine whether the key has been revoked. * * - Gather all revocation keys (unlike other data, we don't just * take them from the latest self-signed packet). * * - Determine max (sig[...]->version). */ /* Reset this in case this key was already merged. */ xfree (pk->revkey); pk->revkey = NULL; pk->numrevkeys = 0; signode = NULL; sigdate = 0; /* Helper variable to find the latest signature. */ /* According to Section 11.1 of RFC 4880, the public key comes first * and is immediately followed by any signature packets that modify * it. */ for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_ATTRIBUTE && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE) { PKT_signature *sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature; if (sig->keyid[0] == kid[0] && sig->keyid[1] == kid[1]) { /* Self sig. */ if (check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, k, NULL)) ; /* Signature did not verify. */ else if (IS_KEY_REV (sig)) { /* Key has been revoked - there is no way to * override such a revocation, so we theoretically * can stop now. We should not cope with expiration * times for revocations here because we have to * assume that an attacker can generate all kinds of * signatures. However due to the fact that the key * has been revoked it does not harm either and by * continuing we gather some more info on that * key. */ *r_revoked = 1; sig_to_revoke_info (sig, rinfo); } else if (IS_KEY_SIG (sig)) { /* Add the indicated revocations keys from all * signatures not just the latest. We do this * because you need multiple 1F sigs to properly * handle revocation keys (PGP does it this way, and * a revocation key could be sensitive and hence in * a different signature). */ if (sig->revkey) { int i; pk->revkey = xrealloc (pk->revkey, sizeof (struct revocation_key) * (pk->numrevkeys + sig->numrevkeys)); for (i = 0; i < sig->numrevkeys; i++, pk->numrevkeys++) { pk->revkey[pk->numrevkeys].class = sig->revkey[i].class; pk->revkey[pk->numrevkeys].algid = sig->revkey[i].algid; pk->revkey[pk->numrevkeys].fprlen = sig->revkey[i].fprlen; memcpy (pk->revkey[pk->numrevkeys].fpr, sig->revkey[i].fpr, sig->revkey[i].fprlen); memset (pk->revkey[pk->numrevkeys].fpr + sig->revkey[i].fprlen, 0, sizeof (sig->revkey[i].fpr) - sig->revkey[i].fprlen); } } if (sig->timestamp >= sigdate) { /* This is the latest signature so far. */ if (sig->flags.expired) ; /* Signature has expired - ignore it. */ else { sigdate = sig->timestamp; signode = k; if (sig->version > sigversion) sigversion = sig->version; } } } } } } /* Remove dupes from the revocation keys. */ if (pk->revkey) { int i, j, x, changed = 0; for (i = 0; i < pk->numrevkeys; i++) { for (j = i + 1; j < pk->numrevkeys; j++) { if (memcmp (&pk->revkey[i], &pk->revkey[j], sizeof (struct revocation_key)) == 0) { /* remove j */ for (x = j; x < pk->numrevkeys - 1; x++) pk->revkey[x] = pk->revkey[x + 1]; pk->numrevkeys--; j--; changed = 1; } } } if (changed) pk->revkey = xrealloc (pk->revkey, pk->numrevkeys * sizeof (struct revocation_key)); } /* SIGNODE is the direct key signature packet (sigclass 0x1f) with * the latest creation time. Extract some information from it. */ if (signode) { /* Some information from a direct key signature take precedence * over the same information given in UID sigs. */ PKT_signature *sig = signode->pkt->pkt.signature; const byte *p; key_usage = parse_key_usage (sig); p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_EXPIRE, NULL); if (p && buf32_to_u32 (p)) { key_expire = keytimestamp + buf32_to_u32 (p); key_expire_seen = 1; } /* Mark that key as valid: One direct key signature should * render a key as valid. */ pk->flags.valid = 1; } /* Pass 1.5: Look for key revocation signatures that were not made * by the key (i.e. did a revocation key issue a revocation for * us?). Only bother to do this if there is a revocation key in the * first place and we're not revoked already. */ if (!*r_revoked && pk->revkey) for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE) { PKT_signature *sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature; if (IS_KEY_REV (sig) && (sig->keyid[0] != kid[0] || sig->keyid[1] != kid[1])) { int rc = check_revocation_keys (ctrl, pk, sig); if (rc == 0) { *r_revoked = 2; sig_to_revoke_info (sig, rinfo); /* Don't continue checking since we can't be any * more revoked than this. */ break; } else if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY) pk->flags.maybe_revoked = 1; /* A failure here means the sig did not verify, was * not issued by a revocation key, or a revocation * key loop was broken. If a revocation key isn't * findable, however, the key might be revoked and * we don't know it. */ /* Fixme: In the future handle subkey and cert * revocations? PGP doesn't, but it's in 2440. */ } } } /* Second pass: Look at the self-signature of all user IDs. */ /* According to RFC 4880 section 11.1, user id and attribute packets * are in the second section, after the public key packet and before * the subkey packets. */ signode = uidnode = NULL; sigdate = 0; /* Helper variable to find the latest signature in one UID. */ for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID || k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_ATTRIBUTE) { /* New user id packet. */ /* Apply the data from the most recent self-signed packet to * the preceding user id packet. */ if (uidnode && signode) { fixup_uidnode (uidnode, signode, keytimestamp); pk->flags.valid = 1; } /* Clear SIGNODE. The only relevant self-signed data for * UIDNODE follows it. */ if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID) uidnode = k; else uidnode = NULL; signode = NULL; sigdate = 0; } else if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE && uidnode) { PKT_signature *sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature; if (sig->keyid[0] == kid[0] && sig->keyid[1] == kid[1]) { if (check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, k, NULL)) ; /* signature did not verify */ else if ((IS_UID_SIG (sig) || IS_UID_REV (sig)) && sig->timestamp >= sigdate) { /* Note: we allow invalidation of cert revocations * by a newer signature. An attacker can't use this * because a key should be revoked with a key revocation. * The reason why we have to allow for that is that at * one time an email address may become invalid but later * the same email address may become valid again (hired, * fired, hired again). */ sigdate = sig->timestamp; signode = k; signode->pkt->pkt.signature->flags.chosen_selfsig = 0; if (sig->version > sigversion) sigversion = sig->version; } } } } if (uidnode && signode) { fixup_uidnode (uidnode, signode, keytimestamp); pk->flags.valid = 1; } /* If the key isn't valid yet, and we have * --allow-non-selfsigned-uid set, then force it valid. */ if (!pk->flags.valid && opt.allow_non_selfsigned_uid) { if (opt.verbose) log_info (_("Invalid key %s made valid by" " --allow-non-selfsigned-uid\n"), keystr_from_pk (pk)); pk->flags.valid = 1; } /* The key STILL isn't valid, so try and find an ultimately * trusted signature. */ if (!pk->flags.valid) { uidnode = NULL; for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID) uidnode = k; else if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE && uidnode) { PKT_signature *sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature; if (sig->keyid[0] != kid[0] || sig->keyid[1] != kid[1]) { PKT_public_key *ultimate_pk; ultimate_pk = xmalloc_clear (sizeof (*ultimate_pk)); /* We don't want to use the full get_pubkey to avoid * infinite recursion in certain cases. There is no * reason to check that an ultimately trusted key is * still valid - if it has been revoked the user * should also remove the ultimate trust flag. */ if (get_pubkey_fast (ctrl, ultimate_pk, sig->keyid) == 0 && check_key_signature2 (ctrl, keyblock, k, ultimate_pk, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0 && get_ownertrust (ctrl, ultimate_pk) == TRUST_ULTIMATE) { free_public_key (ultimate_pk); pk->flags.valid = 1; break; } free_public_key (ultimate_pk); } } } } /* Record the highest selfsig version so we know if this is a v3 key * through and through, or a v3 key with a v4 selfsig somewhere. * This is useful in a few places to know if the key must be treated * as PGP2-style or OpenPGP-style. Note that a selfsig revocation * with a higher version number will also raise this value. This is * okay since such a revocation must be issued by the user (i.e. it * cannot be issued by someone else to modify the key behavior.) */ pk->selfsigversion = sigversion; /* Now that we had a look at all user IDs we can now get some * information from those user IDs. */ if (!key_usage) { /* Find the latest user ID with key flags set. */ uiddate = 0; /* Helper to find the latest user ID. */ for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID) { PKT_user_id *uid = k->pkt->pkt.user_id; if (uid->help_key_usage && (uid->created > uiddate || (!uid->created && !uiddate))) { key_usage = uid->help_key_usage; uiddate = uid->created; } } } } if (!key_usage) { /* No key flags at all: get it from the algo. */ key_usage = openpgp_pk_algo_usage (pk->pubkey_algo); } else { /* Check that the usage matches the usage as given by the algo. */ int x = openpgp_pk_algo_usage (pk->pubkey_algo); if (x) /* Mask it down to the actual allowed usage. */ key_usage &= x; } /* Whatever happens, it's a primary key, so it can certify. */ pk->pubkey_usage = key_usage | PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT; if (!key_expire_seen) { /* Find the latest valid user ID with a key expiration set. * This may be a different one than from usage computation above * because some user IDs may have no expiration date set. */ uiddate = 0; for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID) { PKT_user_id *uid = k->pkt->pkt.user_id; if (uid->help_key_expire && (uid->created > uiddate || (!uid->created && !uiddate))) { key_expire = uid->help_key_expire; uiddate = uid->created; } } } } /* Currently only the not anymore supported v3 keys have a maximum * expiration date, but future key versions may get this feature again. */ if (key_expire == 0 || (pk->max_expiredate && key_expire > pk->max_expiredate)) key_expire = pk->max_expiredate; pk->has_expired = key_expire >= curtime ? 0 : key_expire; pk->expiredate = key_expire; /* Fixme: we should see how to get rid of the expiretime fields but * this needs changes at other places too. */ /* And now find the real primary user ID and delete all others. */ uiddate = uiddate2 = 0; uidnode = uidnode2 = NULL; for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID && !k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data) { PKT_user_id *uid = k->pkt->pkt.user_id; if (uid->flags.primary) { if (uid->created > uiddate) { uiddate = uid->created; uidnode = k; } else if (uid->created == uiddate && uidnode) { /* The dates are equal, so we need to do a different * (and arbitrary) comparison. This should rarely, * if ever, happen. It's good to try and guarantee * that two different GnuPG users with two different * keyrings at least pick the same primary. */ if (cmp_user_ids (uid, uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id) > 0) uidnode = k; } } else { if (uid->created > uiddate2) { uiddate2 = uid->created; uidnode2 = k; } else if (uid->created == uiddate2 && uidnode2) { if (cmp_user_ids (uid, uidnode2->pkt->pkt.user_id) > 0) uidnode2 = k; } } } } if (uidnode) { for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID && !k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data) { PKT_user_id *uid = k->pkt->pkt.user_id; if (k != uidnode) uid->flags.primary = 0; } } } else if (uidnode2) { /* None is flagged primary - use the latest user ID we have, * and disambiguate with the arbitrary packet comparison. */ uidnode2->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 1; } else { /* None of our uids were self-signed, so pick the one that * sorts first to be the primary. This is the best we can do * here since there are no self sigs to date the uids. */ uidnode = NULL; for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID && !k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data) { if (!uidnode) { uidnode = k; uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 1; continue; } else { if (cmp_user_ids (k->pkt->pkt.user_id, uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id) > 0) { uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 0; uidnode = k; uidnode->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 1; } else { /* just to be safe: */ k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary = 0; } } } } } } /* Convert a buffer to a signature. Useful for 0x19 embedded sigs. * Caller must free the signature when they are done. */ static PKT_signature * buf_to_sig (const byte * buf, size_t len) { PKT_signature *sig = xmalloc_clear (sizeof (PKT_signature)); IOBUF iobuf = iobuf_temp_with_content (buf, len); int save_mode = set_packet_list_mode (0); if (parse_signature (iobuf, PKT_SIGNATURE, len, sig) != 0) { free_seckey_enc (sig); sig = NULL; } set_packet_list_mode (save_mode); iobuf_close (iobuf); return sig; } /* Use the self-signed data to fill in various fields in subkeys. * * KEYBLOCK is the whole keyblock. SUBNODE is the subkey to fill in. * * Sets the following fields on the subkey: * * main_keyid * flags.valid if the subkey has a valid self-sig binding * flags.revoked * flags.backsig * pubkey_usage * has_expired * expired_date * * On this subkey's most recent valid self-signed packet, the * following field is set: * * flags.chosen_selfsig */ static void merge_selfsigs_subkey (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, kbnode_t subnode) { PKT_public_key *mainpk = NULL, *subpk = NULL; PKT_signature *sig; KBNODE k; u32 mainkid[2]; u32 sigdate = 0; KBNODE signode; u32 curtime = make_timestamp (); unsigned int key_usage = 0; u32 keytimestamp = 0; u32 key_expire = 0; const byte *p; if (subnode->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY) BUG (); mainpk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key; if (mainpk->version < 4) return;/* (actually this should never happen) */ keyid_from_pk (mainpk, mainkid); subpk = subnode->pkt->pkt.public_key; keytimestamp = subpk->timestamp; subpk->flags.valid = 0; subpk->flags.exact = 0; subpk->main_keyid[0] = mainpk->main_keyid[0]; subpk->main_keyid[1] = mainpk->main_keyid[1]; /* Find the latest key binding self-signature. */ signode = NULL; sigdate = 0; /* Helper to find the latest signature. */ for (k = subnode->next; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE) { sig = k->pkt->pkt.signature; if (sig->keyid[0] == mainkid[0] && sig->keyid[1] == mainkid[1]) { if (check_key_signature (ctrl, keyblock, k, NULL)) ; /* Signature did not verify. */ else if (IS_SUBKEY_REV (sig)) { /* Note that this means that the date on a * revocation sig does not matter - even if the * binding sig is dated after the revocation sig, * the subkey is still marked as revoked. This * seems ok, as it is just as easy to make new * subkeys rather than re-sign old ones as the * problem is in the distribution. Plus, PGP (7) * does this the same way. */ subpk->flags.revoked = 1; sig_to_revoke_info (sig, &subpk->revoked); /* Although we could stop now, we continue to * figure out other information like the old expiration * time. */ } else if (IS_SUBKEY_SIG (sig) && sig->timestamp >= sigdate) { if (sig->flags.expired) ; /* Signature has expired - ignore it. */ else { sigdate = sig->timestamp; signode = k; signode->pkt->pkt.signature->flags.chosen_selfsig = 0; } } } } } /* No valid key binding. */ if (!signode) return; sig = signode->pkt->pkt.signature; sig->flags.chosen_selfsig = 1; /* So we know which selfsig we chose later. */ key_usage = parse_key_usage (sig); if (!key_usage) { /* No key flags at all: get it from the algo. */ key_usage = openpgp_pk_algo_usage (subpk->pubkey_algo); } else { /* Check that the usage matches the usage as given by the algo. */ int x = openpgp_pk_algo_usage (subpk->pubkey_algo); if (x) /* Mask it down to the actual allowed usage. */ key_usage &= x; } subpk->pubkey_usage = key_usage; p = parse_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_KEY_EXPIRE, NULL); if (p && buf32_to_u32 (p)) key_expire = keytimestamp + buf32_to_u32 (p); else key_expire = 0; subpk->has_expired = key_expire >= curtime ? 0 : key_expire; subpk->expiredate = key_expire; /* Algo doesn't exist. */ if (openpgp_pk_test_algo (subpk->pubkey_algo)) return; subpk->flags.valid = 1; /* Find the most recent 0x19 embedded signature on our self-sig. */ if (!subpk->flags.backsig) { int seq = 0; size_t n; PKT_signature *backsig = NULL; sigdate = 0; /* We do this while() since there may be other embedded * signatures in the future. We only want 0x19 here. */ while ((p = enum_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_SIGNATURE, &n, &seq, NULL))) if (n > 3 && ((p[0] == 3 && p[2] == 0x19) || (p[0] == 4 && p[1] == 0x19) || (p[0] == 5 && p[1] == 0x19))) { PKT_signature *tempsig = buf_to_sig (p, n); if (tempsig) { if (tempsig->timestamp > sigdate) { if (backsig) free_seckey_enc (backsig); backsig = tempsig; sigdate = backsig->timestamp; } else free_seckey_enc (tempsig); } } seq = 0; /* It is safe to have this in the unhashed area since the 0x19 * is located on the selfsig for convenience, not security. */ while ((p = enum_sig_subpkt (sig, 0, SIGSUBPKT_SIGNATURE, &n, &seq, NULL))) if (n > 3 && ((p[0] == 3 && p[2] == 0x19) || (p[0] == 4 && p[1] == 0x19) || (p[0] == 5 && p[1] == 0x19))) { PKT_signature *tempsig = buf_to_sig (p, n); if (tempsig) { if (tempsig->timestamp > sigdate) { if (backsig) free_seckey_enc (backsig); backsig = tempsig; sigdate = backsig->timestamp; } else free_seckey_enc (tempsig); } } if (backsig) { /* At this point, backsig contains the most recent 0x19 sig. * Let's see if it is good. */ /* 2==valid, 1==invalid, 0==didn't check */ if (check_backsig (mainpk, subpk, backsig) == 0) subpk->flags.backsig = 2; else subpk->flags.backsig = 1; free_seckey_enc (backsig); } } } /* Merge information from the self-signatures with the public key, * subkeys and user ids to make using them more easy. * * See documentation for merge_selfsigs_main, merge_selfsigs_subkey * and fixup_uidnode for exactly which fields are updated. */ static void merge_selfsigs (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock) { KBNODE k; int revoked; struct revoke_info rinfo; PKT_public_key *main_pk; prefitem_t *prefs; unsigned int mdc_feature; unsigned int aead_feature; if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY) { if (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY) { log_error ("expected public key but found secret key " "- must stop\n"); /* We better exit here because a public key is expected at * other places too. FIXME: Figure this out earlier and * don't get to here at all */ g10_exit (1); } BUG (); } merge_selfsigs_main (ctrl, keyblock, &revoked, &rinfo); /* Now merge in the data from each of the subkeys. */ for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY) { merge_selfsigs_subkey (ctrl, keyblock, k); } } main_pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key; if (revoked || main_pk->has_expired || !main_pk->flags.valid) { /* If the primary key is revoked, expired, or invalid we * better set the appropriate flags on that key and all * subkeys. */ for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY) { PKT_public_key *pk = k->pkt->pkt.public_key; if (!main_pk->flags.valid) pk->flags.valid = 0; if (revoked && !pk->flags.revoked) { pk->flags.revoked = revoked; memcpy (&pk->revoked, &rinfo, sizeof (rinfo)); } if (main_pk->has_expired) { pk->has_expired = main_pk->has_expired; if (!pk->expiredate || pk->expiredate > main_pk->expiredate) pk->expiredate = main_pk->expiredate; } } } return; } /* Set the preference list of all keys to those of the primary real * user ID. Note: we use these preferences when we don't know by * which user ID the key has been selected. * fixme: we should keep atoms of commonly used preferences or * use reference counting to optimize the preference lists storage. * FIXME: it might be better to use the intersection of * all preferences. * Do a similar thing for the MDC feature flag. */ prefs = NULL; mdc_feature = aead_feature = 0; for (k = keyblock; k && k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID && !k->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data && k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary) { prefs = k->pkt->pkt.user_id->prefs; mdc_feature = k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.mdc; aead_feature = k->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.aead; break; } } for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next) { if (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY) { PKT_public_key *pk = k->pkt->pkt.public_key; if (pk->prefs) xfree (pk->prefs); pk->prefs = copy_prefs (prefs); pk->flags.mdc = mdc_feature; pk->flags.aead = aead_feature; } } } /* See whether the key satisfies any additional requirements specified * in CTX. If so, return the node of an appropriate key or subkey. * Otherwise, return NULL if there was no appropriate key. * * Note that we do not return a reference, i.e. the result must not be * freed using 'release_kbnode'. * * In case the primary key is not required, select a suitable subkey. * We need the primary key if PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT is set in REQ_USAGE or * we are in PGP7 mode and PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG is set in * REQ_USAGE. * * If any of PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT * are set in REQ_USAGE, we filter by the key's function. Concretely, * if PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG and PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT are set, then we only * return a key if it is (at least) either a signing or a * certification key. * * If REQ_USAGE is set, then we reject any keys that are not good * (i.e., valid, not revoked, not expired, etc.). This allows the * getkey functions to be used for plain key listings. * * Sets the matched key's user id field (pk->user_id) to the user id * that matched the low-level search criteria or NULL. * * If R_FLAGS is not NULL set certain flags for more detailed error * reporting. Used flags are: * * - LOOKUP_ALL_SUBKEYS_EXPIRED :: All Subkeys are expired or have * been revoked. * - LOOKUP_NOT_SELECTED :: No suitable key found * * This function needs to handle several different cases: * * 1. No requested usage and no primary key requested * Examples for this case are that we have a keyID to be used * for decryption or verification. * 2. No usage but primary key requested * This is the case for all functions which work on an * entire keyblock, e.g. for editing or listing * 3. Usage and primary key requested * FIXME * 4. Usage but no primary key requested * FIXME * */ static kbnode_t finish_lookup (kbnode_t keyblock, unsigned int req_usage, int want_exact, int want_secret, unsigned int *r_flags) { kbnode_t k; /* If WANT_EXACT is set, the key or subkey that actually matched the low-level search criteria. */ kbnode_t foundk = NULL; /* The user id (if any) that matched the low-level search criteria. */ PKT_user_id *foundu = NULL; u32 latest_date; kbnode_t latest_key; PKT_public_key *pk; int req_prim; u32 curtime = make_timestamp (); if (r_flags) *r_flags = 0; #define USAGE_MASK (PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG|PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC|PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT) req_usage &= USAGE_MASK; /* Request the primary if we're certifying another key, and also if * signing data while --pgp7 is on since pgp 7 do * not understand signatures made by a signing subkey. PGP 8 does. */ req_prim = ((req_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_CERT) || (PGP7 && (req_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_SIG))); log_assert (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY); /* For an exact match mark the primary or subkey that matched the low-level search criteria. */ if (want_exact) { for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next) { if ((k->flag & 1)) { log_assert (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY); foundk = k; pk = k->pkt->pkt.public_key; pk->flags.exact = 1; break; } } } /* Get the user id that matched that low-level search criteria. */ for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next) { if ((k->flag & 2)) { log_assert (k->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID); foundu = k->pkt->pkt.user_id; break; } } if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("finish_lookup: checking key %08lX (%s)(req_usage=%x)\n", (ulong) keyid_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key, NULL), foundk ? "one" : "all", req_usage); if (!req_usage) { latest_key = foundk ? foundk : keyblock; goto found; } latest_date = 0; latest_key = NULL; /* Set LATEST_KEY to the latest (the one with the most recent * timestamp) good (valid, not revoked, not expired, etc.) subkey. * * Don't bother if we are only looking for a primary key or we need * an exact match and the exact match is not a subkey. */ if (req_prim || (foundk && foundk->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY)) ; else { kbnode_t nextk; int n_subkeys = 0; int n_revoked_or_expired = 0; int last_secret_key_avail = 0; /* Either start a loop or check just this one subkey. */ for (k = foundk ? foundk : keyblock; k; k = nextk) { if (foundk) { /* If FOUNDK is not NULL, then only consider that exact key, i.e., don't iterate. */ nextk = NULL; } else nextk = k->next; if (k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY) continue; pk = k->pkt->pkt.public_key; if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tchecking subkey %08lX\n", (ulong) keyid_from_pk (pk, NULL)); if (!pk->flags.valid) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tsubkey not valid\n"); continue; } if (!((pk->pubkey_usage & USAGE_MASK) & req_usage)) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tusage does not match: want=%x have=%x\n", req_usage, pk->pubkey_usage); continue; } n_subkeys++; if (pk->flags.revoked) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tsubkey has been revoked\n"); n_revoked_or_expired++; continue; } - if (pk->has_expired) + if (pk->has_expired && !opt.ignore_expiration) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tsubkey has expired\n"); n_revoked_or_expired++; continue; } if (pk->timestamp > curtime && !opt.ignore_valid_from) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tsubkey not yet valid\n"); continue; } if (want_secret) { int secret_key_avail = agent_probe_secret_key (NULL, pk); if (!secret_key_avail) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tno secret key\n"); continue; } if (secret_key_avail > last_secret_key_avail) { /* Use this key. */ last_secret_key_avail = secret_key_avail; latest_date = 0; } } if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tsubkey might be fine\n"); /* In case a key has a timestamp of 0 set, we make sure that it is used. A better change would be to compare ">=" but that might also change the selected keys and is as such a more intrusive change. */ if (pk->timestamp > latest_date || (!pk->timestamp && !latest_date)) { latest_date = pk->timestamp; latest_key = k; } } if (n_subkeys == n_revoked_or_expired && r_flags) *r_flags |= LOOKUP_ALL_SUBKEYS_EXPIRED; } /* Check if the primary key is ok (valid, not revoke, not expire, * matches requested usage) if: * * - we didn't find an appropriate subkey and we're not doing an * exact search, * * - we're doing an exact match and the exact match was the * primary key, or, * * - we're just considering the primary key. */ if ((!latest_key && !want_exact) || foundk == keyblock || req_prim) { if (DBG_LOOKUP && !foundk && !req_prim) log_debug ("\tno suitable subkeys found - trying primary\n"); pk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key; if (!pk->flags.valid) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tprimary key not valid\n"); } else if (!((pk->pubkey_usage & USAGE_MASK) & req_usage)) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tprimary key usage does not match: " "want=%x have=%x\n", req_usage, pk->pubkey_usage); } else if (pk->flags.revoked) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tprimary key has been revoked\n"); } else if (pk->has_expired) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tprimary key has expired\n"); } else /* Okay. */ { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tprimary key may be used\n"); latest_key = keyblock; } } if (!latest_key) { if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tno suitable key found - giving up\n"); if (r_flags) *r_flags |= LOOKUP_NOT_SELECTED; return NULL; /* Not found. */ } found: if (DBG_LOOKUP) log_debug ("\tusing key %08lX\n", (ulong) keyid_from_pk (latest_key->pkt->pkt.public_key, NULL)); if (latest_key) { pk = latest_key->pkt->pkt.public_key; free_user_id (pk->user_id); pk->user_id = scopy_user_id (foundu); } if (latest_key != keyblock && opt.verbose) { char *tempkeystr = xstrdup (keystr_from_pk (latest_key->pkt->pkt.public_key)); log_info (_("using subkey %s instead of primary key %s\n"), tempkeystr, keystr_from_pk (keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key)); xfree (tempkeystr); } cache_put_keyblock (keyblock); return latest_key ? latest_key : keyblock; /* Found. */ } /* Print a KEY_CONSIDERED status line. */ static void print_status_key_considered (kbnode_t keyblock, unsigned int flags) { char hexfpr[2*MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN + 1]; kbnode_t node; char flagbuf[20]; if (!is_status_enabled ()) return; for (node=keyblock; node; node = node->next) if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SECRET_KEY) break; if (!node) { log_error ("%s: keyblock w/o primary key\n", __func__); return; } hexfingerprint (node->pkt->pkt.public_key, hexfpr, sizeof hexfpr); snprintf (flagbuf, sizeof flagbuf, " %u", flags); write_status_strings (STATUS_KEY_CONSIDERED, hexfpr, flagbuf, NULL); } /* A high-level function to lookup keys. * * This function builds on top of the low-level keydb API. It first * searches the database using the description stored in CTX->ITEMS, * then it filters the results using CTX and, finally, if WANT_SECRET * is set, it ignores any keys for which no secret key is available. * * Unlike the low-level search functions, this function also merges * all of the self-signed data into the keys, subkeys and user id * packets (see the merge_selfsigs for details). * * On success the key's keyblock is stored at *RET_KEYBLOCK, and the * specific subkey is stored at *RET_FOUND_KEY. Note that we do not * return a reference in *RET_FOUND_KEY, i.e. the result must not be * freed using 'release_kbnode', and it is only valid until * *RET_KEYBLOCK is deallocated. Therefore, if RET_FOUND_KEY is not * NULL, then RET_KEYBLOCK must not be NULL. */ static int lookup (ctrl_t ctrl, getkey_ctx_t ctx, int want_secret, kbnode_t *ret_keyblock, kbnode_t *ret_found_key) { int rc; int no_suitable_key = 0; KBNODE keyblock = NULL; KBNODE found_key = NULL; unsigned int infoflags; log_assert (ret_found_key == NULL || ret_keyblock != NULL); if (ret_keyblock) *ret_keyblock = NULL; for (;;) { rc = keydb_search (ctx->kr_handle, ctx->items, ctx->nitems, NULL); if (rc) break; /* If we are iterating over the entire database, then we need to * change from KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST, which does an implicit * reset, to KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NEXT, which gets the next record. */ if (ctx->nitems && ctx->items->mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FIRST) ctx->items->mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_NEXT; rc = keydb_get_keyblock (ctx->kr_handle, &keyblock); if (rc) { log_error ("keydb_get_keyblock failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc)); goto skip; } if (want_secret) { rc = agent_probe_any_secret_key (ctrl, keyblock); if (gpg_err_code(rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY) goto skip; /* No secret key available. */ if (rc) goto found; /* Unexpected error. */ } /* Warning: node flag bits 0 and 1 should be preserved by * merge_selfsigs. */ merge_selfsigs (ctrl, keyblock); found_key = finish_lookup (keyblock, ctx->req_usage, ctx->exact, want_secret, &infoflags); print_status_key_considered (keyblock, infoflags); if (found_key) { no_suitable_key = 0; goto found; } else { no_suitable_key = 1; } skip: /* Release resources and continue search. */ release_kbnode (keyblock); keyblock = NULL; /* The keyblock cache ignores the current "file position". * Thus, if we request the next result and the cache matches * (and it will since it is what we just looked for), we'll get * the same entry back! We can avoid this infinite loop by * disabling the cache. */ keydb_disable_caching (ctx->kr_handle); } found: if (rc && gpg_err_code (rc) != GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND) log_error ("keydb_search failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc)); if (!rc) { if (ret_keyblock) { *ret_keyblock = keyblock; /* Return the keyblock. */ keyblock = NULL; } } else if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND && no_suitable_key) rc = want_secret? GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_SECKEY : GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY; else if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NOT_FOUND) rc = want_secret? GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY : GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY; release_kbnode (keyblock); if (ret_found_key) { if (! rc) *ret_found_key = found_key; else *ret_found_key = NULL; } return rc; } /* If a default key has been specified, return that key. If a card * based key is also available as indicated by FPR_CARD not being * NULL, return that key if suitable. */ gpg_error_t get_seckey_default_or_card (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, const byte *fpr_card, size_t fpr_len) { gpg_error_t err; strlist_t namelist = NULL; const char *def_secret_key; def_secret_key = parse_def_secret_key (ctrl); if (def_secret_key) add_to_strlist (&namelist, def_secret_key); else if (fpr_card) { err = get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, pk, NULL, fpr_card, fpr_len); if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY) { if (opt.debug) log_debug ("using LDAP to find public key for current card\n"); err = keyserver_import_fprint (ctrl, fpr_card, fpr_len, opt.keyserver, KEYSERVER_IMPORT_FLAG_LDAP); if (!err) err = get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, pk, NULL, fpr_card, fpr_len); else if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA || gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_NO_KEYSERVER) { /* Dirmngr returns NO DATA is the selected keyserver * does not have the requested key. It returns NO * KEYSERVER if no LDAP keyservers are configured. */ err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY); } } /* The key on card can be not suitable for requested usage. */ if (gpg_err_code (err) == GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY) fpr_card = NULL; /* Fallthrough as no card. */ else return err; /* Success or other error. */ } if (!fpr_card || (def_secret_key && *def_secret_key && def_secret_key[strlen (def_secret_key)-1] == '!')) { err = key_byname (ctrl, NULL, namelist, pk, 1, 0, NULL, NULL); } else { /* Default key is specified and card key is also available. */ kbnode_t k, keyblock = NULL; err = key_byname (ctrl, NULL, namelist, pk, 1, 0, &keyblock, NULL); if (err) goto leave; for (k = keyblock; k; k = k->next) { PKT_public_key *pk_candidate; char fpr[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN]; if (k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_KEY &&k->pkt->pkttype != PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY) continue; pk_candidate = k->pkt->pkt.public_key; if (!pk_candidate->flags.valid) continue; if (!((pk_candidate->pubkey_usage & USAGE_MASK) & pk->req_usage)) continue; fingerprint_from_pk (pk_candidate, fpr, NULL); if (!memcmp (fpr_card, fpr, fpr_len)) { release_public_key_parts (pk); copy_public_key (pk, pk_candidate); break; } } release_kbnode (keyblock); } leave: free_strlist (namelist); return err; } /********************************************* *********** User ID printing helpers ******* *********************************************/ /* Return a string with a printable representation of the user_id. * this string must be freed by xfree. If R_NOUID is not NULL it is * set to true if a user id was not found; otherwise to false. */ static char * get_user_id_string (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 * keyid, int mode) { char *name; unsigned int namelen; char *p; log_assert (mode != 2); name = cache_get_uid_bykid (keyid, &namelen); if (!name) { /* Get it so that the cache will be filled. */ if (!get_pubkey (ctrl, NULL, keyid)) name = cache_get_uid_bykid (keyid, &namelen); } if (name) { if (mode) p = xasprintf ("%08lX%08lX %.*s", (ulong) keyid[0], (ulong) keyid[1], namelen, name); else p = xasprintf ("%s %.*s", keystr (keyid), namelen, name); xfree (name); } else { if (mode) p = xasprintf ("%08lX%08lX [?]", (ulong) keyid[0], (ulong) keyid[1]); else p = xasprintf ("%s [?]", keystr (keyid)); } return p; } char * get_user_id_string_native (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 * keyid) { char *p = get_user_id_string (ctrl, keyid, 0); char *p2 = utf8_to_native (p, strlen (p), 0); xfree (p); return p2; } char * get_long_user_id_string (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 * keyid) { return get_user_id_string (ctrl, keyid, 1); } /* Please try to use get_user_byfpr instead of this one. */ char * get_user_id (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 *keyid, size_t *rn, int *r_nouid) { char *name; unsigned int namelen; if (r_nouid) *r_nouid = 0; name = cache_get_uid_bykid (keyid, &namelen); if (!name) { /* Get it so that the cache will be filled. */ if (!get_pubkey (ctrl, NULL, keyid)) name = cache_get_uid_bykid (keyid, &namelen); } if (!name) { name = xstrdup (user_id_not_found_utf8 ()); namelen = strlen (name); if (r_nouid) *r_nouid = 1; } if (rn && name) *rn = namelen; return name; } /* Please try to use get_user_id_byfpr_native instead of this one. */ char * get_user_id_native (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 *keyid) { size_t rn; char *p = get_user_id (ctrl, keyid, &rn, NULL); char *p2 = utf8_to_native (p, rn, 0); xfree (p); return p2; } /* Return the user id for a key designated by its fingerprint, FPR, which must be MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN bytes in size. Note: the returned string, which must be freed using xfree, may not be NUL terminated. To determine the length of the string, you must use *RN. */ static char * get_user_id_byfpr (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fpr, size_t fprlen, size_t *rn) { char *name; name = cache_get_uid_byfpr (fpr, fprlen, rn); if (!name) { /* Get it so that the cache will be filled. */ if (!get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, NULL, NULL, fpr, fprlen)) name = cache_get_uid_byfpr (fpr, fprlen, rn); } if (!name) { name = xstrdup (user_id_not_found_utf8 ()); *rn = strlen (name); } return name; } /* Like get_user_id_byfpr, but convert the string to the native encoding. The returned string needs to be freed. Unlike get_user_id_byfpr, the returned string is NUL terminated. */ char * get_user_id_byfpr_native (ctrl_t ctrl, const byte *fpr, size_t fprlen) { size_t rn; char *p = get_user_id_byfpr (ctrl, fpr, fprlen, &rn); char *p2 = utf8_to_native (p, rn, 0); xfree (p); return p2; } /* Return the database handle used by this context. The context still owns the handle. */ KEYDB_HANDLE get_ctx_handle (GETKEY_CTX ctx) { return ctx->kr_handle; } static void free_akl (struct akl *akl) { if (! akl) return; if (akl->spec) free_keyserver_spec (akl->spec); xfree (akl); } void release_akl (void) { while (opt.auto_key_locate) { struct akl *akl2 = opt.auto_key_locate; opt.auto_key_locate = opt.auto_key_locate->next; free_akl (akl2); } } /* Returns true if the AKL is empty or has only the local method * active. */ int akl_empty_or_only_local (void) { struct akl *akl; int any = 0; for (akl = opt.auto_key_locate; akl; akl = akl->next) if (akl->type != AKL_NODEFAULT && akl->type != AKL_LOCAL) { any = 1; break; } return !any; } /* Returns false on error. */ int parse_auto_key_locate (const char *options_arg) { char *tok; char *options, *options_buf; options = options_buf = xstrdup (options_arg); while ((tok = optsep (&options))) { struct akl *akl, *check, *last = NULL; int dupe = 0; if (tok[0] == '\0') continue; akl = xmalloc_clear (sizeof (*akl)); if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "clear") == 0) { xfree (akl); free_akl (opt.auto_key_locate); opt.auto_key_locate = NULL; continue; } else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "nodefault") == 0) akl->type = AKL_NODEFAULT; else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "local") == 0) akl->type = AKL_LOCAL; else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "ldap") == 0) akl->type = AKL_LDAP; else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "keyserver") == 0) akl->type = AKL_KEYSERVER; else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "cert") == 0) akl->type = AKL_CERT; else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "pka") == 0) akl->type = AKL_PKA; else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "dane") == 0) akl->type = AKL_DANE; else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "wkd") == 0) akl->type = AKL_WKD; else if (ascii_strcasecmp (tok, "ntds") == 0) akl->type = AKL_NTDS; else if ((akl->spec = parse_keyserver_uri (tok, 1))) akl->type = AKL_SPEC; else { free_akl (akl); xfree (options_buf); return 0; } /* We must maintain the order the user gave us */ for (check = opt.auto_key_locate; check; last = check, check = check->next) { /* Check for duplicates */ if (check->type == akl->type && (akl->type != AKL_SPEC || (akl->type == AKL_SPEC && strcmp (check->spec->uri, akl->spec->uri) == 0))) { dupe = 1; free_akl (akl); break; } } if (!dupe) { if (last) last->next = akl; else opt.auto_key_locate = akl; } } xfree (options_buf); return 1; } /* The list of key origins. */ static struct { const char *name; int origin; } key_origin_list[] = { { "self", KEYORG_SELF }, { "file", KEYORG_FILE }, { "url", KEYORG_URL }, { "wkd", KEYORG_WKD }, { "dane", KEYORG_DANE }, { "ks-pref", KEYORG_KS_PREF }, { "ks", KEYORG_KS }, { "unknown", KEYORG_UNKNOWN } }; /* Parse the argument for --key-origin. Return false on error. */ int parse_key_origin (char *string) { int i; char *comma; comma = strchr (string, ','); if (comma) *comma = 0; if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, "help")) { log_info (_("valid values for option '%s':\n"), "--key-origin"); for (i=0; i < DIM (key_origin_list); i++) log_info (" %s\n", key_origin_list[i].name); g10_exit (1); } for (i=0; i < DIM (key_origin_list); i++) if (!ascii_strcasecmp (string, key_origin_list[i].name)) { opt.key_origin = key_origin_list[i].origin; xfree (opt.key_origin_url); opt.key_origin_url = NULL; if (comma && comma[1]) { opt.key_origin_url = xstrdup (comma+1); trim_spaces (opt.key_origin_url); } return 1; } if (comma) *comma = ','; return 0; } /* Return a string or "?" for the key ORIGIN. */ const char * key_origin_string (int origin) { int i; for (i=0; i < DIM (key_origin_list); i++) if (key_origin_list[i].origin == origin) return key_origin_list[i].name; return "?"; } /* Returns true if a secret key is available for the public key with key id KEYID; returns false if not. This function ignores legacy keys. Note: this is just a fast check and does not tell us whether the secret key is valid; this check merely indicates whether there is some secret key with the specified key id. */ int have_secret_key_with_kid (ctrl_t ctrl, u32 *keyid) { gpg_error_t err; KEYDB_HANDLE kdbhd; KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc; kbnode_t keyblock; kbnode_t node; int result = 0; kdbhd = keydb_new (ctrl); if (!kdbhd) return 0; memset (&desc, 0, sizeof desc); desc.mode = KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID; desc.u.kid[0] = keyid[0]; desc.u.kid[1] = keyid[1]; while (!result) { err = keydb_search (kdbhd, &desc, 1, NULL); if (err) break; err = keydb_get_keyblock (kdbhd, &keyblock); if (err) { log_error (_("error reading keyblock: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (err)); break; } for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next) { /* Bit 0 of the flags is set if the search found the key using that key or subkey. Note: a search will only ever match a single key or subkey. */ if ((node->flag & 1)) { log_assert (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY); if (agent_probe_secret_key (NULL, node->pkt->pkt.public_key)) result = 1; /* Secret key available. */ else result = 0; break; } } release_kbnode (keyblock); } keydb_release (kdbhd); return result; } diff --git a/g10/gpg.c b/g10/gpg.c index 737753a40..6e54aa763 100644 --- a/g10/gpg.c +++ b/g10/gpg.c @@ -1,5820 +1,5826 @@ /* gpg.c - The GnuPG OpenPGP tool * Copyright (C) 1998-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Werner Koch * Copyright (C) 2015-2022 g10 Code GmbH * * This file is part of GnuPG. * * GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, see . * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef HAVE_STAT #include /* for stat() */ #endif #include #ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM # ifdef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H # include # endif # include #endif #include #define INCLUDED_BY_MAIN_MODULE 1 #include "gpg.h" #include #include "../common/iobuf.h" #include "../common/util.h" #include "packet.h" #include "../common/membuf.h" #include "main.h" #include "options.h" #include "keydb.h" #include "trustdb.h" #include "filter.h" #include "../common/ttyio.h" #include "../common/i18n.h" #include "../common/sysutils.h" #include "../common/status.h" #include "keyserver-internal.h" #include "exec.h" #include "../common/gc-opt-flags.h" #include "../common/asshelp.h" #include "call-dirmngr.h" #include "tofu.h" #include "objcache.h" #include "../common/init.h" #include "../common/mbox-util.h" #include "../common/zb32.h" #include "../common/shareddefs.h" #include "../common/compliance.h" #include "../common/comopt.h" #include "../kbx/keybox.h" #if defined(HAVE_DOSISH_SYSTEM) || defined(__CYGWIN__) #define MY_O_BINARY O_BINARY #ifndef S_IRGRP # define S_IRGRP 0 # define S_IWGRP 0 #endif #else #define MY_O_BINARY 0 #endif enum cmd_and_opt_values { aNull = 0, oArmor = 'a', aDetachedSign = 'b', aSym = 'c', aDecrypt = 'd', aEncr = 'e', oRecipientFile = 'f', oHiddenRecipientFile = 'F', oInteractive = 'i', aListKeys = 'k', oDryRun = 'n', oOutput = 'o', oQuiet = 'q', oRecipient = 'r', oHiddenRecipient = 'R', aSign = 's', oTextmodeShort= 't', oLocalUser = 'u', oVerbose = 'v', oCompress = 'z', oSetNotation = 'N', aListSecretKeys = 'K', oBatch = 500, oMaxOutput, oInputSizeHint, oChunkSize, oSigNotation, oCertNotation, oShowNotation, oNoShowNotation, oKnownNotation, aEncrFiles, aEncrSym, aDecryptFiles, aClearsign, aStore, aQuickKeygen, aFullKeygen, aKeygen, aSignEncr, aSignEncrSym, aSignSym, aSignKey, aLSignKey, aQuickSignKey, aQuickLSignKey, aQuickRevSig, aQuickAddUid, aQuickAddKey, aQuickAddADSK, aQuickRevUid, aQuickSetExpire, aQuickSetPrimaryUid, aQuickUpdatePref, aListConfig, aListGcryptConfig, aGPGConfList, aGPGConfTest, aListPackets, aEditKey, aDeleteKeys, aDeleteSecretKeys, aDeleteSecretAndPublicKeys, aImport, aFastImport, aVerify, aVerifyFiles, aListSigs, aSendKeys, aRecvKeys, aLocateKeys, aLocateExtKeys, aSearchKeys, aRefreshKeys, aFetchKeys, aShowKeys, aExport, aExportSecret, aExportSecretSub, aExportSshKey, aExportSecretSshKey, aCheckKeys, aGenRevoke, aDesigRevoke, aPrimegen, aPrintMD, aPrintMDs, aCheckTrustDB, aUpdateTrustDB, aFixTrustDB, aListTrustDB, aListTrustPath, aExportOwnerTrust, aImportOwnerTrust, aDeArmor, aEnArmor, aGenRandom, aRebuildKeydbCaches, aCardStatus, aCardEdit, aChangePIN, aPasswd, aServer, aTOFUPolicy, oMimemode, oTextmode, oNoTextmode, oExpert, oNoExpert, oDefSigExpire, oAskSigExpire, oNoAskSigExpire, oDefCertExpire, oAskCertExpire, oNoAskCertExpire, oDefCertLevel, oMinCertLevel, oAskCertLevel, oNoAskCertLevel, oFingerprint, oWithFingerprint, oWithSubkeyFingerprint, oWithICAOSpelling, oWithKeygrip, oWithKeyScreening, oWithSecret, oWithWKDHash, oWithColons, oWithKeyData, oWithKeyOrigin, oWithTofuInfo, oWithSigList, oWithSigCheck, oAnswerYes, oAnswerNo, oKeyring, oPrimaryKeyring, oSecretKeyring, oShowKeyring, oDefaultKey, oDefRecipient, oDefRecipientSelf, oNoDefRecipient, oTrySecretKey, oOptions, oDebug, oDebugLevel, oDebugAll, oDebugIOLBF, oDebugSetIobufSize, oDebugAllowLargeChunks, + oDebugIgnoreExpiration, oStatusFD, oStatusFile, oAttributeFD, oAttributeFile, oEmitVersion, oNoEmitVersion, oCompletesNeeded, oMarginalsNeeded, oMaxCertDepth, oLoadExtension, oCompliance, oGnuPG, oRFC2440, oRFC4880, oOpenPGP, oPGP7, oPGP8, oDE_VS, oMinRSALength, oRFC2440Text, oNoRFC2440Text, oCipherAlgo, oDigestAlgo, oCertDigestAlgo, oCompressAlgo, oCompressLevel, oBZ2CompressLevel, oBZ2DecompressLowmem, oPassphrase, oPassphraseFD, oPassphraseFile, oPassphraseRepeat, oPinentryMode, oCommandFD, oCommandFile, oQuickRandom, oNoVerbose, oTrustDBName, oNoSecmemWarn, oRequireSecmem, oNoRequireSecmem, oNoPermissionWarn, oNoArmor, oNoDefKeyring, oNoKeyring, oNoGreeting, oNoTTY, oNoOptions, oNoBatch, oHomedir, oSkipVerify, oSkipHiddenRecipients, oNoSkipHiddenRecipients, oAlwaysTrust, oTrustModel, oForceOwnertrust, oNoAutoTrustNewKey, oSetFilename, oForYourEyesOnly, oNoForYourEyesOnly, oSetPolicyURL, oSigPolicyURL, oCertPolicyURL, oShowPolicyURL, oNoShowPolicyURL, oSigKeyserverURL, oUseEmbeddedFilename, oNoUseEmbeddedFilename, oComment, oDefaultComment, oNoComments, oThrowKeyids, oNoThrowKeyids, oShowPhotos, oNoShowPhotos, oPhotoViewer, oForceAEAD, oS2KMode, oS2KDigest, oS2KCipher, oS2KCount, oDisplayCharset, oNotDashEscaped, oEscapeFrom, oNoEscapeFrom, oLockOnce, oLockMultiple, oLockNever, oKeyServer, oKeyServerOptions, oImportOptions, oImportFilter, oExportOptions, oExportFilter, oListOptions, oListFilter, oVerifyOptions, oTempDir, oExecPath, oEncryptTo, oHiddenEncryptTo, oNoEncryptTo, oEncryptToDefaultKey, oLoggerFD, oLoggerFile, oLogTime, oUtf8Strings, oNoUtf8Strings, oDisableCipherAlgo, oDisablePubkeyAlgo, oAllowNonSelfsignedUID, oNoAllowNonSelfsignedUID, oAllowFreeformUID, oNoAllowFreeformUID, oAllowSecretKeyImport, oAllowOldCipherAlgos, oEnableSpecialFilenames, oNoLiteral, oSetFilesize, oHonorHttpProxy, oFastListMode, oListOnly, oIgnoreTimeConflict, oIgnoreValidFrom, oIgnoreCrcError, oIgnoreMDCError, oShowSessionKey, oOverrideSessionKey, oOverrideSessionKeyFD, oNoRandomSeedFile, oAutoKeyRetrieve, oNoAutoKeyRetrieve, oAutoKeyImport, oNoAutoKeyImport, oUseAgent, oNoUseAgent, oGpgAgentInfo, oUseKeyboxd, oMergeOnly, oTryAllSecrets, oTrustedKey, oNoExpensiveTrustChecks, oFixedListMode, oLegacyListMode, oNoSigCache, oAutoCheckTrustDB, oNoAutoCheckTrustDB, oPreservePermissions, oDefaultPreferenceList, oDefaultKeyserverURL, oPersonalCipherPreferences, oPersonalDigestPreferences, oPersonalCompressPreferences, oAgentProgram, oKeyboxdProgram, oDirmngrProgram, oDisableDirmngr, oDisplay, oTTYname, oTTYtype, oLCctype, oLCmessages, oXauthority, oGroup, oUnGroup, oNoGroups, oStrict, oNoStrict, oMangleDosFilenames, oNoMangleDosFilenames, oEnableProgressFilter, oMultifile, oKeyidFormat, oExitOnStatusWriteError, oLimitCardInsertTries, oReaderPort, octapiDriver, opcscDriver, oDisableCCID, oRequireCrossCert, oNoRequireCrossCert, oAutoKeyLocate, oNoAutoKeyLocate, oEnableLargeRSA, oDisableLargeRSA, oEnableDSA2, oDisableDSA2, oAllowWeakDigestAlgos, oAllowWeakKeySignatures, oFakedSystemTime, oNoAutostart, oPrintDANERecords, oTOFUDefaultPolicy, oTOFUDBFormat, oDefaultNewKeyAlgo, oWeakDigest, oUnwrap, oOnlySignTextIDs, oDisableSignerUID, oSender, oKeyOrigin, oRequestOrigin, oNoSymkeyCache, oUseOnlyOpenPGPCard, oFullTimestrings, oIncludeKeyBlock, oNoIncludeKeyBlock, oChUid, oForceSignKey, oForbidGenKey, oRequireCompliance, oCompatibilityFlags, oAddDesigRevoker, oAssertSigner, oKbxBufferSize, oNoop }; static gpgrt_opt_t opts[] = { ARGPARSE_group (300, N_("@Commands:\n ")), ARGPARSE_c (aSign, "sign", N_("make a signature")), ARGPARSE_c (aClearsign, "clear-sign", N_("make a clear text signature")), ARGPARSE_c (aClearsign, "clearsign", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aDetachedSign, "detach-sign", N_("make a detached signature")), ARGPARSE_c (aEncr, "encrypt", N_("encrypt data")), ARGPARSE_c (aEncrFiles, "encrypt-files", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aSym, "symmetric", N_("encryption only with symmetric cipher")), ARGPARSE_c (aStore, "store", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aDecrypt, "decrypt", N_("decrypt data (default)")), ARGPARSE_c (aDecryptFiles, "decrypt-files", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aVerify, "verify" , N_("verify a signature")), ARGPARSE_c (aVerifyFiles, "verify-files" , "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aListKeys, "list-keys", N_("list keys")), ARGPARSE_c (aListKeys, "list-public-keys", "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aListSigs, "list-signatures", N_("list keys and signatures")), ARGPARSE_c (aListSigs, "list-sigs", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aCheckKeys, "check-signatures", N_("list and check key signatures")), ARGPARSE_c (aCheckKeys, "check-sigs", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (oFingerprint, "fingerprint", N_("list keys and fingerprints")), ARGPARSE_c (aListSecretKeys, "list-secret-keys", N_("list secret keys")), ARGPARSE_c (aKeygen, "generate-key", N_("generate a new key pair")), ARGPARSE_c (aKeygen, "gen-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickKeygen, "quick-generate-key" , N_("quickly generate a new key pair")), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickKeygen, "quick-gen-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickAddUid, "quick-add-uid", N_("quickly add a new user-id")), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickAddUid, "quick-adduid", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickAddKey, "quick-add-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickAddKey, "quick-addkey", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickAddADSK, "quick-add-adsk", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickRevUid, "quick-revoke-uid", N_("quickly revoke a user-id")), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickRevUid, "quick-revuid", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickSetExpire, "quick-set-expire", N_("quickly set a new expiration date")), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickSetPrimaryUid, "quick-set-primary-uid", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickUpdatePref, "quick-update-pref", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aFullKeygen, "full-generate-key" , N_("full featured key pair generation")), ARGPARSE_c (aFullKeygen, "full-gen-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aGenRevoke, "generate-revocation", N_("generate a revocation certificate")), ARGPARSE_c (aGenRevoke, "gen-revoke", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aDeleteKeys,"delete-keys", N_("remove keys from the public keyring")), ARGPARSE_c (aDeleteSecretKeys, "delete-secret-keys", N_("remove keys from the secret keyring")), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickSignKey, "quick-sign-key" , N_("quickly sign a key")), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickLSignKey, "quick-lsign-key", N_("quickly sign a key locally")), ARGPARSE_c (aQuickRevSig, "quick-revoke-sig" , N_("quickly revoke a key signature")), ARGPARSE_c (aSignKey, "sign-key" ,N_("sign a key")), ARGPARSE_c (aLSignKey, "lsign-key" ,N_("sign a key locally")), ARGPARSE_c (aEditKey, "edit-key" ,N_("sign or edit a key")), ARGPARSE_c (aEditKey, "key-edit" ,"@"), ARGPARSE_c (aPasswd, "change-passphrase", N_("change a passphrase")), ARGPARSE_c (aPasswd, "passwd", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aDesigRevoke, "generate-designated-revocation", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aDesigRevoke, "desig-revoke","@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aExport, "export" , N_("export keys") ), ARGPARSE_c (aSendKeys, "send-keys" , N_("export keys to a keyserver") ), ARGPARSE_c (aRecvKeys, "receive-keys" , N_("import keys from a keyserver") ), ARGPARSE_c (aRecvKeys, "recv-keys" , "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aSearchKeys, "search-keys" , N_("search for keys on a keyserver") ), ARGPARSE_c (aRefreshKeys, "refresh-keys", N_("update all keys from a keyserver")), ARGPARSE_c (aLocateKeys, "locate-keys", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aLocateExtKeys, "locate-external-keys", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aFetchKeys, "fetch-keys" , "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aShowKeys, "show-keys" , "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aExportSecret, "export-secret-keys" , "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aExportSecretSub, "export-secret-subkeys" , "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aExportSshKey, "export-ssh-key", "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aExportSecretSshKey, "export-secret-ssh-key", "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aImport, "import", N_("import/merge keys")), ARGPARSE_c (aFastImport, "fast-import", "@"), #ifdef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT ARGPARSE_c (aCardStatus, "card-status", N_("print the card status")), ARGPARSE_c (aCardEdit, "edit-card", N_("change data on a card")), ARGPARSE_c (aCardEdit, "card-edit", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aChangePIN, "change-pin", N_("change a card's PIN")), #endif ARGPARSE_c (aListConfig, "list-config", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aListGcryptConfig, "list-gcrypt-config", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aGPGConfList, "gpgconf-list", "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aGPGConfTest, "gpgconf-test", "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aListPackets, "list-packets","@"), #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS ARGPARSE_c (aExportOwnerTrust, "export-ownertrust", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aImportOwnerTrust, "import-ownertrust", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aUpdateTrustDB,"update-trustdb", N_("update the trust database")), ARGPARSE_c (aCheckTrustDB, "check-trustdb", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aFixTrustDB, "fix-trustdb", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aListTrustDB, "list-trustdb", "@"), #endif ARGPARSE_c (aDeArmor, "dearmor", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aDeArmor, "dearmour", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aEnArmor, "enarmor", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aEnArmor, "enarmour", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aPrintMD, "print-md", N_("print message digests")), ARGPARSE_c (aPrintMDs, "print-mds", "@"), /* old */ ARGPARSE_c (aPrimegen, "gen-prime", "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aGenRandom,"gen-random", "@" ), ARGPARSE_c (aServer, "server", N_("run in server mode")), ARGPARSE_c (aTOFUPolicy, "tofu-policy", N_("|VALUE|set the TOFU policy for a key")), /* Not yet used: ARGPARSE_c (aListTrustPath, "list-trust-path", "@"), */ ARGPARSE_c (aDeleteSecretAndPublicKeys, "delete-secret-and-public-keys", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aRebuildKeydbCaches, "rebuild-keydb-caches", "@"), ARGPARSE_c (aListKeys, "list-key", "@"), /* alias */ ARGPARSE_c (aListSigs, "list-sig", "@"), /* alias */ ARGPARSE_c (aCheckKeys, "check-sig", "@"), /* alias */ ARGPARSE_c (aShowKeys, "show-key", "@"), /* alias */ ARGPARSE_header ("Monitor", N_("Options controlling the diagnostic output")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oVerbose, "verbose", N_("verbose")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoVerbose, "no-verbose", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oQuiet, "quiet", N_("be somewhat more quiet")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoTTY, "no-tty", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoGreeting, "no-greeting", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDebug, "debug", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDebugLevel, "debug-level", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDebugAll, "debug-all", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDebugIOLBF, "debug-iolbf", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_u (oDebugSetIobufSize, "debug-set-iobuf-size", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_u (oDebugAllowLargeChunks, "debug-allow-large-chunks", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDisplayCharset, "display-charset", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDisplayCharset, "charset", "@"), ARGPARSE_conffile (oOptions, "options", N_("|FILE|read options from FILE")), ARGPARSE_noconffile (oNoOptions, "no-options", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oLoggerFD, "logger-fd", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oLoggerFile, "log-file", N_("|FILE|write server mode logs to FILE")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oLoggerFile, "logger-file", "@"), /* 1.4 compatibility. */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oLogTime, "log-time", "@"), - ARGPARSE_s_n (oQuickRandom, "debug-quick-random", "@"), ARGPARSE_header ("Configuration", N_("Options controlling the configuration")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oHomedir, "homedir", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oFakedSystemTime, "faked-system-time", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDefaultKey, "default-key", N_("|NAME|use NAME as default secret key")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oEncryptTo, "encrypt-to", N_("|NAME|encrypt to user ID NAME as well")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoEncryptTo, "no-encrypt-to", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oHiddenEncryptTo, "hidden-encrypt-to", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oEncryptToDefaultKey, "encrypt-to-default-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDefRecipient, "default-recipient", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDefRecipientSelf, "default-recipient-self", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoDefRecipient, "no-default-recipient", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oGroup, "group", N_("|SPEC|set up email aliases")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oUnGroup, "ungroup", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoGroups, "no-groups", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCompliance, "compliance", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oGnuPG, "gnupg", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oGnuPG, "no-pgp2", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oGnuPG, "no-pgp6", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oGnuPG, "no-pgp7", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oGnuPG, "no-pgp8", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oRFC2440, "rfc2440", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oRFC4880, "rfc4880", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oOpenPGP, "openpgp", N_("use strict OpenPGP behavior")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oPGP7, "pgp6", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oPGP7, "pgp7", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oPGP8, "pgp8", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDefaultNewKeyAlgo, "default-new-key-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_p_u (oMinRSALength, "min-rsa-length", "@"), #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS ARGPARSE_s_n (oAlwaysTrust, "always-trust", "@"), #endif ARGPARSE_s_s (oTrustModel, "trust-model", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oPhotoViewer, "photo-viewer", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oKnownNotation, "known-notation", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oAgentProgram, "agent-program", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oKeyboxdProgram, "keyboxd-program", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDirmngrProgram, "dirmngr-program", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oExitOnStatusWriteError, "exit-on-status-write-error", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oLimitCardInsertTries, "limit-card-insert-tries", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oEnableProgressFilter, "enable-progress-filter", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oTempDir, "temp-directory", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oExecPath, "exec-path", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oExpert, "expert", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoExpert, "no-expert", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoSecmemWarn, "no-secmem-warning", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oRequireSecmem, "require-secmem", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoRequireSecmem, "no-require-secmem", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoPermissionWarn, "no-permission-warning", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDryRun, "dry-run", N_("do not make any changes")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oInteractive, "interactive", N_("prompt before overwriting")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDefSigExpire, "default-sig-expire", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAskSigExpire, "ask-sig-expire", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAskSigExpire, "no-ask-sig-expire", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDefCertExpire, "default-cert-expire", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAskCertExpire, "ask-cert-expire", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAskCertExpire, "no-ask-cert-expire", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oDefCertLevel, "default-cert-level", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oMinCertLevel, "min-cert-level", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAskCertLevel, "ask-cert-level", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAskCertLevel, "no-ask-cert-level", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oOnlySignTextIDs, "only-sign-text-ids", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oEnableLargeRSA, "enable-large-rsa", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDisableLargeRSA, "disable-large-rsa", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oEnableDSA2, "enable-dsa2", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDisableDSA2, "disable-dsa2", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oPersonalCipherPreferences, "personal-cipher-preferences","@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oPersonalDigestPreferences, "personal-digest-preferences","@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oPersonalCompressPreferences, "personal-compress-preferences", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDefaultPreferenceList, "default-preference-list", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDefaultKeyserverURL, "default-keyserver-url", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoExpensiveTrustChecks, "no-expensive-trust-checks", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAllowNonSelfsignedUID, "allow-non-selfsigned-uid", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAllowNonSelfsignedUID, "no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAllowFreeformUID, "allow-freeform-uid", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAllowFreeformUID, "no-allow-freeform-uid", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oPreservePermissions, "preserve-permissions", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oDefCertLevel, "default-cert-check-level", "@"), /* old */ ARGPARSE_s_s (oTOFUDefaultPolicy, "tofu-default-policy", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oLockOnce, "lock-once", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oLockMultiple, "lock-multiple", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oLockNever, "lock-never", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCompressAlgo,"compress-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCompressAlgo, "compression-algo", "@"), /* Alias */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oBZ2DecompressLowmem, "bzip2-decompress-lowmem", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oCompletesNeeded, "completes-needed", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oMarginalsNeeded, "marginals-needed", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oMaxCertDepth, "max-cert-depth", "@" ), #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS ARGPARSE_s_s (oTrustDBName, "trustdb-name", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAutoCheckTrustDB, "auto-check-trustdb", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAutoCheckTrustDB, "no-auto-check-trustdb", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oForceOwnertrust, "force-ownertrust", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAutoTrustNewKey, "no-auto-trust-new-key", "@"), #endif ARGPARSE_s_s (oAddDesigRevoker, "add-desig-revoker", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oAssertSigner, "assert-signer", "@"), ARGPARSE_header ("Input", N_("Options controlling the input")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oMultifile, "multifile", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oInputSizeHint, "input-size-hint", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oUtf8Strings, "utf8-strings", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoUtf8Strings, "no-utf8-strings", "@"), ARGPARSE_p_u (oSetFilesize, "set-filesize", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoLiteral, "no-literal", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oSetNotation, "set-notation", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oSigNotation, "sig-notation", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCertNotation, "cert-notation", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oSetPolicyURL, "set-policy-url", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oSigPolicyURL, "sig-policy-url", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCertPolicyURL, "cert-policy-url", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oSigKeyserverURL, "sig-keyserver-url", "@"), ARGPARSE_header ("Output", N_("Options controlling the output")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oArmor, "armor", N_("create ascii armored output")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oArmor, "armour", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoArmor, "no-armor", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoArmor, "no-armour", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oOutput, "output", N_("|FILE|write output to FILE")), ARGPARSE_p_u (oMaxOutput, "max-output", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oComment, "comment", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDefaultComment, "default-comment", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoComments, "no-comments", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oEmitVersion, "emit-version", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoEmitVersion, "no-emit-version", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoEmitVersion, "no-version", "@"), /* alias */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oNotDashEscaped, "not-dash-escaped", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oEscapeFrom, "escape-from-lines", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoEscapeFrom, "no-escape-from-lines", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oMimemode, "mimemode", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oTextmodeShort, NULL, "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oTextmode, "textmode", N_("use canonical text mode")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoTextmode, "no-textmode", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oSetFilename, "set-filename", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oForYourEyesOnly, "for-your-eyes-only", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoForYourEyesOnly, "no-for-your-eyes-only", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oShowNotation, "show-notation", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoShowNotation, "no-show-notation", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oShowSessionKey, "show-session-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oUseEmbeddedFilename, "use-embedded-filename", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoUseEmbeddedFilename, "no-use-embedded-filename", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oUnwrap, "unwrap", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oMangleDosFilenames, "mangle-dos-filenames", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoMangleDosFilenames, "no-mangle-dos-filenames", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oChunkSize, "chunk-size", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoSymkeyCache, "no-symkey-cache", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oSkipVerify, "skip-verify", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oListOnly, "list-only", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oCompress, NULL, N_("|N|set compress level to N (0 disables)")), ARGPARSE_s_i (oCompressLevel, "compress-level", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oBZ2CompressLevel, "bzip2-compress-level", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDisableSignerUID, "disable-signer-uid", "@"), ARGPARSE_header ("ImportExport", N_("Options controlling key import and export")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oAutoKeyLocate, "auto-key-locate", N_("|MECHANISMS|use MECHANISMS to locate keys by mail address")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAutoKeyLocate, "no-auto-key-locate", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAutoKeyImport, "auto-key-import", N_("import missing key from a signature")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAutoKeyImport, "no-auto-key-import", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAutoKeyRetrieve, "auto-key-retrieve", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAutoKeyRetrieve, "no-auto-key-retrieve", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oIncludeKeyBlock, "include-key-block", N_("include the public key in signatures")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoIncludeKeyBlock, "no-include-key-block", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDisableDirmngr, "disable-dirmngr", N_("disable all access to the dirmngr")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oKeyServer, "keyserver", "@"), /* Deprecated. */ ARGPARSE_s_s (oKeyServerOptions, "keyserver-options", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oKeyOrigin, "key-origin", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oImportOptions, "import-options", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oImportFilter, "import-filter", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oExportOptions, "export-options", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oExportFilter, "export-filter", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oMergeOnly, "merge-only", "@" ), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAllowSecretKeyImport, "allow-secret-key-import", "@"), ARGPARSE_header ("Keylist", N_("Options controlling key listings")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oListOptions, "list-options", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oListFilter, "list-filter", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oFullTimestrings, "full-timestrings", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oShowPhotos, "show-photos", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoShowPhotos, "no-show-photos", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oShowPolicyURL, "show-policy-url", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoShowPolicyURL, "no-show-policy-url", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithColons, "with-colons", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithTofuInfo,"with-tofu-info", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithKeyData,"with-key-data", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithSigList,"with-sig-list", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithSigCheck,"with-sig-check", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithFingerprint, "with-fingerprint", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithSubkeyFingerprint, "with-subkey-fingerprint", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithSubkeyFingerprint, "with-subkey-fingerprints", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithICAOSpelling, "with-icao-spelling", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithKeygrip, "with-keygrip", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithKeyScreening,"with-key-screening", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithSecret, "with-secret", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithWKDHash, "with-wkd-hash", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oWithKeyOrigin, "with-key-origin", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oFastListMode, "fast-list-mode", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oFixedListMode, "fixed-list-mode", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oLegacyListMode, "legacy-list-mode", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oPrintDANERecords, "print-dane-records", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oKeyidFormat, "keyid-format", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oShowKeyring, "show-keyring", "@"), ARGPARSE_header (NULL, N_("Options to specify keys")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oRecipient, "recipient", N_("|USER-ID|encrypt for USER-ID")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oHiddenRecipient, "hidden-recipient", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oRecipientFile, "recipient-file", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oHiddenRecipientFile, "hidden-recipient-file", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oRecipient, "remote-user", "@"), /* (old option name) */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oThrowKeyids, "throw-keyids", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoThrowKeyids, "no-throw-keyids", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oLocalUser, "local-user", N_("|USER-ID|use USER-ID to sign or decrypt")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oTrustedKey, "trusted-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oSender, "sender", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oTrySecretKey, "try-secret-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oTryAllSecrets, "try-all-secrets", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoDefKeyring, "no-default-keyring", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoKeyring, "no-keyring", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oKeyring, "keyring", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oPrimaryKeyring, "primary-keyring", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oSecretKeyring, "secret-keyring", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oSkipHiddenRecipients, "skip-hidden-recipients", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoSkipHiddenRecipients, "no-skip-hidden-recipients", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oOverrideSessionKey, "override-session-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oOverrideSessionKeyFD, "override-session-key-fd", "@"), ARGPARSE_header ("Security", N_("Options controlling the security")), ARGPARSE_s_i (oS2KMode, "s2k-mode", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oS2KDigest, "s2k-digest-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oS2KCipher, "s2k-cipher-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oS2KCount, "s2k-count", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oForceAEAD, "force-ocb", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oForceAEAD, "force-aead", "@"), /*(old name)*/ ARGPARSE_s_n (oRequireCrossCert, "require-backsigs", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oRequireCrossCert, "require-cross-certification", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoRequireCrossCert, "no-require-backsigs", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoRequireCrossCert, "no-require-cross-certification", "@"), /* Options to override new security defaults. */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oAllowWeakKeySignatures, "allow-weak-key-signatures", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAllowWeakDigestAlgos, "allow-weak-digest-algos", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAllowOldCipherAlgos, "allow-old-cipher-algos", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oWeakDigest, "weak-digest","@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oVerifyOptions, "verify-options", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oEnableSpecialFilenames, "enable-special-filenames", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoRandomSeedFile, "no-random-seed-file", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoSigCache, "no-sig-cache", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oIgnoreTimeConflict, "ignore-time-conflict", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oIgnoreValidFrom, "ignore-valid-from", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oIgnoreCrcError, "ignore-crc-error", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oIgnoreMDCError, "ignore-mdc-error", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDisableCipherAlgo, "disable-cipher-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDisablePubkeyAlgo, "disable-pubkey-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCipherAlgo, "cipher-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDigestAlgo, "digest-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCertDigestAlgo, "cert-digest-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_header (NULL, N_("Options for unattended use")), ARGPARSE_s_n (oBatch, "batch", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoBatch, "no-batch", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAnswerYes, "yes", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oAnswerNo, "no", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oStatusFD, "status-fd", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oStatusFile, "status-file", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oAttributeFD, "attribute-fd", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oAttributeFile, "attribute-file", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oCommandFD, "command-fd", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCommandFile, "command-file", "@"), ARGPARSE_o_s (oPassphrase, "passphrase", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oPassphraseFD, "passphrase-fd", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oPassphraseFile, "passphrase-file", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_i (oPassphraseRepeat,"passphrase-repeat", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oPinentryMode, "pinentry-mode", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oForceSignKey, "force-sign-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_header (NULL, N_("Other options")), ARGPARSE_s_s (oRequestOrigin, "request-origin", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oDisplay, "display", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oTTYname, "ttyname", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oTTYtype, "ttytype", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oLCctype, "lc-ctype", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oLCmessages, "lc-messages","@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oXauthority, "xauthority", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oChUid, "chuid", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoAutostart, "no-autostart", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oUseKeyboxd, "use-keyboxd", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oForbidGenKey, "forbid-gen-key", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oRequireCompliance, "require-compliance", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oCompatibilityFlags, "compatibility-flags", "@"), /* Options which can be used in special circumstances. They are not * published and we hope they are never required. */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oUseOnlyOpenPGPCard, "use-only-openpgp-card", "@"), /* Esoteric compatibility options. */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oRFC2440Text, "rfc2440-text", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoRFC2440Text, "no-rfc2440-text", "@"), ARGPARSE_p_u (oKbxBufferSize, "kbx-buffer-size", "@"), + ARGPARSE_s_n (oQuickRandom, "debug-quick-random", "@"), + ARGPARSE_s_n (oDebugIgnoreExpiration, "debug-ignore-expiration", "@"), ARGPARSE_header (NULL, ""), /* Stop the header group. */ /* Aliases. I constantly mistype these, and assume other people do as well. */ ARGPARSE_s_s (oPersonalCipherPreferences, "personal-cipher-prefs", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oPersonalCompressPreferences, "personal-compress-prefs", "@"), /* These two are aliases to help users of the PGP command line product use gpg with minimal pain. Many commands are common already as they seem to have borrowed commands from us. Now I'm returning the favor. */ ARGPARSE_s_s (oLocalUser, "sign-with", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oRecipient, "user", "@"), /* Dummy options with warnings. */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oUseAgent, "use-agent", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoUseAgent, "no-use-agent", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oGpgAgentInfo, "gpg-agent-info", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oReaderPort, "reader-port", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (octapiDriver, "ctapi-driver", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (opcscDriver, "pcsc-driver", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oDisableCCID, "disable-ccid", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oHonorHttpProxy, "honor-http-proxy", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oTOFUDBFormat, "tofu-db-format", "@"), /* Dummy options. */ ARGPARSE_ignore (oStrict, "strict"), ARGPARSE_ignore (oNoStrict, "no-strict"), ARGPARSE_ignore (oLoadExtension, "load-extension"), /* from 1.4. */ ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "sk-comments", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "no-sk-comments", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "compress-keys", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "compress-sigs", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "force-v3-sigs", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "no-force-v3-sigs", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "force-v4-certs", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "no-force-v4-certs", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "no-mdc-warning", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "force-mdc", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "no-force-mdc", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "disable-mdc", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "no-disable-mdc", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "allow-multisig-verification", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "allow-multiple-messages", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "no-allow-multiple-messages", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oNoop, "aead-algo", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_s (oNoop, "personal-aead-preferences","@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "rfc4880bis", "@"), ARGPARSE_s_n (oNoop, "override-compliance-check", "@"), ARGPARSE_group (302, N_( "@\n(See the man page for a complete listing of all commands and options)\n" )), ARGPARSE_group (303, N_("@\nExamples:\n\n" " -se -r Bob [file] sign and encrypt for user Bob\n" " --clear-sign [file] make a clear text signature\n" " --detach-sign [file] make a detached signature\n" " --list-keys [names] show keys\n" " --fingerprint [names] show fingerprints\n")), ARGPARSE_end () }; /* The list of supported debug flags. */ static struct debug_flags_s debug_flags [] = { { DBG_PACKET_VALUE , "packet" }, { DBG_MPI_VALUE , "mpi" }, { DBG_CRYPTO_VALUE , "crypto" }, { DBG_FILTER_VALUE , "filter" }, { DBG_IOBUF_VALUE , "iobuf" }, { DBG_MEMORY_VALUE , "memory" }, { DBG_CACHE_VALUE , "cache" }, { DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE, "memstat" }, { DBG_TRUST_VALUE , "trust" }, { DBG_HASHING_VALUE, "hashing" }, { DBG_IPC_VALUE , "ipc" }, { DBG_CLOCK_VALUE , "clock" }, { DBG_LOOKUP_VALUE , "lookup" }, { DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE, "extprog" }, { 0, NULL } }; /* The list of compatibility flags. */ static struct compatibility_flags_s compatibility_flags [] = { { 0, NULL } }; #ifdef ENABLE_SELINUX_HACKS #define ALWAYS_ADD_KEYRINGS 1 #else #define ALWAYS_ADD_KEYRINGS 0 #endif /* The list of the default AKL methods. */ #define DEFAULT_AKL_LIST "local,wkd" /* Can be set to true to force gpg to return with EXIT_FAILURE. */ int g10_errors_seen = 0; /* If opt.assert_signer_list is used and this variabale is not true * gpg will be forced to return EXIT_FAILURE. */ int assert_signer_true = 0; static int utf8_strings = #ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM 1 #else 0 #endif ; static int maybe_setuid = 1; static unsigned int opt_set_iobuf_size; static unsigned int opt_set_iobuf_size_used; static int opt_log_time; /* Collection of options used only in this module. */ static struct { unsigned int forbid_gen_key; } mopt; static char *build_list( const char *text, char letter, const char *(*mapf)(int), int (*chkf)(int) ); static void set_cmd( enum cmd_and_opt_values *ret_cmd, enum cmd_and_opt_values new_cmd ); static void print_mds( const char *fname, int algo ); static void add_notation_data( const char *string, int which ); static void add_policy_url( const char *string, int which ); static void add_keyserver_url( const char *string, int which ); static void emergency_cleanup (void); static void read_sessionkey_from_fd (int fd); /* NPth wrapper function definitions. */ ASSUAN_SYSTEM_NPTH_IMPL; static char * make_libversion (const char *libname, const char *(*getfnc)(const char*)) { const char *s; char *result; if (maybe_setuid) { gcry_control (GCRYCTL_INIT_SECMEM, 0, 0); /* Drop setuid. */ maybe_setuid = 0; } s = getfnc (NULL); result = xmalloc (strlen (libname) + 1 + strlen (s) + 1); strcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (result, libname), " "), s); return result; } static int build_list_pk_test_algo (int algo) { /* Show only one "RSA" string. If RSA_E or RSA_S is available RSA is also available. */ if (algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA_E || algo == PUBKEY_ALGO_RSA_S) return GPG_ERR_DIGEST_ALGO; return openpgp_pk_test_algo (algo); } static const char * build_list_pk_algo_name (int algo) { return openpgp_pk_algo_name (algo); } static int build_list_cipher_test_algo (int algo) { return openpgp_cipher_test_algo (algo); } static const char * build_list_cipher_algo_name (int algo) { return openpgp_cipher_algo_name (algo); } static int build_list_md_test_algo (int algo) { /* By default we do not accept MD5 based signatures. To avoid confusion we do not announce support for it either. */ if (algo == DIGEST_ALGO_MD5) return GPG_ERR_DIGEST_ALGO; return openpgp_md_test_algo (algo); } static const char * build_list_md_algo_name (int algo) { return openpgp_md_algo_name (algo); } static const char * my_strusage( int level ) { static char *digests, *pubkeys, *ciphers, *zips, *ver_gcry; const char *p; switch( level ) { case 9: p = "GPL-3.0-or-later"; break; case 11: p = "@GPG@ (@GNUPG@)"; break; case 13: p = VERSION; break; case 14: p = GNUPG_DEF_COPYRIGHT_LINE; break; case 17: p = PRINTABLE_OS_NAME; break; case 19: p = _("Please report bugs to <@EMAIL@>.\n"); break; case 20: if (!ver_gcry) ver_gcry = make_libversion ("libgcrypt", gcry_check_version); p = ver_gcry; break; #ifdef IS_DEVELOPMENT_VERSION case 25: p="NOTE: THIS IS A DEVELOPMENT VERSION!"; break; case 26: p="It is only intended for test purposes and should NOT be"; break; case 27: p="used in a production environment or with production keys!"; break; #endif case 1: case 40: p = _("Usage: @GPG@ [options] [files] (-h for help)"); break; case 41: p = _("Syntax: @GPG@ [options] [files]\n" "Sign, check, encrypt or decrypt\n" "Default operation depends on the input data\n"); break; case 31: p = "\nHome: "; break; #ifndef __riscos__ case 32: p = gnupg_homedir (); break; #else /* __riscos__ */ case 32: p = make_filename(gnupg_homedir (), NULL); break; #endif /* __riscos__ */ case 33: p = _("\nSupported algorithms:\n"); break; case 34: if (!pubkeys) pubkeys = build_list (_("Pubkey: "), 1, build_list_pk_algo_name, build_list_pk_test_algo ); p = pubkeys; break; case 35: if( !ciphers ) ciphers = build_list(_("Cipher: "), 'S', build_list_cipher_algo_name, build_list_cipher_test_algo ); p = ciphers; break; case 37: if( !digests ) digests = build_list(_("Hash: "), 'H', build_list_md_algo_name, build_list_md_test_algo ); p = digests; break; case 38: if( !zips ) zips = build_list(_("Compression: "),'Z', compress_algo_to_string, check_compress_algo); p = zips; break; case 95: p = "1"; /* <-- Enable globbing under Windows (see init.c) */ break; default: p = NULL; } return p; } static char * build_list (const char *text, char letter, const char * (*mapf)(int), int (*chkf)(int)) { membuf_t mb; int indent; int i, j, len; int limit; const char *s; char *string; if (maybe_setuid) gcry_control (GCRYCTL_INIT_SECMEM, 0, 0); /* Drop setuid. */ indent = utf8_charcount (text, -1); len = 0; init_membuf (&mb, 512); limit = (letter == 'A')? 4 : 110; for (i=0; i <= limit; i++ ) { if (!chkf (i) && (s = mapf (i))) { if (mb.len - len > 60) { put_membuf_str (&mb, ",\n"); len = mb.len; for (j=0; j < indent; j++) put_membuf_str (&mb, " "); } else if (mb.len) put_membuf_str (&mb, ", "); else put_membuf_str (&mb, text); put_membuf_str (&mb, s); if (opt.verbose && letter) { char num[20]; if (letter == 1) snprintf (num, sizeof num, " (%d)", i); else snprintf (num, sizeof num, " (%c%d)", letter, i); put_membuf_str (&mb, num); } } } if (mb.len) put_membuf_str (&mb, "\n"); put_membuf (&mb, "", 1); string = get_membuf (&mb, NULL); return xrealloc (string, strlen (string)+1); } static void wrong_args( const char *text) { es_fprintf (es_stderr, _("usage: %s [options] %s\n"), GPG_NAME, text); log_inc_errorcount (); g10_exit(2); } static char * make_username( const char *string ) { char *p; if( utf8_strings ) p = xstrdup(string); else p = native_to_utf8( string ); return p; } static void set_opt_session_env (const char *name, const char *value) { gpg_error_t err; err = session_env_setenv (opt.session_env, name, value); if (err) log_fatal ("error setting session environment: %s\n", gpg_strerror (err)); } /* Setup the debugging. With a LEVEL of NULL only the active debug flags are propagated to the subsystems. With LEVEL set, a specific set of debug flags is set; thus overriding all flags already set. */ static void set_debug (const char *level) { int numok = (level && digitp (level)); int numlvl = numok? atoi (level) : 0; if (!level) ; else if (!strcmp (level, "none") || (numok && numlvl < 1)) opt.debug = 0; else if (!strcmp (level, "basic") || (numok && numlvl <= 2)) opt.debug = DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE; else if (!strcmp (level, "advanced") || (numok && numlvl <= 5)) opt.debug = DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE|DBG_TRUST_VALUE|DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE; else if (!strcmp (level, "expert") || (numok && numlvl <= 8)) opt.debug = (DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE|DBG_TRUST_VALUE|DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE |DBG_CACHE_VALUE|DBG_LOOKUP|DBG_FILTER_VALUE|DBG_PACKET_VALUE); else if (!strcmp (level, "guru") || numok) { opt.debug = ~0; /* Unless the "guru" string has been used we don't want to allow hashing debugging. The rationale is that people tend to select the highest debug value and would then clutter their disk with debug files which may reveal confidential data. */ if (numok) opt.debug &= ~(DBG_HASHING_VALUE); } else { log_error (_("invalid debug-level '%s' given\n"), level); g10_exit (2); } if ((opt.debug & DBG_MEMORY_VALUE)) memory_debug_mode = 1; if ((opt.debug & DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE)) memory_stat_debug_mode = 1; if (DBG_MPI) gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_DEBUG_FLAGS, 2); if (DBG_CRYPTO) gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_DEBUG_FLAGS, 1); if ((opt.debug & DBG_IOBUF_VALUE)) iobuf_debug_mode = 1; gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_VERBOSITY, (int)opt.verbose); if (opt.debug) parse_debug_flag (NULL, &opt.debug, debug_flags); /* Make sure that we are --verbose in debug mode. */ if (opt.debug && !opt.verbose) opt.verbose = 1; if (opt.debug && opt.quiet) opt.quiet = 0; if (opt_set_iobuf_size || opt_set_iobuf_size_used) log_debug ("iobuf buffer size is %uk\n", iobuf_set_buffer_size (opt_set_iobuf_size)); } /* We set the screen dimensions for UI purposes. Do not allow screens smaller than 80x24 for the sake of simplicity. */ static void set_screen_dimensions(void) { #ifndef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM char *str; str=getenv("COLUMNS"); if(str) opt.screen_columns=atoi(str); str=getenv("LINES"); if(str) opt.screen_lines=atoi(str); #endif if(opt.screen_columns<80 || opt.screen_columns>255) opt.screen_columns=80; if(opt.screen_lines<24 || opt.screen_lines>255) opt.screen_lines=24; } /* Helper to open a file FNAME either for reading or writing to be used with --status-file etc functions. Not generally useful but it avoids the riscos specific functions and well some Windows people might like it too. Prints an error message and returns -1 on error. On success the file descriptor is returned. */ static int open_info_file (const char *fname, int for_write, int binary) { #ifdef __riscos__ return riscos_fdopenfile (fname, for_write); #elif defined (ENABLE_SELINUX_HACKS) /* We can't allow these even when testing for a secured filename because files to be secured might not yet been secured. This is similar to the option file but in that case it is unlikely that sensitive information may be retrieved by means of error messages. */ (void)fname; (void)for_write; (void)binary; return -1; #else int fd; if (binary) binary = MY_O_BINARY; /* if (is_secured_filename (fname)) */ /* { */ /* fd = -1; */ /* gpg_err_set_errno (EPERM); */ /* } */ /* else */ /* { */ do { if (for_write) fd = gnupg_open (fname, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY | binary, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP); else fd = gnupg_open (fname, O_RDONLY | binary, 0); } while (fd == -1 && errno == EINTR); /* } */ if ( fd == -1) log_error ( for_write? _("can't create '%s': %s\n") : _("can't open '%s': %s\n"), fname, strerror(errno)); return fd; #endif } static void set_cmd( enum cmd_and_opt_values *ret_cmd, enum cmd_and_opt_values new_cmd ) { enum cmd_and_opt_values cmd = *ret_cmd; if( !cmd || cmd == new_cmd ) cmd = new_cmd; else if( cmd == aSign && new_cmd == aEncr ) cmd = aSignEncr; else if( cmd == aEncr && new_cmd == aSign ) cmd = aSignEncr; else if( cmd == aSign && new_cmd == aSym ) cmd = aSignSym; else if( cmd == aSym && new_cmd == aSign ) cmd = aSignSym; else if( cmd == aSym && new_cmd == aEncr ) cmd = aEncrSym; else if( cmd == aEncr && new_cmd == aSym ) cmd = aEncrSym; else if (cmd == aSignEncr && new_cmd == aSym) cmd = aSignEncrSym; else if (cmd == aSignSym && new_cmd == aEncr) cmd = aSignEncrSym; else if (cmd == aEncrSym && new_cmd == aSign) cmd = aSignEncrSym; else if( ( cmd == aSign && new_cmd == aClearsign ) || ( cmd == aClearsign && new_cmd == aSign ) ) cmd = aClearsign; else { log_error(_("conflicting commands\n")); g10_exit(2); } *ret_cmd = cmd; } static void add_group(char *string) { char *name,*value; struct groupitem *item; /* Break off the group name */ name=strsep(&string,"="); if(string==NULL) { log_error(_("no = sign found in group definition '%s'\n"),name); return; } trim_trailing_ws(name,strlen(name)); /* Does this group already exist? */ for(item=opt.grouplist;item;item=item->next) if(strcasecmp(item->name,name)==0) break; if(!item) { item=xmalloc(sizeof(struct groupitem)); item->name=name; item->next=opt.grouplist; item->values=NULL; opt.grouplist=item; } /* Break apart the values */ while ((value= strsep(&string," \t"))) { if (*value) add_to_strlist2(&item->values,value,utf8_strings); } } static void rm_group(char *name) { struct groupitem *item,*last=NULL; trim_trailing_ws(name,strlen(name)); for(item=opt.grouplist;item;last=item,item=item->next) { if(strcasecmp(item->name,name)==0) { if(last) last->next=item->next; else opt.grouplist=item->next; free_strlist(item->values); xfree(item); break; } } } /* We need to check three things. 0) The homedir. It must be x00, a directory, and owned by the user. 1) The options/gpg.conf file. Okay unless it or its containing directory is group or other writable or not owned by us. Disable exec in this case. 2) Extensions. Same as #1. Returns true if the item is unsafe. */ static int check_permissions (const char *path, int item) { #if defined(HAVE_STAT) && !defined(HAVE_DOSISH_SYSTEM) static int homedir_cache=-1; char *tmppath,*dir; struct stat statbuf,dirbuf; int homedir=0,ret=0,checkonly=0; int perm=0,own=0,enc_dir_perm=0,enc_dir_own=0; if(opt.no_perm_warn) return 0; log_assert(item==0 || item==1 || item==2); /* extensions may attach a path */ if(item==2 && path[0]!=DIRSEP_C) { if(strchr(path,DIRSEP_C)) tmppath=make_filename(path,NULL); else tmppath=make_filename(gnupg_libdir (),path,NULL); } else tmppath=xstrdup(path); /* If the item is located in the homedir, but isn't the homedir, don't continue if we already checked the homedir itself. This is to avoid user confusion with an extra options file warning which could be rectified if the homedir itself had proper permissions. */ if(item!=0 && homedir_cache>-1 && !ascii_strncasecmp (gnupg_homedir (), tmppath, strlen (gnupg_homedir ()))) { ret=homedir_cache; goto end; } /* It's okay if the file or directory doesn't exist */ if (gnupg_stat (tmppath,&statbuf)) { ret=0; goto end; } /* Now check the enclosing directory. Theoretically, we could walk this test up to the root directory /, but for the sake of sanity, I'm stopping at one level down. */ dir=make_dirname(tmppath); if (gnupg_stat (dir,&dirbuf) || !S_ISDIR (dirbuf.st_mode)) { /* Weird error */ xfree(dir); ret=1; goto end; } xfree(dir); /* Assume failure */ ret=1; if(item==0) { /* The homedir must be x00, a directory, and owned by the user. */ if(S_ISDIR(statbuf.st_mode)) { if(statbuf.st_uid==getuid()) { if((statbuf.st_mode & (S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO))==0) ret=0; else perm=1; } else own=1; homedir_cache=ret; } } else if(item==1 || item==2) { /* The options or extension file. Okay unless it or its containing directory is group or other writable or not owned by us or root. */ if(S_ISREG(statbuf.st_mode)) { if(statbuf.st_uid==getuid() || statbuf.st_uid==0) { if((statbuf.st_mode & (S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH))==0) { /* it's not writable, so make sure the enclosing directory is also not writable */ if(dirbuf.st_uid==getuid() || dirbuf.st_uid==0) { if((dirbuf.st_mode & (S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH))==0) ret=0; else enc_dir_perm=1; } else enc_dir_own=1; } else { /* it's writable, so the enclosing directory had better not let people get to it. */ if(dirbuf.st_uid==getuid() || dirbuf.st_uid==0) { if((dirbuf.st_mode & (S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO))==0) ret=0; else perm=enc_dir_perm=1; /* unclear which one to fix! */ } else enc_dir_own=1; } } else own=1; } } else BUG(); if(!checkonly) { if(own) { if(item==0) log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe ownership on" " homedir '%s'\n"),tmppath); else if(item==1) log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe ownership on" " configuration file '%s'\n"),tmppath); else log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe ownership on" " extension '%s'\n"),tmppath); } if(perm) { if(item==0) log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe permissions on" " homedir '%s'\n"),tmppath); else if(item==1) log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe permissions on" " configuration file '%s'\n"),tmppath); else log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe permissions on" " extension '%s'\n"),tmppath); } if(enc_dir_own) { if(item==0) log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe enclosing directory ownership on" " homedir '%s'\n"),tmppath); else if(item==1) log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe enclosing directory ownership on" " configuration file '%s'\n"),tmppath); else log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe enclosing directory ownership on" " extension '%s'\n"),tmppath); } if(enc_dir_perm) { if(item==0) log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe enclosing directory permissions on" " homedir '%s'\n"),tmppath); else if(item==1) log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe enclosing directory permissions on" " configuration file '%s'\n"),tmppath); else log_info(_("WARNING: unsafe enclosing directory permissions on" " extension '%s'\n"),tmppath); } } end: xfree(tmppath); if(homedir) homedir_cache=ret; return ret; #else /*!(HAVE_STAT && !HAVE_DOSISH_SYSTEM)*/ (void)path; (void)item; return 0; #endif /*!(HAVE_STAT && !HAVE_DOSISH_SYSTEM)*/ } /* Print the OpenPGP defined algo numbers. */ static void print_algo_numbers(int (*checker)(int)) { int i,first=1; for(i=0;i<=110;i++) { if(!checker(i)) { if(first) first=0; else es_printf (";"); es_printf ("%d",i); } } } static void print_algo_names(int (*checker)(int),const char *(*mapper)(int)) { int i,first=1; for(i=0;i<=110;i++) { if(!checker(i)) { if(first) first=0; else es_printf (";"); es_printf ("%s",mapper(i)); } } } /* In the future, we can do all sorts of interesting configuration output here. For now, just give "group" as the Enigmail folks need it, and pubkey, cipher, hash, and compress as they may be useful for frontends. */ static void list_config(char *items) { int show_all = !items; char *name = NULL; const char *s; struct groupitem *giter; int first, iter; if(!opt.with_colons) return; while(show_all || (name=strsep(&items," "))) { int any=0; if(show_all || ascii_strcasecmp(name,"group")==0) { for (giter = opt.grouplist; giter; giter = giter->next) { strlist_t sl; es_fprintf (es_stdout, "cfg:group:"); es_write_sanitized (es_stdout, giter->name, strlen(giter->name), ":", NULL); es_putc (':', es_stdout); for(sl=giter->values; sl; sl=sl->next) { es_write_sanitized (es_stdout, sl->d, strlen (sl->d), ":;", NULL); if(sl->next) es_printf(";"); } es_printf("\n"); } any=1; } if(show_all || ascii_strcasecmp(name,"version")==0) { es_printf("cfg:version:"); es_write_sanitized (es_stdout, VERSION, strlen(VERSION), ":", NULL); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if(show_all || ascii_strcasecmp(name,"pubkey")==0) { es_printf ("cfg:pubkey:"); print_algo_numbers (build_list_pk_test_algo); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if(show_all || ascii_strcasecmp(name,"pubkeyname")==0) { es_printf ("cfg:pubkeyname:"); print_algo_names (build_list_pk_test_algo, build_list_pk_algo_name); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if(show_all || ascii_strcasecmp(name,"cipher")==0) { es_printf ("cfg:cipher:"); print_algo_numbers (build_list_cipher_test_algo); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if (show_all || !ascii_strcasecmp (name,"ciphername")) { es_printf ("cfg:ciphername:"); print_algo_names (build_list_cipher_test_algo, build_list_cipher_algo_name); es_printf ("\n"); any = 1; } if(show_all || ascii_strcasecmp(name,"digest")==0 || ascii_strcasecmp(name,"hash")==0) { es_printf ("cfg:digest:"); print_algo_numbers (build_list_md_test_algo); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if (show_all || !ascii_strcasecmp(name,"digestname") || !ascii_strcasecmp(name,"hashname")) { es_printf ("cfg:digestname:"); print_algo_names (build_list_md_test_algo, build_list_md_algo_name); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if(show_all || ascii_strcasecmp(name,"compress")==0) { es_printf ("cfg:compress:"); print_algo_numbers(check_compress_algo); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if(show_all || ascii_strcasecmp (name, "compressname") == 0) { es_printf ("cfg:compressname:"); print_algo_names (check_compress_algo, compress_algo_to_string); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if (show_all || !ascii_strcasecmp(name,"ccid-reader-id")) { /* We ignore this for GnuPG 1.4 backward compatibility. */ any=1; } if (show_all || !ascii_strcasecmp (name,"curve")) { es_printf ("cfg:curve:"); for (iter=0, first=1; (s = openpgp_enum_curves (&iter)); first=0) es_printf ("%s%s", first?"":";", s); es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } /* Curve OIDs are rarely useful and thus only printed if requested. */ if (name && !ascii_strcasecmp (name,"curveoid")) { es_printf ("cfg:curveoid:"); for (iter=0, first=1; (s = openpgp_enum_curves (&iter)); first = 0) { s = openpgp_curve_to_oid (s, NULL, NULL); es_printf ("%s%s", first?"":";", s? s:"[?]"); } es_printf ("\n"); any=1; } if(show_all) break; if(!any) log_error(_("unknown configuration item '%s'\n"),name); } } /* List default values for use by gpgconf. */ static void gpgconf_list (void) { es_printf ("debug-level:%lu:\"none:\n", GC_OPT_FLAG_DEFAULT); es_printf ("compliance:%lu:\"%s:\n", GC_OPT_FLAG_DEFAULT, "gnupg"); /* The next one is an info only item and should match the macros at the top of keygen.c */ es_printf ("default_pubkey_algo:%lu:\"%s:\n", GC_OPT_FLAG_DEFAULT, get_default_pubkey_algo ()); /* This info only mode tells whether the we are running in de-vs * compliance mode. This does not test all parameters but the basic * conditions like a proper RNG and Libgcrypt. AS of now we always * return 0 because this version of gnupg has not yet received an * appoval. */ es_printf ("compliance_de_vs:%lu:%d:\n", GC_OPT_FLAG_DEFAULT, 0 /*gnupg_rng_is_compliant (CO_DE_VS)*/); es_printf ("use_keyboxd:%lu:%d:\n", GC_OPT_FLAG_DEFAULT, opt.use_keyboxd); } static int parse_subpacket_list(char *list) { char *tok; byte subpackets[128],i; int count=0; if(!list) { /* No arguments means all subpackets */ memset(subpackets+1,1,sizeof(subpackets)-1); count=127; } else { memset(subpackets,0,sizeof(subpackets)); /* Merge with earlier copy */ if(opt.show_subpackets) { byte *in; for(in=opt.show_subpackets;*in;in++) { if(*in>127 || *in<1) BUG(); if(!subpackets[*in]) count++; subpackets[*in]=1; } } while((tok=strsep(&list," ,"))) { if(!*tok) continue; i=atoi(tok); if(i>127 || i<1) return 0; if(!subpackets[i]) count++; subpackets[i]=1; } } xfree(opt.show_subpackets); opt.show_subpackets=xmalloc(count+1); opt.show_subpackets[count--]=0; for(i=1;i<128 && count>=0;i++) if(subpackets[i]) opt.show_subpackets[count--]=i; return 1; } static int parse_list_options(char *str) { char *subpackets=""; /* something that isn't NULL */ struct parse_options lopts[]= { {"show-sig-subpackets",LIST_SHOW_SIG_SUBPACKETS,NULL, NULL}, {"show-photos",LIST_SHOW_PHOTOS,NULL, N_("display photo IDs during key listings")}, {"show-usage",LIST_SHOW_USAGE,NULL, N_("show key usage information during key listings")}, {"show-policy-urls",LIST_SHOW_POLICY_URLS,NULL, N_("show policy URLs during signature listings")}, {"show-notations",LIST_SHOW_NOTATIONS,NULL, N_("show all notations during signature listings")}, {"show-std-notations",LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS,NULL, N_("show IETF standard notations during signature listings")}, {"show-standard-notations",LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS,NULL, NULL}, {"show-user-notations",LIST_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS,NULL, N_("show user-supplied notations during signature listings")}, {"show-keyserver-urls",LIST_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS,NULL, N_("show preferred keyserver URLs during signature listings")}, {"show-uid-validity",LIST_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY,NULL, N_("show user ID validity during key listings")}, {"show-unusable-uids",LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS,NULL, N_("show revoked and expired user IDs in key listings")}, {"show-unusable-subkeys",LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_SUBKEYS,NULL, N_("show revoked and expired subkeys in key listings")}, {"show-unusable-sigs",LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_SIGS,NULL, N_("show signatures with invalid algorithms during signature listings")}, {"show-keyring",LIST_SHOW_KEYRING,NULL, N_("show the keyring name in key listings")}, {"show-sig-expire",LIST_SHOW_SIG_EXPIRE,NULL, N_("show expiration dates during signature listings")}, {"show-pref", LIST_SHOW_PREF, NULL, N_("show preferences")}, {"show-pref-verbose", LIST_SHOW_PREF_VERBOSE, NULL, N_("show preferences")}, {"show-only-fpr-mbox",LIST_SHOW_ONLY_FPR_MBOX, NULL, NULL}, {"sort-sigs", LIST_SORT_SIGS, NULL, NULL}, {NULL,0,NULL,NULL} }; int i; /* C99 allows for non-constant initializers, but we'd like to compile everywhere, so fill in the show-sig-subpackets argument here. Note that if the parse_options array changes, we'll have to change the subscript here. We use a loop here in case the list above is reordered. */ for (i=0; lopts[i].name; i++) if (lopts[i].bit == LIST_SHOW_SIG_SUBPACKETS) { lopts[i].value = &subpackets; break; } if(parse_options(str,&opt.list_options,lopts,1)) { if(opt.list_options&LIST_SHOW_SIG_SUBPACKETS) { /* Unset so users can pass multiple lists in. */ opt.list_options&=~LIST_SHOW_SIG_SUBPACKETS; if(!parse_subpacket_list(subpackets)) return 0; } else if(subpackets==NULL && opt.show_subpackets) { /* User did 'no-show-subpackets' */ xfree(opt.show_subpackets); opt.show_subpackets=NULL; } return 1; } else return 0; } /* Collapses argc/argv into a single string that must be freed */ static char * collapse_args(int argc,char *argv[]) { char *str=NULL; int i,first=1,len=0; for(i=0;imagic = SERVER_CONTROL_MAGIC; } /* This function is called to deinitialize a control object. It is not deallocated. */ static void gpg_deinit_default_ctrl (ctrl_t ctrl) { #ifdef USE_TOFU tofu_closedbs (ctrl); #endif gpg_dirmngr_deinit_session_data (ctrl); keydb_release (ctrl->cached_getkey_kdb); gpg_keyboxd_deinit_session_data (ctrl); xfree (ctrl->secret_keygrips); ctrl->secret_keygrips = NULL; } int main (int argc, char **argv) { gpgrt_argparse_t pargs; IOBUF a; int rc=0; int orig_argc; char **orig_argv; const char *fname; char *username; int may_coredump; strlist_t sl; strlist_t remusr = NULL; strlist_t locusr = NULL; strlist_t nrings = NULL; armor_filter_context_t *afx = NULL; int detached_sig = 0; char *last_configname = NULL; const char *configname = NULL; /* NULL or points to last_configname. * NULL also indicates that we are * processing options from the cmdline. */ int debug_argparser = 0; int default_keyring = 1; int greeting = 0; int nogreeting = 0; char *logfile = NULL; int use_random_seed = 1; enum cmd_and_opt_values cmd = 0; const char *debug_level = NULL; #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS const char *trustdb_name = NULL; #endif /*!NO_TRUST_MODELS*/ char *def_cipher_string = NULL; char *def_digest_string = NULL; char *compress_algo_string = NULL; char *cert_digest_string = NULL; char *s2k_cipher_string = NULL; char *s2k_digest_string = NULL; char *pers_cipher_list = NULL; char *pers_digest_list = NULL; char *pers_compress_list = NULL; int eyes_only=0; int multifile=0; int pwfd = -1; int ovrseskeyfd = -1; int fpr_maybe_cmd = 0; /* --fingerprint maybe a command. */ int any_explicit_recipient = 0; int default_akl = 1; int require_secmem = 0; int got_secmem = 0; struct assuan_malloc_hooks malloc_hooks; ctrl_t ctrl; static int print_dane_records; static int allow_large_chunks; static const char *homedirvalue; static const char *changeuser; #ifdef __riscos__ opt.lock_once = 1; #endif /* __riscos__ */ /* Please note that we may running SUID(ROOT), so be very CAREFUL when adding any stuff between here and the call to secmem_init() somewhere after the option parsing. */ early_system_init (); gnupg_reopen_std (GPG_NAME); trap_unaligned (); gnupg_rl_initialize (); gpgrt_set_strusage (my_strusage); gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SUSPEND_SECMEM_WARN); log_set_prefix (GPG_NAME, GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PREFIX|GPGRT_LOG_NO_REGISTRY); /* Make sure that our subsystems are ready. */ i18n_init(); init_common_subsystems (&argc, &argv); /* Use our own logging handler for Libcgrypt. */ setup_libgcrypt_logging (); /* Put random number into secure memory */ gcry_control (GCRYCTL_USE_SECURE_RNDPOOL); may_coredump = disable_core_dumps(); gnupg_init_signals (0, emergency_cleanup); dotlock_create (NULL, 0); /* Register lock file cleanup. */ /* Tell the compliance module who we are. */ gnupg_initialize_compliance (GNUPG_MODULE_NAME_GPG); opt.autostart = 1; opt.session_env = session_env_new (); if (!opt.session_env) log_fatal ("error allocating session environment block: %s\n", strerror (errno)); opt.command_fd = -1; /* no command fd */ opt.compress_level = -1; /* defaults to standard compress level */ opt.bz2_compress_level = -1; /* defaults to standard compress level */ /* note: if you change these lines, look at oOpenPGP */ opt.def_cipher_algo = 0; opt.def_digest_algo = 0; opt.cert_digest_algo = 0; opt.compress_algo = -1; /* defaults to DEFAULT_COMPRESS_ALGO */ opt.s2k_mode = 3; /* iterated+salted */ opt.s2k_count = 0; /* Auto-calibrate when needed. */ opt.s2k_cipher_algo = DEFAULT_CIPHER_ALGO; opt.completes_needed = 1; opt.marginals_needed = 3; opt.max_cert_depth = 5; opt.escape_from = 1; opt.flags.require_cross_cert = 1; opt.import_options = (IMPORT_REPAIR_KEYS | IMPORT_COLLAPSE_UIDS | IMPORT_COLLAPSE_SUBKEYS); opt.export_options = EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES; opt.keyserver_options.import_options = (IMPORT_REPAIR_KEYS | IMPORT_REPAIR_PKS_SUBKEY_BUG | IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY | IMPORT_COLLAPSE_UIDS | IMPORT_COLLAPSE_SUBKEYS | IMPORT_CLEAN); opt.keyserver_options.export_options = EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES; opt.keyserver_options.options = 0; opt.verify_options = (LIST_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY | VERIFY_SHOW_POLICY_URLS | VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS | VERIFY_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS); opt.list_options = (LIST_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY | LIST_SORT_SIGS | LIST_SHOW_USAGE); #ifdef NO_TRUST_MODELS opt.trust_model = TM_ALWAYS; #else opt.trust_model = TM_AUTO; #endif opt.tofu_default_policy = TOFU_POLICY_AUTO; opt.mangle_dos_filenames = 0; opt.min_cert_level = 2; set_screen_dimensions (); opt.keyid_format = KF_NONE; opt.def_sig_expire = "0"; opt.def_cert_expire = "0"; opt.passphrase_repeat = 1; opt.emit_version = 0; opt.weak_digests = NULL; opt.compliance = CO_GNUPG; /* Check special options given on the command line. */ orig_argc = argc; orig_argv = argv; pargs.argc = &argc; pargs.argv = &argv; pargs.flags= (ARGPARSE_FLAG_KEEP | ARGPARSE_FLAG_NOVERSION); while (gpgrt_argparse (NULL, &pargs, opts)) { switch (pargs.r_opt) { case oDebug: case oDebugAll: debug_argparser++; break; case oDebugIOLBF: es_setvbuf (es_stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0); break; case oNoOptions: /* Set here here because the homedir would otherwise be * created before main option parsing starts. */ opt.no_homedir_creation = 1; break; case oHomedir: homedirvalue = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oChUid: changeuser = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oNoPermissionWarn: opt.no_perm_warn = 1; break; } } /* Reset the flags. */ pargs.flags &= ~(ARGPARSE_FLAG_KEEP | ARGPARSE_FLAG_NOVERSION); #ifdef HAVE_DOSISH_SYSTEM /* FIXME: Do we still need this? No: gnupg_homedir calls * make_filename which changes the slashed anyway. IsDBCSLeadByte still * needed? See bug #561. */ if ( strchr (gnupg_homedir (), '\\') ) { char *d, *buf = xmalloc (strlen (gnupg_homedir ())+1); const char *s; for (d=buf, s = gnupg_homedir (); *s; s++) { *d++ = *s == '\\'? '/': *s; #ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM if (s[1] && IsDBCSLeadByte (*s)) *d++ = *++s; #endif } *d = 0; gnupg_set_homedir (buf); } #endif /* Initialize the secure memory. */ if (!gcry_control (GCRYCTL_INIT_SECMEM, SECMEM_BUFFER_SIZE, 0)) got_secmem = 1; #if defined(HAVE_GETUID) && defined(HAVE_GETEUID) /* There should be no way to get to this spot while still carrying setuid privs. Just in case, bomb out if we are. */ if ( getuid () != geteuid () ) BUG (); #endif maybe_setuid = 0; /* Okay, we are now working under our real uid */ /* malloc hooks go here ... */ malloc_hooks.malloc = gcry_malloc; malloc_hooks.realloc = gcry_realloc; malloc_hooks.free = gcry_free; assuan_set_malloc_hooks (&malloc_hooks); assuan_set_gpg_err_source (GPG_ERR_SOURCE_DEFAULT); setup_libassuan_logging (&opt.debug, NULL); /* Change UID and then set the homedir. */ if (changeuser && gnupg_chuid (changeuser, 0)) log_inc_errorcount (); /* Force later termination. */ gnupg_set_homedir (homedirvalue); /* Set default options which require that malloc stuff is ready. */ additional_weak_digest ("MD5"); parse_auto_key_locate (DEFAULT_AKL_LIST); argc = orig_argc; argv = orig_argv; pargs.argc = &argc; pargs.argv = &argv; /* We are re-using the struct, thus the reset flag. We OR the * flags so that the internal intialized flag won't be cleared. */ pargs.flags |= (ARGPARSE_FLAG_RESET | ARGPARSE_FLAG_KEEP | ARGPARSE_FLAG_SYS | ARGPARSE_FLAG_USER | ARGPARSE_FLAG_USERVERS); /* By this point we have a homedir, and cannot change it. */ check_permissions (gnupg_homedir (), 0); /* The configuraton directories for use by gpgrt_argparser. */ gpgrt_set_confdir (GPGRT_CONFDIR_SYS, gnupg_sysconfdir ()); gpgrt_set_confdir (GPGRT_CONFDIR_USER, gnupg_homedir ()); while (gpgrt_argparser (&pargs, opts, GPG_NAME EXTSEP_S "conf" )) { switch (pargs.r_opt) { case ARGPARSE_CONFFILE: if (debug_argparser) log_info (_("reading options from '%s'\n"), pargs.r_type? pargs.r.ret_str: "[cmdline]"); if (pargs.r_type) { xfree (last_configname); last_configname = xstrdup (pargs.r.ret_str); configname = last_configname; if (is_secured_filename (configname)) { pargs.r_opt = ARGPARSE_PERMISSION_ERROR; pargs.err = ARGPARSE_PRINT_ERROR; } else if (strncmp (configname, gnupg_sysconfdir (), strlen (gnupg_sysconfdir ()))) { /* This is not the global config file and thus we * need to check the permissions: If the file is * unsafe, then disable any external programs for * keyserver calls or photo IDs. Since the * external program to call is set in the options * file, a unsafe options file can lead to an * arbitrary program being run. */ if (check_permissions (configname, 1)) opt.exec_disable=1; } } else configname = NULL; break; /* case oOptions: */ /* case oNoOptions: */ /* We will never see these options here because * gpgrt_argparse handles them for us. */ /* break */ case aListConfig: case aListGcryptConfig: case aGPGConfList: case aGPGConfTest: set_cmd (&cmd, pargs.r_opt); /* Do not register a keyring for these commands. */ default_keyring = -1; break; case aCheckKeys: case aListPackets: case aImport: case aFastImport: case aSendKeys: case aRecvKeys: case aSearchKeys: case aRefreshKeys: case aFetchKeys: case aExport: #ifdef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT case aCardStatus: case aCardEdit: case aChangePIN: #endif /* ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT*/ case aListKeys: case aLocateKeys: case aLocateExtKeys: case aListSigs: case aExportSecret: case aExportSecretSub: case aExportSshKey: case aExportSecretSshKey: case aSym: case aClearsign: case aGenRevoke: case aDesigRevoke: case aPrimegen: case aGenRandom: case aPrintMD: case aPrintMDs: case aListTrustDB: case aCheckTrustDB: case aUpdateTrustDB: case aFixTrustDB: case aListTrustPath: case aDeArmor: case aEnArmor: case aSign: case aQuickSignKey: case aQuickLSignKey: case aQuickRevSig: case aSignKey: case aLSignKey: case aStore: case aQuickKeygen: case aQuickAddUid: case aQuickAddKey: case aQuickAddADSK: case aQuickRevUid: case aQuickSetExpire: case aQuickSetPrimaryUid: case aQuickUpdatePref: case aExportOwnerTrust: case aImportOwnerTrust: case aRebuildKeydbCaches: set_cmd (&cmd, pargs.r_opt); break; case aKeygen: case aFullKeygen: case aEditKey: case aDeleteSecretKeys: case aDeleteSecretAndPublicKeys: case aDeleteKeys: case aPasswd: set_cmd (&cmd, pargs.r_opt); greeting=1; break; case aShowKeys: set_cmd (&cmd, pargs.r_opt); opt.import_options |= IMPORT_SHOW; opt.import_options |= IMPORT_DRY_RUN; opt.import_options &= ~IMPORT_REPAIR_KEYS; opt.list_options |= LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS; opt.list_options |= LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_SUBKEYS; opt.list_options |= LIST_SHOW_NOTATIONS; opt.list_options |= LIST_SHOW_POLICY_URLS; break; case aDetachedSign: detached_sig = 1; set_cmd( &cmd, aSign ); break; case aDecryptFiles: multifile=1; /* fall through */ case aDecrypt: set_cmd( &cmd, aDecrypt); break; case aEncrFiles: multifile=1; /* fall through */ case aEncr: set_cmd( &cmd, aEncr); break; case aVerifyFiles: multifile=1; /* fall through */ case aVerify: set_cmd( &cmd, aVerify); break; case aServer: set_cmd (&cmd, pargs.r_opt); opt.batch = 1; break; case aTOFUPolicy: set_cmd (&cmd, pargs.r_opt); break; case oArmor: opt.armor = 1; opt.no_armor=0; break; case oOutput: opt.outfile = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oMaxOutput: opt.max_output = pargs.r.ret_ulong; break; case oInputSizeHint: opt.input_size_hint = string_to_u64 (pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oChunkSize: opt.chunk_size = pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oQuiet: opt.quiet = 1; break; case oNoTTY: tty_no_terminal(1); break; case oDryRun: opt.dry_run = 1; break; case oInteractive: opt.interactive = 1; break; case oVerbose: opt.verbose++; gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_VERBOSITY, (int)opt.verbose); opt.list_options|=LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS; opt.list_options|=LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_SUBKEYS; break; case oBatch: opt.batch = 1; nogreeting = 1; break; case oUseAgent: /* Dummy. */ break; case oNoUseAgent: obsolete_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "no-use-agent"); break; case oGpgAgentInfo: obsolete_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "gpg-agent-info"); break; case oUseKeyboxd: opt.use_keyboxd = 1; break; case oReaderPort: obsolete_scdaemon_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "reader-port"); break; case octapiDriver: obsolete_scdaemon_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "ctapi-driver"); break; case opcscDriver: obsolete_scdaemon_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "pcsc-driver"); break; case oDisableCCID: obsolete_scdaemon_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "disable-ccid"); break; case oHonorHttpProxy: obsolete_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "honor-http-proxy"); break; case oAnswerYes: opt.answer_yes = 1; break; case oAnswerNo: opt.answer_no = 1; break; case oForceSignKey: opt.flags.force_sign_key = 1; break; case oKeyring: append_to_strlist( &nrings, pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oPrimaryKeyring: sl = append_to_strlist (&nrings, pargs.r.ret_str); sl->flags = KEYDB_RESOURCE_FLAG_PRIMARY; break; case oShowKeyring: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--show-keyring", "--list-options ","show-keyring"); opt.list_options|=LIST_SHOW_KEYRING; break; case oDebug: if (parse_debug_flag (pargs.r.ret_str, &opt.debug, debug_flags)) { pargs.r_opt = ARGPARSE_INVALID_ARG; pargs.err = ARGPARSE_PRINT_ERROR; } break; case oDebugAll: opt.debug = ~0; break; case oDebugLevel: debug_level = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oDebugIOLBF: break; /* Already set in pre-parse step. */ case oDebugSetIobufSize: opt_set_iobuf_size = pargs.r.ret_ulong; opt_set_iobuf_size_used = 1; break; case oDebugAllowLargeChunks: allow_large_chunks = 1; break; + case oDebugIgnoreExpiration: + opt.ignore_expiration = 1; + break; + case oCompatibilityFlags: if (parse_compatibility_flags (pargs.r.ret_str, &opt.compat_flags, compatibility_flags)) { pargs.r_opt = ARGPARSE_INVALID_ARG; pargs.err = ARGPARSE_PRINT_ERROR; } break; case oStatusFD: set_status_fd ( translate_sys2libc_fd_int (pargs.r.ret_int, 1) ); break; case oStatusFile: set_status_fd ( open_info_file (pargs.r.ret_str, 1, 0) ); break; case oAttributeFD: set_attrib_fd ( translate_sys2libc_fd_int (pargs.r.ret_int, 1) ); break; case oAttributeFile: set_attrib_fd ( open_info_file (pargs.r.ret_str, 1, 1) ); break; case oLoggerFD: log_set_fd (translate_sys2libc_fd_int (pargs.r.ret_int, 1)); break; case oLoggerFile: logfile = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oLogTime: opt_log_time = 1; break; case oWithFingerprint: opt.with_fingerprint = 1; opt.fingerprint++; break; case oWithSubkeyFingerprint: opt.with_subkey_fingerprint = 1; break; case oWithICAOSpelling: opt.with_icao_spelling = 1; break; case oFingerprint: opt.fingerprint++; fpr_maybe_cmd = 1; break; case oWithKeygrip: opt.with_keygrip = 1; break; case oWithKeyScreening: opt.with_key_screening = 1; break; case oWithSecret: opt.with_secret = 1; break; case oWithWKDHash: opt.with_wkd_hash = 1; break; case oWithKeyOrigin: opt.with_key_origin = 1; break; case oSecretKeyring: obsolete_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "secret-keyring"); break; case oNoArmor: opt.no_armor=1; opt.armor=0; break; case oNoDefKeyring: if (default_keyring > 0) default_keyring = 0; break; case oNoKeyring: default_keyring = -1; break; case oNoGreeting: nogreeting = 1; break; case oNoVerbose: opt.verbose = 0; gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_VERBOSITY, (int)opt.verbose); opt.list_sigs=0; break; case oQuickRandom: gcry_control (GCRYCTL_ENABLE_QUICK_RANDOM, 0); break; case oEmitVersion: opt.emit_version++; break; case oNoEmitVersion: opt.emit_version=0; break; case oCompletesNeeded: opt.completes_needed = pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oMarginalsNeeded: opt.marginals_needed = pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oMaxCertDepth: opt.max_cert_depth = pargs.r.ret_int; break; #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS case oTrustDBName: trustdb_name = pargs.r.ret_str; break; #endif /*!NO_TRUST_MODELS*/ case oDefaultKey: sl = add_to_strlist (&opt.def_secret_key, pargs.r.ret_str); sl->flags = (pargs.r_opt << PK_LIST_SHIFT); if (configname) sl->flags |= PK_LIST_CONFIG; break; case oDefRecipient: if( *pargs.r.ret_str ) { xfree (opt.def_recipient); opt.def_recipient = make_username(pargs.r.ret_str); } break; case oDefRecipientSelf: xfree(opt.def_recipient); opt.def_recipient = NULL; opt.def_recipient_self = 1; break; case oNoDefRecipient: xfree(opt.def_recipient); opt.def_recipient = NULL; opt.def_recipient_self = 0; break; case oHomedir: break; case oChUid: break; /* Command line only (see above). */ case oNoBatch: opt.batch = 0; break; case oWithTofuInfo: opt.with_tofu_info = 1; break; case oWithKeyData: opt.with_key_data=1; /*FALLTHRU*/ case oWithColons: opt.with_colons=':'; break; case oWithSigCheck: opt.check_sigs = 1; /*FALLTHRU*/ case oWithSigList: opt.list_sigs = 1; break; case oSkipVerify: opt.skip_verify=1; break; case oSkipHiddenRecipients: opt.skip_hidden_recipients = 1; break; case oNoSkipHiddenRecipients: opt.skip_hidden_recipients = 0; break; case aListSecretKeys: set_cmd( &cmd, aListSecretKeys); break; #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS /* There are many programs (like mutt) that call gpg with --always-trust so keep this option around for a long time. */ case oAlwaysTrust: opt.trust_model=TM_ALWAYS; break; case oTrustModel: parse_trust_model(pargs.r.ret_str); break; #endif /*!NO_TRUST_MODELS*/ case oTOFUDefaultPolicy: opt.tofu_default_policy = parse_tofu_policy (pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oTOFUDBFormat: obsolete_option (configname, pargs.lineno, "tofu-db-format"); break; case oForceOwnertrust: log_info(_("Note: %s is not for normal use!\n"), "--force-ownertrust"); opt.force_ownertrust=string_to_trust_value(pargs.r.ret_str); if(opt.force_ownertrust==-1) { log_error("invalid ownertrust '%s'\n",pargs.r.ret_str); opt.force_ownertrust=0; } break; case oNoAutoTrustNewKey: opt.flags.no_auto_trust_new_key = 1; break; case oCompliance: { int compliance = gnupg_parse_compliance_option (pargs.r.ret_str, compliance_options, DIM (compliance_options), opt.quiet); if (compliance < 0) g10_exit (1); set_compliance_option (compliance); } break; case oOpenPGP: case oRFC2440: case oRFC4880: case oPGP7: case oPGP8: case oGnuPG: set_compliance_option (pargs.r_opt); break; case oMinRSALength: opt.min_rsa_length = pargs.r.ret_ulong; break; case oRFC2440Text: opt.rfc2440_text=1; break; case oNoRFC2440Text: opt.rfc2440_text=0; break; case oSetFilename: if(utf8_strings) opt.set_filename = pargs.r.ret_str; else opt.set_filename = native_to_utf8(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oForYourEyesOnly: eyes_only = 1; break; case oNoForYourEyesOnly: eyes_only = 0; break; case oSetPolicyURL: add_policy_url(pargs.r.ret_str,0); add_policy_url(pargs.r.ret_str,1); break; case oSigPolicyURL: add_policy_url(pargs.r.ret_str,0); break; case oCertPolicyURL: add_policy_url(pargs.r.ret_str,1); break; case oShowPolicyURL: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--show-policy-url", "--list-options ","show-policy-urls"); deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--show-policy-url", "--verify-options ","show-policy-urls"); opt.list_options|=LIST_SHOW_POLICY_URLS; opt.verify_options|=VERIFY_SHOW_POLICY_URLS; break; case oNoShowPolicyURL: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--no-show-policy-url", "--list-options ","no-show-policy-urls"); deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--no-show-policy-url", "--verify-options ","no-show-policy-urls"); opt.list_options&=~LIST_SHOW_POLICY_URLS; opt.verify_options&=~VERIFY_SHOW_POLICY_URLS; break; case oSigKeyserverURL: add_keyserver_url(pargs.r.ret_str,0); break; case oUseEmbeddedFilename: opt.flags.use_embedded_filename=1; break; case oNoUseEmbeddedFilename: opt.flags.use_embedded_filename=0; break; case oComment: if(pargs.r.ret_str[0]) append_to_strlist(&opt.comments,pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oDefaultComment: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno, "--default-comment","--no-comments",""); /* fall through */ case oNoComments: free_strlist(opt.comments); opt.comments=NULL; break; case oThrowKeyids: opt.throw_keyids = 1; break; case oNoThrowKeyids: opt.throw_keyids = 0; break; case oShowPhotos: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--show-photos", "--list-options ","show-photos"); deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--show-photos", "--verify-options ","show-photos"); opt.list_options|=LIST_SHOW_PHOTOS; opt.verify_options|=VERIFY_SHOW_PHOTOS; break; case oNoShowPhotos: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--no-show-photos", "--list-options ","no-show-photos"); deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--no-show-photos", "--verify-options ","no-show-photos"); opt.list_options&=~LIST_SHOW_PHOTOS; opt.verify_options&=~VERIFY_SHOW_PHOTOS; break; case oPhotoViewer: opt.photo_viewer = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oForceAEAD: opt.force_aead = 1; break; case oDisableSignerUID: opt.flags.disable_signer_uid = 1; break; case oIncludeKeyBlock: opt.flags.include_key_block = 1; break; case oNoIncludeKeyBlock: opt.flags.include_key_block = 0; break; case oS2KMode: opt.s2k_mode = pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oS2KDigest: s2k_digest_string = xstrdup(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oS2KCipher: s2k_cipher_string = xstrdup(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oS2KCount: if (pargs.r.ret_int) opt.s2k_count = encode_s2k_iterations (pargs.r.ret_int); else opt.s2k_count = 0; /* Auto-calibrate when needed. */ break; case oRecipient: case oHiddenRecipient: case oRecipientFile: case oHiddenRecipientFile: /* Store the recipient. Note that we also store the * option as private data in the flags. This is achieved * by shifting the option value to the left so to keep * enough space for the flags. */ sl = add_to_strlist2( &remusr, pargs.r.ret_str, utf8_strings ); sl->flags = (pargs.r_opt << PK_LIST_SHIFT); if (configname) sl->flags |= PK_LIST_CONFIG; if (pargs.r_opt == oHiddenRecipient || pargs.r_opt == oHiddenRecipientFile) sl->flags |= PK_LIST_HIDDEN; if (pargs.r_opt == oRecipientFile || pargs.r_opt == oHiddenRecipientFile) sl->flags |= PK_LIST_FROM_FILE; any_explicit_recipient = 1; break; case oEncryptTo: case oHiddenEncryptTo: /* Store an additional recipient. */ sl = add_to_strlist2( &remusr, pargs.r.ret_str, utf8_strings ); sl->flags = ((pargs.r_opt << PK_LIST_SHIFT) | PK_LIST_ENCRYPT_TO); if (configname) sl->flags |= PK_LIST_CONFIG; if (pargs.r_opt == oHiddenEncryptTo) sl->flags |= PK_LIST_HIDDEN; break; case oNoEncryptTo: opt.no_encrypt_to = 1; break; case oEncryptToDefaultKey: opt.encrypt_to_default_key = configname ? 2 : 1; break; case oTrySecretKey: add_to_strlist2 (&opt.secret_keys_to_try, pargs.r.ret_str, utf8_strings); break; case oMimemode: opt.mimemode = opt.textmode = 1; break; case oTextmodeShort: opt.textmode = 2; break; case oTextmode: opt.textmode=1; break; case oNoTextmode: opt.textmode=opt.mimemode=0; break; case oExpert: opt.expert = 1; break; case oNoExpert: opt.expert = 0; break; case oDefSigExpire: if(*pargs.r.ret_str!='\0') { if(parse_expire_string(pargs.r.ret_str)==(u32)-1) log_error(_("'%s' is not a valid signature expiration\n"), pargs.r.ret_str); else opt.def_sig_expire=pargs.r.ret_str; } break; case oAskSigExpire: opt.ask_sig_expire = 1; break; case oNoAskSigExpire: opt.ask_sig_expire = 0; break; case oDefCertExpire: if(*pargs.r.ret_str!='\0') { if(parse_expire_string(pargs.r.ret_str)==(u32)-1) log_error(_("'%s' is not a valid signature expiration\n"), pargs.r.ret_str); else opt.def_cert_expire=pargs.r.ret_str; } break; case oAskCertExpire: opt.ask_cert_expire = 1; break; case oNoAskCertExpire: opt.ask_cert_expire = 0; break; case oDefCertLevel: opt.def_cert_level=pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oMinCertLevel: opt.min_cert_level=pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oAskCertLevel: opt.ask_cert_level = 1; break; case oNoAskCertLevel: opt.ask_cert_level = 0; break; case oLocalUser: /* store the local users */ sl = add_to_strlist2( &locusr, pargs.r.ret_str, utf8_strings ); sl->flags = (pargs.r_opt << PK_LIST_SHIFT); if (configname) sl->flags |= PK_LIST_CONFIG; break; case oSender: { char *mbox = mailbox_from_userid (pargs.r.ret_str, 0); if (!mbox) log_error (_("\"%s\" is not a proper mail address\n"), pargs.r.ret_str); else { add_to_strlist (&opt.sender_list, mbox); xfree (mbox); } } break; case oCompress: /* this is the -z command line option */ opt.compress_level = opt.bz2_compress_level = pargs.r.ret_int; opt.explicit_compress_option = 1; break; case oCompressLevel: opt.compress_level = pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oBZ2CompressLevel: opt.bz2_compress_level = pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oBZ2DecompressLowmem: opt.bz2_decompress_lowmem=1; break; case oPassphrase: set_passphrase_from_string (pargs.r_type ? pargs.r.ret_str : ""); break; case oPassphraseFD: pwfd = translate_sys2libc_fd_int (pargs.r.ret_int, 0); break; case oPassphraseFile: pwfd = open_info_file (pargs.r.ret_str, 0, 1); break; case oPassphraseRepeat: opt.passphrase_repeat = pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oPinentryMode: opt.pinentry_mode = parse_pinentry_mode (pargs.r.ret_str); if (opt.pinentry_mode == -1) log_error (_("invalid pinentry mode '%s'\n"), pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oRequestOrigin: opt.request_origin = parse_request_origin (pargs.r.ret_str); if (opt.request_origin == -1) log_error (_("invalid request origin '%s'\n"), pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oCommandFD: opt.command_fd = translate_sys2libc_fd_int (pargs.r.ret_int, 0); if (! gnupg_fd_valid (opt.command_fd)) log_error ("command-fd is invalid: %s\n", strerror (errno)); break; case oCommandFile: opt.command_fd = open_info_file (pargs.r.ret_str, 0, 1); break; case oCipherAlgo: def_cipher_string = xstrdup(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oDigestAlgo: def_digest_string = xstrdup(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oCompressAlgo: /* If it is all digits, stick a Z in front of it for later. This is for backwards compatibility with versions that took the compress algorithm number. */ { char *pt=pargs.r.ret_str; while(*pt) { if (!isascii (*pt) || !isdigit (*pt)) break; pt++; } if(*pt=='\0') { compress_algo_string=xmalloc(strlen(pargs.r.ret_str)+2); strcpy(compress_algo_string,"Z"); strcat(compress_algo_string,pargs.r.ret_str); } else compress_algo_string = xstrdup(pargs.r.ret_str); } break; case oCertDigestAlgo: cert_digest_string = xstrdup(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oNoSecmemWarn: gcry_control (GCRYCTL_DISABLE_SECMEM_WARN); break; case oRequireSecmem: require_secmem=1; break; case oNoRequireSecmem: require_secmem=0; break; case oNoPermissionWarn: opt.no_perm_warn=1; break; case oDisplayCharset: if( set_native_charset( pargs.r.ret_str ) ) log_error(_("'%s' is not a valid character set\n"), pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oNotDashEscaped: opt.not_dash_escaped = 1; break; case oEscapeFrom: opt.escape_from = 1; break; case oNoEscapeFrom: opt.escape_from = 0; break; case oLockOnce: opt.lock_once = 1; break; case oLockNever: dotlock_disable (); break; case oLockMultiple: #ifndef __riscos__ opt.lock_once = 0; #else /* __riscos__ */ riscos_not_implemented("lock-multiple"); #endif /* __riscos__ */ break; case oKeyServer: { keyserver_spec_t keyserver; keyserver = parse_keyserver_uri (pargs.r.ret_str, 0); if (!keyserver) log_error (_("could not parse keyserver URL\n")); else { /* We only support a single keyserver. Later ones override earlier ones. (Since we parse the config file first and then the command line arguments, the command line takes precedence.) */ if (opt.keyserver) free_keyserver_spec (opt.keyserver); opt.keyserver = keyserver; } } break; case oKeyServerOptions: if(!parse_keyserver_options(pargs.r.ret_str)) { if(configname) log_error(_("%s:%d: invalid keyserver options\n"), configname,pargs.lineno); else log_error(_("invalid keyserver options\n")); } break; case oImportOptions: if(!parse_import_options(pargs.r.ret_str,&opt.import_options,1)) { if(configname) log_error(_("%s:%d: invalid import options\n"), configname,pargs.lineno); else log_error(_("invalid import options\n")); } break; case oImportFilter: rc = parse_and_set_import_filter (pargs.r.ret_str); if (rc) log_error (_("invalid filter option: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); break; case oExportOptions: if(!parse_export_options(pargs.r.ret_str,&opt.export_options,1)) { if(configname) log_error(_("%s:%d: invalid export options\n"), configname,pargs.lineno); else log_error(_("invalid export options\n")); } break; case oExportFilter: rc = parse_and_set_export_filter (pargs.r.ret_str); if (rc) log_error (_("invalid filter option: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); break; case oListFilter: rc = parse_and_set_list_filter (pargs.r.ret_str); if (rc) log_error (_("invalid filter option: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); break; case oListOptions: if(!parse_list_options(pargs.r.ret_str)) { if(configname) log_error(_("%s:%d: invalid list options\n"), configname,pargs.lineno); else log_error(_("invalid list options\n")); } break; case oVerifyOptions: { struct parse_options vopts[]= { {"show-photos",VERIFY_SHOW_PHOTOS,NULL, N_("display photo IDs during signature verification")}, {"show-policy-urls",VERIFY_SHOW_POLICY_URLS,NULL, N_("show policy URLs during signature verification")}, {"show-notations",VERIFY_SHOW_NOTATIONS,NULL, N_("show all notations during signature verification")}, {"show-std-notations",VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS,NULL, N_("show IETF standard notations during signature verification")}, {"show-standard-notations",VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS,NULL, NULL}, {"show-user-notations",VERIFY_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS,NULL, N_("show user-supplied notations during signature verification")}, {"show-keyserver-urls",VERIFY_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS,NULL, N_("show preferred keyserver URLs during signature verification")}, {"show-uid-validity",VERIFY_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY,NULL, N_("show user ID validity during signature verification")}, {"show-unusable-uids",VERIFY_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS,NULL, N_("show revoked and expired user IDs in signature verification")}, {"show-primary-uid-only",VERIFY_SHOW_PRIMARY_UID_ONLY,NULL, N_("show only the primary user ID in signature verification")}, {NULL,0,NULL,NULL} }; if(!parse_options(pargs.r.ret_str,&opt.verify_options,vopts,1)) { if(configname) log_error(_("%s:%d: invalid verify options\n"), configname,pargs.lineno); else log_error(_("invalid verify options\n")); } } break; case oTempDir: opt.temp_dir=pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oExecPath: if(set_exec_path(pargs.r.ret_str)) log_error(_("unable to set exec-path to %s\n"),pargs.r.ret_str); else opt.exec_path_set=1; break; case oSetNotation: add_notation_data( pargs.r.ret_str, 0 ); add_notation_data( pargs.r.ret_str, 1 ); break; case oSigNotation: add_notation_data( pargs.r.ret_str, 0 ); break; case oCertNotation: add_notation_data( pargs.r.ret_str, 1 ); break; case oKnownNotation: register_known_notation (pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oShowNotation: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--show-notation", "--list-options ","show-notations"); deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--show-notation", "--verify-options ","show-notations"); opt.list_options|=LIST_SHOW_NOTATIONS; opt.verify_options|=VERIFY_SHOW_NOTATIONS; break; case oNoShowNotation: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--no-show-notation", "--list-options ","no-show-notations"); deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--no-show-notation", "--verify-options ","no-show-notations"); opt.list_options&=~LIST_SHOW_NOTATIONS; opt.verify_options&=~VERIFY_SHOW_NOTATIONS; break; case oUtf8Strings: utf8_strings = 1; break; case oNoUtf8Strings: #ifdef HAVE_W32_SYSTEM utf8_strings = 0; #endif break; case oDisableCipherAlgo: { int algo = string_to_cipher_algo (pargs.r.ret_str); gcry_cipher_ctl (NULL, GCRYCTL_DISABLE_ALGO, &algo, sizeof algo); } break; case oDisablePubkeyAlgo: { int algo = gcry_pk_map_name (pargs.r.ret_str); gcry_pk_ctl (GCRYCTL_DISABLE_ALGO, &algo, sizeof algo); } break; case oNoSigCache: opt.no_sig_cache = 1; break; case oAllowNonSelfsignedUID: opt.allow_non_selfsigned_uid = 1; break; case oNoAllowNonSelfsignedUID: opt.allow_non_selfsigned_uid=0; break; case oAllowFreeformUID: opt.allow_freeform_uid = 1; break; case oNoAllowFreeformUID: opt.allow_freeform_uid = 0; break; case oNoLiteral: opt.no_literal = 1; break; case oSetFilesize: opt.set_filesize = pargs.r.ret_ulong; break; case oFastListMode: opt.fast_list_mode = 1; break; case oFixedListMode: /* Dummy */ break; case oLegacyListMode: opt.legacy_list_mode = 1; break; case oPrintDANERecords: print_dane_records = 1; break; case oListOnly: opt.list_only=1; break; case oIgnoreTimeConflict: opt.ignore_time_conflict = 1; break; case oIgnoreValidFrom: opt.ignore_valid_from = 1; break; case oIgnoreCrcError: opt.ignore_crc_error = 1; break; case oIgnoreMDCError: opt.ignore_mdc_error = 1; break; case oNoRandomSeedFile: use_random_seed = 0; break; case oAutoKeyImport: opt.flags.auto_key_import = 1; break; case oNoAutoKeyImport: opt.flags.auto_key_import = 0; break; case oAutoKeyRetrieve: opt.keyserver_options.options |= KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE; break; case oNoAutoKeyRetrieve: opt.keyserver_options.options &= ~KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE; break; case oShowSessionKey: opt.show_session_key = 1; break; case oOverrideSessionKey: opt.override_session_key = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oOverrideSessionKeyFD: ovrseskeyfd = translate_sys2libc_fd_int (pargs.r.ret_int, 0); break; case oMergeOnly: deprecated_warning(configname,pargs.lineno,"--merge-only", "--import-options ","merge-only"); opt.import_options|=IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY; break; case oAllowSecretKeyImport: /* obsolete */ break; case oTryAllSecrets: opt.try_all_secrets = 1; break; case oTrustedKey: register_trusted_key( pargs.r.ret_str ); break; case oEnableSpecialFilenames: enable_special_filenames (); break; case oNoExpensiveTrustChecks: opt.no_expensive_trust_checks=1; break; case oAutoCheckTrustDB: opt.no_auto_check_trustdb=0; break; case oNoAutoCheckTrustDB: opt.no_auto_check_trustdb=1; break; case oPreservePermissions: opt.preserve_permissions=1; break; case oDefaultPreferenceList: opt.def_preference_list = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oDefaultKeyserverURL: { keyserver_spec_t keyserver; keyserver = parse_keyserver_uri (pargs.r.ret_str,1 ); if (!keyserver) log_error (_("could not parse keyserver URL\n")); else free_keyserver_spec (keyserver); opt.def_keyserver_url = pargs.r.ret_str; } break; case oPersonalCipherPreferences: pers_cipher_list=pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oPersonalDigestPreferences: pers_digest_list=pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oPersonalCompressPreferences: pers_compress_list=pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oAgentProgram: opt.agent_program = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oKeyboxdProgram: opt.keyboxd_program = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oDirmngrProgram: opt.dirmngr_program = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oDisableDirmngr: opt.disable_dirmngr = 1; break; case oWeakDigest: additional_weak_digest(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oUnwrap: opt.unwrap_encryption = 1; break; case oOnlySignTextIDs: opt.only_sign_text_ids = 1; break; case oDisplay: set_opt_session_env ("DISPLAY", pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oTTYname: set_opt_session_env ("GPG_TTY", pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oTTYtype: set_opt_session_env ("TERM", pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oXauthority: set_opt_session_env ("XAUTHORITY", pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oLCctype: opt.lc_ctype = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oLCmessages: opt.lc_messages = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oGroup: add_group(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oUnGroup: rm_group(pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oNoGroups: while(opt.grouplist) { struct groupitem *iter=opt.grouplist; free_strlist(iter->values); opt.grouplist=opt.grouplist->next; xfree(iter); } break; case oMangleDosFilenames: opt.mangle_dos_filenames = 1; break; case oNoMangleDosFilenames: opt.mangle_dos_filenames = 0; break; case oEnableProgressFilter: opt.enable_progress_filter = 1; break; case oMultifile: multifile=1; break; case oKeyidFormat: if(ascii_strcasecmp(pargs.r.ret_str,"short")==0) opt.keyid_format=KF_SHORT; else if(ascii_strcasecmp(pargs.r.ret_str,"long")==0) opt.keyid_format=KF_LONG; else if(ascii_strcasecmp(pargs.r.ret_str,"0xshort")==0) opt.keyid_format=KF_0xSHORT; else if(ascii_strcasecmp(pargs.r.ret_str,"0xlong")==0) opt.keyid_format=KF_0xLONG; else if(ascii_strcasecmp(pargs.r.ret_str,"none")==0) opt.keyid_format = KF_NONE; else log_error("unknown keyid-format '%s'\n",pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oExitOnStatusWriteError: opt.exit_on_status_write_error = 1; break; case oLimitCardInsertTries: opt.limit_card_insert_tries = pargs.r.ret_int; break; case oRequireCrossCert: opt.flags.require_cross_cert=1; break; case oNoRequireCrossCert: opt.flags.require_cross_cert=0; break; case oAutoKeyLocate: if (default_akl) { /* This is the first time --auto-key-locate is seen. * We need to reset the default akl. */ default_akl = 0; release_akl(); } if(!parse_auto_key_locate(pargs.r.ret_str)) { if(configname) log_error(_("%s:%d: invalid auto-key-locate list\n"), configname,pargs.lineno); else log_error(_("invalid auto-key-locate list\n")); } break; case oNoAutoKeyLocate: release_akl(); break; case oKeyOrigin: if(!parse_key_origin (pargs.r.ret_str)) log_error (_("invalid argument for option \"%.50s\"\n"), "--key-origin"); break; case oEnableLargeRSA: #if SECMEM_BUFFER_SIZE >= 65536 opt.flags.large_rsa=1; #else if (configname) log_info("%s:%d: WARNING: gpg not built with large secure " "memory buffer. Ignoring enable-large-rsa\n", configname,pargs.lineno); else log_info("WARNING: gpg not built with large secure " "memory buffer. Ignoring --enable-large-rsa\n"); #endif /* SECMEM_BUFFER_SIZE >= 65536 */ break; case oDisableLargeRSA: opt.flags.large_rsa=0; break; case oEnableDSA2: opt.flags.dsa2=1; break; case oDisableDSA2: opt.flags.dsa2=0; break; case oAllowWeakDigestAlgos: opt.flags.allow_weak_digest_algos = 1; break; case oAllowWeakKeySignatures: opt.flags.allow_weak_key_signatures = 1; break; case oAllowOldCipherAlgos: opt.flags.allow_old_cipher_algos = 1; break; case oFakedSystemTime: { size_t len = strlen (pargs.r.ret_str); int freeze = 0; time_t faked_time; if (len > 0 && pargs.r.ret_str[len-1] == '!') { freeze = 1; pargs.r.ret_str[len-1] = '\0'; } faked_time = isotime2epoch (pargs.r.ret_str); if (faked_time == (time_t)(-1)) faked_time = (time_t)strtoul (pargs.r.ret_str, NULL, 10); gnupg_set_time (faked_time, freeze); } break; case oNoAutostart: opt.autostart = 0; break; case oNoSymkeyCache: opt.no_symkey_cache = 1; break; case oDefaultNewKeyAlgo: opt.def_new_key_algo = pargs.r.ret_str; break; case oUseOnlyOpenPGPCard: opt.flags.use_only_openpgp_card = 1; break; case oFullTimestrings: opt.flags.full_timestrings = 1; break; case oForbidGenKey: mopt.forbid_gen_key = 1; break; case oRequireCompliance: opt.flags.require_compliance = 1; break; case oAddDesigRevoker: if (!strcmp (pargs.r.ret_str, "clear")) FREE_STRLIST (opt.desig_revokers); else append_to_strlist (&opt.desig_revokers, pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oAssertSigner: add_to_strlist (&opt.assert_signer_list, pargs.r.ret_str); break; case oKbxBufferSize: keybox_set_buffersize (pargs.r.ret_ulong, 0); break; case oNoop: break; default: if (configname) pargs.err = ARGPARSE_PRINT_WARNING; else { pargs.err = ARGPARSE_PRINT_ERROR; /* The argparse function calls a plain exit and thus * we need to print a status here. */ write_status_failure ("option-parser", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); } break; } } gpgrt_argparse (NULL, &pargs, NULL); /* Release internal state. */ if (log_get_errorcount (0)) { write_status_failure ("option-parser", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); g10_exit(2); } /* Process common component options. */ if (parse_comopt (GNUPG_MODULE_NAME_GPG, debug_argparser)) { write_status_failure ("option-parser", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); g10_exit(2); } if (opt.use_keyboxd) log_info ("Note: Please move option \"%s\" to \"common.conf\"\n", "use-keyboxd"); opt.use_keyboxd = comopt.use_keyboxd; /* Override. */ if (opt.keyboxd_program) log_info ("Note: Please move option \"%s\" to \"common.conf\"\n", "keyboxd-program"); if (!opt.keyboxd_program && comopt.keyboxd_program) { opt.keyboxd_program = comopt.keyboxd_program; comopt.keyboxd_program = NULL; } if (comopt.no_autostart) opt.autostart = 0; /* The command --gpgconf-list is pretty simple and may be called directly after the option parsing. */ if (cmd == aGPGConfList) { gpgconf_list (); g10_exit (0); } xfree (last_configname); if (print_dane_records) log_error ("invalid option \"%s\"; use \"%s\" instead\n", "--print-dane-records", "--export-options export-dane"); if (log_get_errorcount (0)) { write_status_failure ("option-checking", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); g10_exit(2); } if( nogreeting ) greeting = 0; if( greeting ) { es_fprintf (es_stderr, "%s %s; %s\n", gpgrt_strusage(11), gpgrt_strusage(13), gpgrt_strusage(14)); es_fprintf (es_stderr, "%s\n", gpgrt_strusage(15) ); } #ifdef IS_DEVELOPMENT_VERSION if (!opt.batch) { const char *s; if((s=gpgrt_strusage(25))) log_info("%s\n",s); if((s=gpgrt_strusage(26))) log_info("%s\n",s); if((s=gpgrt_strusage(27))) log_info("%s\n",s); } #endif /* Init threading which is used by some helper functions. */ npth_init (); assuan_set_system_hooks (ASSUAN_SYSTEM_NPTH); gpgrt_set_syscall_clamp (npth_unprotect, npth_protect); if (logfile) { log_set_file (logfile); log_set_prefix (NULL, (GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PREFIX | GPGRT_LOG_WITH_TIME | GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PID )); } else if (opt_log_time) log_set_prefix (NULL, (GPGRT_LOG_WITH_PREFIX|GPGRT_LOG_NO_REGISTRY |GPGRT_LOG_WITH_TIME)); if (opt.verbose > 2) log_info ("using character set '%s'\n", get_native_charset ()); if( may_coredump && !opt.quiet ) log_info(_("WARNING: program may create a core file!\n")); if (eyes_only) { if (opt.set_filename) log_info(_("WARNING: %s overrides %s\n"), "--for-your-eyes-only","--set-filename"); opt.set_filename="_CONSOLE"; } if (opt.no_literal) { log_info(_("Note: %s is not for normal use!\n"), "--no-literal"); if (opt.textmode) log_error(_("%s not allowed with %s!\n"), "--textmode", "--no-literal" ); if (opt.set_filename) log_error(_("%s makes no sense with %s!\n"), eyes_only?"--for-your-eyes-only":"--set-filename", "--no-literal" ); } if (opt.set_filesize) log_info(_("Note: %s is not for normal use!\n"), "--set-filesize"); if( opt.batch ) tty_batchmode( 1 ); if (gnupg_faked_time_p ()) { gnupg_isotime_t tbuf; log_info (_("WARNING: running with faked system time: ")); gnupg_get_isotime (tbuf); dump_isotime (tbuf); log_printf ("\n"); } /* Print a warning if an argument looks like an option. */ if (!opt.quiet && !(pargs.flags & ARGPARSE_FLAG_STOP_SEEN)) { int i; for (i=0; i < argc; i++) if (argv[i][0] == '-' && argv[i][1] == '-') log_info (_("Note: '%s' is not considered an option\n"), argv[i]); } gcry_control (GCRYCTL_RESUME_SECMEM_WARN); if(require_secmem && !got_secmem) { log_info(_("will not run with insecure memory due to %s\n"), "--require-secmem"); write_status_failure ("option-checking", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); g10_exit(2); } set_debug (debug_level); if (opt.verbose) /* Print the compatibility flags. */ parse_compatibility_flags (NULL, &opt.compat_flags, compatibility_flags); gnupg_set_compliance_extra_info (opt.min_rsa_length); if (DBG_CLOCK) log_clock ("start"); /* Do these after the switch(), so they can override settings. */ if (PGP7) { /* That does not anymore work because we have no more support for v3 signatures. */ opt.escape_from=1; opt.ask_sig_expire=0; } else if(PGP8) { opt.escape_from=1; } if( def_cipher_string ) { opt.def_cipher_algo = string_to_cipher_algo (def_cipher_string); xfree(def_cipher_string); def_cipher_string = NULL; if ( openpgp_cipher_test_algo (opt.def_cipher_algo) ) log_error(_("selected cipher algorithm is invalid\n")); } if( def_digest_string ) { opt.def_digest_algo = string_to_digest_algo (def_digest_string); xfree(def_digest_string); def_digest_string = NULL; if ( openpgp_md_test_algo (opt.def_digest_algo) ) log_error(_("selected digest algorithm is invalid\n")); } if( compress_algo_string ) { opt.compress_algo = string_to_compress_algo(compress_algo_string); xfree(compress_algo_string); compress_algo_string = NULL; if( check_compress_algo(opt.compress_algo) ) log_error(_("selected compression algorithm is invalid\n")); } if( cert_digest_string ) { opt.cert_digest_algo = string_to_digest_algo (cert_digest_string); xfree(cert_digest_string); cert_digest_string = NULL; if (openpgp_md_test_algo(opt.cert_digest_algo)) log_error(_("selected certification digest algorithm is invalid\n")); } if( s2k_cipher_string ) { opt.s2k_cipher_algo = string_to_cipher_algo (s2k_cipher_string); xfree(s2k_cipher_string); s2k_cipher_string = NULL; if (openpgp_cipher_test_algo (opt.s2k_cipher_algo)) log_error(_("selected cipher algorithm is invalid\n")); } if( s2k_digest_string ) { opt.s2k_digest_algo = string_to_digest_algo (s2k_digest_string); xfree(s2k_digest_string); s2k_digest_string = NULL; if (openpgp_md_test_algo(opt.s2k_digest_algo)) log_error(_("selected digest algorithm is invalid\n")); } if( opt.completes_needed < 1 ) log_error(_("completes-needed must be greater than 0\n")); if( opt.marginals_needed < 2 ) log_error(_("marginals-needed must be greater than 1\n")); if( opt.max_cert_depth < 1 || opt.max_cert_depth > 255 ) log_error(_("max-cert-depth must be in the range from 1 to 255\n")); if(opt.def_cert_level<0 || opt.def_cert_level>3) log_error(_("invalid default-cert-level; must be 0, 1, 2, or 3\n")); if( opt.min_cert_level < 1 || opt.min_cert_level > 3 ) log_error(_("invalid min-cert-level; must be 1, 2, or 3\n")); switch( opt.s2k_mode ) { case 0: if (!opt.quiet) log_info(_("Note: simple S2K mode (0) is strongly discouraged\n")); break; case 1: case 3: break; default: log_error(_("invalid S2K mode; must be 0, 1 or 3\n")); } /* This isn't actually needed, but does serve to error out if the string is invalid. */ if(opt.def_preference_list && keygen_set_std_prefs(opt.def_preference_list,0)) log_error(_("invalid default preferences\n")); if(pers_cipher_list && keygen_set_std_prefs(pers_cipher_list,PREFTYPE_SYM)) log_error(_("invalid personal cipher preferences\n")); if(pers_digest_list && keygen_set_std_prefs(pers_digest_list,PREFTYPE_HASH)) log_error(_("invalid personal digest preferences\n")); if(pers_compress_list && keygen_set_std_prefs(pers_compress_list,PREFTYPE_ZIP)) log_error(_("invalid personal compress preferences\n")); /* Check chunk size. Please fix also the man page if you change * the default. The limits are given by the specs. */ if (!opt.chunk_size) opt.chunk_size = 22; /* Default to the suggested max of 4 MiB. */ else if (opt.chunk_size < 6) { opt.chunk_size = 6; log_info (_("chunk size invalid - using %d\n"), opt.chunk_size); } else if (opt.chunk_size > (allow_large_chunks? 62 : 22)) { opt.chunk_size = (allow_large_chunks? 62 : 22); log_info (_("chunk size invalid - using %d\n"), opt.chunk_size); } /* We don't support all possible commands with multifile yet */ if(multifile) { char *cmdname; switch(cmd) { case aSign: cmdname="--sign"; break; case aSignEncr: cmdname="--sign --encrypt"; break; case aClearsign: cmdname="--clear-sign"; break; case aDetachedSign: cmdname="--detach-sign"; break; case aSym: cmdname="--symmetric"; break; case aEncrSym: cmdname="--symmetric --encrypt"; break; case aStore: cmdname="--store"; break; default: cmdname=NULL; break; } if(cmdname) log_error(_("%s does not yet work with %s\n"),cmdname,"--multifile"); } if( log_get_errorcount(0) ) { write_status_failure ("option-postprocessing", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); g10_exit (2); } if(opt.compress_level==0) opt.compress_algo=COMPRESS_ALGO_NONE; /* Check our chosen algorithms against the list of legal algorithms. */ if(!GNUPG) { const char *badalg=NULL; preftype_t badtype=PREFTYPE_NONE; if(opt.def_cipher_algo && !algo_available(PREFTYPE_SYM,opt.def_cipher_algo,NULL)) { badalg = openpgp_cipher_algo_name (opt.def_cipher_algo); badtype = PREFTYPE_SYM; } else if(opt.def_digest_algo && !algo_available(PREFTYPE_HASH,opt.def_digest_algo,NULL)) { badalg = gcry_md_algo_name (opt.def_digest_algo); badtype = PREFTYPE_HASH; } else if(opt.cert_digest_algo && !algo_available(PREFTYPE_HASH,opt.cert_digest_algo,NULL)) { badalg = gcry_md_algo_name (opt.cert_digest_algo); badtype = PREFTYPE_HASH; } else if(opt.compress_algo!=-1 && !algo_available(PREFTYPE_ZIP,opt.compress_algo,NULL)) { badalg = compress_algo_to_string(opt.compress_algo); badtype = PREFTYPE_ZIP; } if(badalg) { switch(badtype) { case PREFTYPE_SYM: log_info (_("cipher algorithm '%s'" " may not be used in %s mode\n"), badalg, gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); break; case PREFTYPE_HASH: log_info (_("digest algorithm '%s'" " may not be used in %s mode\n"), badalg, gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); break; case PREFTYPE_ZIP: log_info (_("compression algorithm '%s'" " may not be used in %s mode\n"), badalg, gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); break; default: BUG(); } compliance_failure(); } } /* Check our chosen algorithms against the list of allowed * algorithms in the current compliance mode, and fail hard if it * is not. This is us being nice to the user informing her early * that the chosen algorithms are not available. We also check * and enforce this right before the actual operation. */ if (opt.def_cipher_algo && ! gnupg_cipher_is_allowed (opt.compliance, cmd == aEncr || cmd == aSignEncr || cmd == aEncrSym || cmd == aSym || cmd == aSignSym || cmd == aSignEncrSym, opt.def_cipher_algo, GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_NONE)) log_error (_("cipher algorithm '%s' may not be used in %s mode\n"), openpgp_cipher_algo_name (opt.def_cipher_algo), gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); if (opt.def_digest_algo && ! gnupg_digest_is_allowed (opt.compliance, cmd == aSign || cmd == aSignEncr || cmd == aSignEncrSym || cmd == aSignSym || cmd == aClearsign, opt.def_digest_algo)) log_error (_("digest algorithm '%s' may not be used in %s mode\n"), gcry_md_algo_name (opt.def_digest_algo), gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); /* Fail hard. */ if (log_get_errorcount (0)) { write_status_failure ("option-checking", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); g10_exit (2); } /* Set the random seed file. */ if (use_random_seed) { char *p = make_filename (gnupg_homedir (), "random_seed", NULL ); gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_RANDOM_SEED_FILE, p); if (!gnupg_access (p, F_OK)) register_secured_file (p); xfree(p); } /* If there is no command but the --fingerprint is given, default to the --list-keys command. */ if (!cmd && fpr_maybe_cmd) { set_cmd (&cmd, aListKeys); } if( opt.verbose > 1 ) set_packet_list_mode(1); /* Add the keyrings, but not for some special commands. We always * need to add the keyrings if we are running under SELinux, this * is so that the rings are added to the list of secured files. * We do not add any keyring if --no-keyring or --use-keyboxd has * been used. Note that keydb_add_resource may create a new * homedir and also tries to write a common.conf to enable the use * of the keyboxd - in this case a special error code is returned * and use_keyboxd is then also set. */ if (!opt.use_keyboxd && default_keyring >= 0 && (ALWAYS_ADD_KEYRINGS || (cmd != aDeArmor && cmd != aEnArmor && cmd != aGPGConfTest))) { gpg_error_t tmperr = 0; if (!nrings || default_keyring > 0) /* Add default ring. */ tmperr = keydb_add_resource ("pubring" EXTSEP_S GPGEXT_GPG, KEYDB_RESOURCE_FLAG_DEFAULT); if (gpg_err_code (tmperr) == GPG_ERR_TRUE && opt.use_keyboxd) ; /* The keyboxd has been enabled. */ else { for (sl = nrings; sl; sl = sl->next ) keydb_add_resource (sl->d, sl->flags); } } FREE_STRLIST(nrings); /* In loopback mode, never ask for the password multiple times. */ if (opt.pinentry_mode == PINENTRY_MODE_LOOPBACK) { opt.passphrase_repeat = 0; } /* If no pinentry is expected shunt * gnupg_allow_set_foregound_window to avoid useless error * messages on Windows. */ if (opt.pinentry_mode != PINENTRY_MODE_ASK) { gnupg_inhibit_set_foregound_window (1); } if (cmd == aGPGConfTest) g10_exit(0); if (pwfd != -1) /* Read the passphrase now. */ read_passphrase_from_fd (pwfd); if (ovrseskeyfd != -1 ) /* Read the sessionkey now. */ read_sessionkey_from_fd (ovrseskeyfd); fname = argc? *argv : NULL; if(fname && utf8_strings) opt.flags.utf8_filename=1; ctrl = xcalloc (1, sizeof *ctrl); gpg_init_default_ctrl (ctrl); #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS switch (cmd) { case aPrimegen: case aPrintMD: case aPrintMDs: case aGenRandom: case aDeArmor: case aEnArmor: case aListConfig: case aListGcryptConfig: break; case aFixTrustDB: case aExportOwnerTrust: rc = setup_trustdb (0, trustdb_name); break; case aListTrustDB: rc = setup_trustdb (argc? 1:0, trustdb_name); break; case aKeygen: case aFullKeygen: case aQuickKeygen: rc = setup_trustdb (1, trustdb_name); break; default: /* If we are using TM_ALWAYS, we do not need to create the trustdb. */ rc = setup_trustdb (opt.trust_model != TM_ALWAYS, trustdb_name); break; } if (rc) log_error (_("failed to initialize the TrustDB: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); #endif /*!NO_TRUST_MODELS*/ switch (cmd) { case aStore: case aSym: case aSign: case aSignSym: case aClearsign: if (!opt.quiet && any_explicit_recipient) log_info (_("WARNING: recipients (-r) given " "without using public key encryption\n")); break; default: break; } /* Check for certain command whether we need to migrate a secring.gpg to the gpg-agent. */ switch (cmd) { case aListSecretKeys: case aSign: case aSignEncr: case aSignEncrSym: case aSignSym: case aClearsign: case aDecrypt: case aSignKey: case aLSignKey: case aEditKey: case aPasswd: case aDeleteSecretKeys: case aDeleteSecretAndPublicKeys: case aQuickKeygen: case aQuickAddUid: case aQuickAddKey: case aQuickAddADSK: case aQuickRevUid: case aQuickSetPrimaryUid: case aQuickUpdatePref: case aFullKeygen: case aKeygen: case aImport: case aExportSecret: case aExportSecretSub: case aGenRevoke: case aDesigRevoke: case aCardEdit: case aChangePIN: migrate_secring (ctrl); break; case aListKeys: if (opt.with_secret) migrate_secring (ctrl); break; default: break; } /* The command dispatcher. */ switch( cmd ) { case aServer: gpg_server (ctrl); break; case aStore: /* only store the file */ if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--store [filename]"); if( (rc = encrypt_store(fname)) ) { write_status_failure ("store", rc); log_error ("storing '%s' failed: %s\n", print_fname_stdin(fname),gpg_strerror (rc) ); } break; case aSym: /* encrypt the given file only with the symmetric cipher */ if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--symmetric [filename]"); if( (rc = encrypt_symmetric(fname)) ) { write_status_failure ("symencrypt", rc); log_error (_("symmetric encryption of '%s' failed: %s\n"), print_fname_stdin(fname),gpg_strerror (rc) ); } break; case aEncr: /* encrypt the given file */ if(multifile) encrypt_crypt_files (ctrl, argc, argv, remusr); else { if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--encrypt [filename]"); if( (rc = encrypt_crypt (ctrl, -1, fname, remusr, 0, NULL, -1)) ) { write_status_failure ("encrypt", rc); log_error("%s: encryption failed: %s\n", print_fname_stdin(fname), gpg_strerror (rc) ); } } break; case aEncrSym: /* This works with PGP 8 in the sense that it acts just like a symmetric message. It doesn't work at all with 2 or 6. It might work with 7, but alas, I don't have a copy to test with right now. */ if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--symmetric --encrypt [filename]"); else if(opt.s2k_mode==0) log_error(_("you cannot use --symmetric --encrypt" " with --s2k-mode 0\n")); else if (PGP7) log_error(_("you cannot use --symmetric --encrypt" " in %s mode\n"), gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); else { if( (rc = encrypt_crypt (ctrl, -1, fname, remusr, 1, NULL, -1)) ) { write_status_failure ("encrypt", rc); log_error ("%s: encryption failed: %s\n", print_fname_stdin(fname), gpg_strerror (rc) ); } } break; case aSign: /* sign the given file */ sl = NULL; if( detached_sig ) { /* sign all files */ for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) add_to_strlist( &sl, *argv ); } else { if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--sign [filename]"); if( argc ) { sl = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *sl + strlen(fname)); strcpy(sl->d, fname); } } if ((rc = sign_file (ctrl, sl, detached_sig, locusr, 0, NULL, NULL))) { write_status_failure ("sign", rc); log_error ("signing failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc) ); } free_strlist(sl); break; case aSignEncr: /* sign and encrypt the given file */ if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--sign --encrypt [filename]"); if( argc ) { sl = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *sl + strlen(fname)); strcpy(sl->d, fname); } else sl = NULL; if ((rc = sign_file (ctrl, sl, detached_sig, locusr, 1, remusr, NULL))) { write_status_failure ("sign-encrypt", rc); log_error("%s: sign+encrypt failed: %s\n", print_fname_stdin(fname), gpg_strerror (rc) ); } free_strlist(sl); break; case aSignEncrSym: /* sign and encrypt the given file */ if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--symmetric --sign --encrypt [filename]"); else if(opt.s2k_mode==0) log_error(_("you cannot use --symmetric --sign --encrypt" " with --s2k-mode 0\n")); else if (PGP7) log_error(_("you cannot use --symmetric --sign --encrypt" " in %s mode\n"), gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); else { if( argc ) { sl = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *sl + strlen(fname)); strcpy(sl->d, fname); } else sl = NULL; if ((rc = sign_file (ctrl, sl, detached_sig, locusr, 2, remusr, NULL))) { write_status_failure ("sign-encrypt", rc); log_error("%s: symmetric+sign+encrypt failed: %s\n", print_fname_stdin(fname), gpg_strerror (rc) ); } free_strlist(sl); } break; case aSignSym: /* sign and conventionally encrypt the given file */ if (argc > 1) wrong_args("--sign --symmetric [filename]"); rc = sign_symencrypt_file (ctrl, fname, locusr); if (rc) { write_status_failure ("sign-symencrypt", rc); log_error("%s: sign+symmetric failed: %s\n", print_fname_stdin(fname), gpg_strerror (rc) ); } break; case aClearsign: /* make a clearsig */ if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--clear-sign [filename]"); if( (rc = clearsign_file (ctrl, fname, locusr, NULL)) ) { write_status_failure ("sign", rc); log_error("%s: clear-sign failed: %s\n", print_fname_stdin(fname), gpg_strerror (rc) ); } break; case aVerify: if (multifile) { if ((rc = verify_files (ctrl, argc, argv))) log_error("verify files failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc) ); } else { if ((rc = verify_signatures (ctrl, argc, argv))) log_error("verify signatures failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc) ); } if (rc) write_status_failure ("verify", rc); break; case aDecrypt: if (multifile) decrypt_messages (ctrl, argc, argv); else { if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--decrypt [filename]"); if( (rc = decrypt_message (ctrl, fname) )) { write_status_failure ("decrypt", rc); log_error("decrypt_message failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc) ); } } break; case aQuickSignKey: case aQuickLSignKey: { const char *fpr; if (argc < 1) wrong_args ("--quick-[l]sign-key fingerprint [userids]"); fpr = *argv++; argc--; sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++) append_to_strlist2 (&sl, *argv, utf8_strings); keyedit_quick_sign (ctrl, fpr, sl, locusr, (cmd == aQuickLSignKey)); free_strlist (sl); } break; case aQuickRevSig: { const char *userid, *siguserid; if (argc < 2) wrong_args ("--quick-revoke-sig USER-ID SIG-USER-ID [userids]"); userid = *argv++; argc--; siguserid = *argv++; argc--; sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++) append_to_strlist2 (&sl, *argv, utf8_strings); keyedit_quick_revsig (ctrl, userid, siguserid, sl); free_strlist (sl); } break; case aSignKey: if( argc != 1 ) wrong_args("--sign-key user-id"); /* fall through */ case aLSignKey: if( argc != 1 ) wrong_args("--lsign-key user-id"); /* fall through */ sl=NULL; if(cmd==aSignKey) append_to_strlist(&sl,"sign"); else if(cmd==aLSignKey) append_to_strlist(&sl,"lsign"); else BUG(); append_to_strlist( &sl, "save" ); username = make_username( fname ); keyedit_menu (ctrl, username, locusr, sl, 0, 0 ); xfree(username); free_strlist(sl); break; case aEditKey: /* Edit a key signature */ if( !argc ) wrong_args("--edit-key user-id [commands]"); username = make_username( fname ); if( argc > 1 ) { sl = NULL; for( argc--, argv++ ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) append_to_strlist( &sl, *argv ); keyedit_menu (ctrl, username, locusr, sl, 0, 1 ); free_strlist(sl); } else keyedit_menu (ctrl, username, locusr, NULL, 0, 1 ); xfree(username); break; case aPasswd: if (argc != 1) wrong_args("--change-passphrase "); else { username = make_username (fname); keyedit_passwd (ctrl, username); xfree (username); } break; case aDeleteKeys: case aDeleteSecretKeys: case aDeleteSecretAndPublicKeys: sl = NULL; /* Print a note if the user did not specify any key. */ if (!argc && !opt.quiet) log_info (_("Note: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (GPG_ERR_NO_KEY)); /* I'm adding these in reverse order as add_to_strlist2 reverses them again, and it's easier to understand in the proper order :) */ for( ; argc; argc-- ) add_to_strlist2( &sl, argv[argc-1], utf8_strings ); delete_keys (ctrl, sl, cmd==aDeleteSecretKeys, cmd==aDeleteSecretAndPublicKeys); free_strlist(sl); break; case aCheckKeys: opt.check_sigs = 1; /* fall through */ case aListSigs: opt.list_sigs = 1; /* fall through */ case aListKeys: sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) add_to_strlist2( &sl, *argv, utf8_strings ); public_key_list (ctrl, sl, 0, 0); free_strlist(sl); break; case aListSecretKeys: sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) add_to_strlist2( &sl, *argv, utf8_strings ); secret_key_list (ctrl, sl); free_strlist(sl); break; case aLocateKeys: case aLocateExtKeys: sl = NULL; for (; argc; argc--, argv++) add_to_strlist2( &sl, *argv, utf8_strings ); if (cmd == aLocateExtKeys && akl_empty_or_only_local ()) { /* This is a kludge to let --locate-external-keys even * work if the config file has --no-auto-key-locate. This * better matches the expectations of the user. */ release_akl (); parse_auto_key_locate (DEFAULT_AKL_LIST); } public_key_list (ctrl, sl, 1, cmd == aLocateExtKeys); free_strlist (sl); break; case aQuickKeygen: { const char *x_algo, *x_usage, *x_expire; if (argc < 1 || argc > 4) wrong_args("--quick-generate-key USER-ID [ALGO [USAGE [EXPIRE]]]"); username = make_username (fname); argv++, argc--; x_algo = ""; x_usage = ""; x_expire = ""; if (argc) { x_algo = *argv++; argc--; if (argc) { x_usage = *argv++; argc--; if (argc) { x_expire = *argv++; argc--; } } } if (mopt.forbid_gen_key) gen_key_forbidden (); else quick_generate_keypair (ctrl, username, x_algo, x_usage, x_expire); xfree (username); } break; case aKeygen: /* generate a key */ if (mopt.forbid_gen_key) gen_key_forbidden (); else if( opt.batch ) { if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--generate-key [parameterfile]"); generate_keypair (ctrl, 0, argc? *argv : NULL, NULL, 0); } else { if (opt.command_fd != -1 && argc) { if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--generate-key [parameterfile]"); opt.batch = 1; generate_keypair (ctrl, 0, argc? *argv : NULL, NULL, 0); } else if (argc) wrong_args ("--generate-key"); else generate_keypair (ctrl, 0, NULL, NULL, 0); } break; case aFullKeygen: /* Generate a key with all options. */ if (mopt.forbid_gen_key) gen_key_forbidden (); else if (opt.batch) { if (argc > 1) wrong_args ("--full-generate-key [parameterfile]"); generate_keypair (ctrl, 1, argc? *argv : NULL, NULL, 0); } else { if (argc) wrong_args("--full-generate-key"); generate_keypair (ctrl, 1, NULL, NULL, 0); } break; case aQuickAddUid: { const char *uid, *newuid; if (argc != 2) wrong_args ("--quick-add-uid USER-ID NEW-USER-ID"); uid = *argv++; argc--; newuid = *argv++; argc--; keyedit_quick_adduid (ctrl, uid, newuid); } break; case aQuickAddKey: { const char *x_fpr, *x_algo, *x_usage, *x_expire; if (argc < 1 || argc > 4) wrong_args ("--quick-add-key FINGERPRINT [ALGO [USAGE [EXPIRE]]]"); x_fpr = *argv++; argc--; x_algo = ""; x_usage = ""; x_expire = ""; if (argc) { x_algo = *argv++; argc--; if (argc) { x_usage = *argv++; argc--; if (argc) { x_expire = *argv++; argc--; } } } if (mopt.forbid_gen_key) gen_key_forbidden (); else keyedit_quick_addkey (ctrl, x_fpr, x_algo, x_usage, x_expire); } break; case aQuickAddADSK: { if (argc != 2) wrong_args ("--quick-add-adsk FINGERPRINT ADSK-FINGERPRINT"); if (mopt.forbid_gen_key) gen_key_forbidden (); else keyedit_quick_addadsk (ctrl, argv[0], argv[1]); } break; case aQuickRevUid: { const char *uid, *uidtorev; if (argc != 2) wrong_args ("--quick-revoke-uid USER-ID USER-ID-TO-REVOKE"); uid = *argv++; argc--; uidtorev = *argv++; argc--; keyedit_quick_revuid (ctrl, uid, uidtorev); } break; case aQuickSetExpire: { const char *x_fpr, *x_expire; if (argc < 2) wrong_args ("--quick-set-exipre FINGERPRINT EXPIRE [SUBKEY-FPRS]"); x_fpr = *argv++; argc--; x_expire = *argv++; argc--; keyedit_quick_set_expire (ctrl, x_fpr, x_expire, argv); } break; case aQuickSetPrimaryUid: { const char *uid, *primaryuid; if (argc != 2) wrong_args ("--quick-set-primary-uid USER-ID PRIMARY-USER-ID"); uid = *argv++; argc--; primaryuid = *argv++; argc--; keyedit_quick_set_primary (ctrl, uid, primaryuid); } break; case aQuickUpdatePref: { if (argc != 1) wrong_args ("--quick-update-pref USER-ID"); keyedit_quick_update_pref (ctrl, *argv); } break; case aFastImport: opt.import_options |= IMPORT_FAST; /* fall through */ case aImport: case aShowKeys: import_keys (ctrl, argc? argv:NULL, argc, NULL, opt.import_options, opt.key_origin, opt.key_origin_url); break; /* TODO: There are a number of command that use this same "make strlist, call function, report error, free strlist" pattern. Join them together here and avoid all that duplicated code. */ case aExport: case aSendKeys: case aRecvKeys: sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) append_to_strlist2( &sl, *argv, utf8_strings ); if( cmd == aSendKeys ) rc = keyserver_export (ctrl, sl ); else if( cmd == aRecvKeys ) rc = keyserver_import (ctrl, sl ); else { export_stats_t stats = export_new_stats (); rc = export_pubkeys (ctrl, sl, opt.export_options, stats); export_print_stats (stats); export_release_stats (stats); } if(rc) { if(cmd==aSendKeys) { write_status_failure ("send-keys", rc); log_error(_("keyserver send failed: %s\n"),gpg_strerror (rc)); } else if(cmd==aRecvKeys) { write_status_failure ("recv-keys", rc); log_error (_("keyserver receive failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); } else { write_status_failure ("export", rc); log_error (_("key export failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); } } free_strlist(sl); break; case aExportSshKey: if (argc != 1) wrong_args ("--export-ssh-key "); rc = export_ssh_key (ctrl, argv[0]); if (rc) { write_status_failure ("export-ssh-key", rc); log_error (_("export as ssh key failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); } break; case aExportSecretSshKey: if (argc != 1) wrong_args ("--export-secret-ssh-key "); rc = export_secret_ssh_key (ctrl, argv[0]); if (rc) { write_status_failure ("export-ssh-key", rc); log_error (_("export as ssh key failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); } break; case aSearchKeys: sl = NULL; for (; argc; argc--, argv++) append_to_strlist2 (&sl, *argv, utf8_strings); rc = keyserver_search (ctrl, sl); if (rc) { write_status_failure ("search-keys", rc); log_error (_("keyserver search failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); } free_strlist (sl); break; case aRefreshKeys: sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) append_to_strlist2( &sl, *argv, utf8_strings ); rc = keyserver_refresh (ctrl, sl); if(rc) { write_status_failure ("refresh-keys", rc); log_error (_("keyserver refresh failed: %s\n"),gpg_strerror (rc)); } free_strlist(sl); break; case aFetchKeys: sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) append_to_strlist2( &sl, *argv, utf8_strings ); rc = keyserver_fetch (ctrl, sl, opt.key_origin); free_strlist (sl); if(rc) { write_status_failure ("fetch-keys", rc); log_error ("key fetch failed: %s\n",gpg_strerror (rc)); if (gpg_err_code (rc) == GPG_ERR_NO_DATA) g10_exit (1); /* In this case return 1 and not 2. */ } break; case aExportSecret: sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) add_to_strlist2( &sl, *argv, utf8_strings ); { export_stats_t stats = export_new_stats (); export_seckeys (ctrl, sl, opt.export_options, stats); export_print_stats (stats); export_release_stats (stats); } free_strlist(sl); break; case aExportSecretSub: sl = NULL; for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) add_to_strlist2( &sl, *argv, utf8_strings ); { export_stats_t stats = export_new_stats (); export_secsubkeys (ctrl, sl, opt.export_options, stats); export_print_stats (stats); export_release_stats (stats); } free_strlist(sl); break; case aGenRevoke: if( argc != 1 ) wrong_args("--generate-revocation user-id"); username = make_username(*argv); gen_revoke (ctrl, username ); xfree( username ); break; case aDesigRevoke: if (argc != 1) wrong_args ("--generate-designated-revocation user-id"); username = make_username (*argv); gen_desig_revoke (ctrl, username, locusr); xfree (username); break; case aDeArmor: if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--dearmor [file]"); rc = dearmor_file( argc? *argv: NULL ); if( rc ) { write_status_failure ("dearmor", rc); log_error (_("dearmoring failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); } break; case aEnArmor: if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--enarmor [file]"); rc = enarmor_file( argc? *argv: NULL ); if( rc ) { write_status_failure ("enarmor", rc); log_error (_("enarmoring failed: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); } break; case aPrimegen: #if 0 /*FIXME*/ { int mode = argc < 2 ? 0 : atoi(*argv); if( mode == 1 && argc == 2 ) { mpi_print (es_stdout, generate_public_prime( atoi(argv[1]) ), 1); } else if( mode == 2 && argc == 3 ) { mpi_print (es_stdout, generate_elg_prime( 0, atoi(argv[1]), atoi(argv[2]), NULL,NULL ), 1); } else if( mode == 3 && argc == 3 ) { MPI *factors; mpi_print (es_stdout, generate_elg_prime( 1, atoi(argv[1]), atoi(argv[2]), NULL,&factors ), 1); es_putc ('\n', es_stdout); mpi_print (es_stdout, factors[0], 1 ); /* print q */ } else if( mode == 4 && argc == 3 ) { MPI g = mpi_alloc(1); mpi_print (es_stdout, generate_elg_prime( 0, atoi(argv[1]), atoi(argv[2]), g, NULL ), 1); es_putc ('\n', es_stdout); mpi_print (es_stdout, g, 1 ); mpi_free (g); } else wrong_args("--gen-prime mode bits [qbits] "); es_putc ('\n', es_stdout); } #endif wrong_args("--gen-prime not yet supported "); break; case aGenRandom: { int level = argc ? atoi(*argv):0; int count = argc > 1 ? atoi(argv[1]): 0; int endless = !count; int hexhack = (level == 16); if (hexhack) level = 1; /* Level 30 uses the same algorithm as our magic wand in * pinentry/gpg-agent. */ if (level == 30) { unsigned int nbits = 150; size_t nbytes = (nbits + 7) / 8; void *rand; char *generated; rand = gcry_random_bytes_secure (nbytes, GCRY_STRONG_RANDOM); if (!rand) log_fatal ("failed to generate random password\n"); generated = zb32_encode (rand, nbits); gcry_free (rand); es_fputs (generated, es_stdout); es_putc ('\n', es_stdout); xfree (generated); break; } if (argc < 1 || argc > 2 || level < 0 || level > 2 || count < 0) wrong_args ("--gen-random 0|1|2|16|30 [count]"); while (endless || count) { byte *p; /* We need a multiple of 3, so that in case of armored * output we get a correct string. No linefolding is * done, as it is best to leave this to other tools */ size_t n = !endless && count < 99? count : 99; size_t nn; p = gcry_random_bytes (n, level); if (hexhack) { for (nn = 0; nn < n; nn++) es_fprintf (es_stdout, "%02x", p[nn]); } else if (opt.armor) { char *tmp = make_radix64_string (p, n); es_fputs (tmp, es_stdout); xfree (tmp); if (n%3 == 1) es_putc ('=', es_stdout); if (n%3) es_putc ('=', es_stdout); } else { es_set_binary (es_stdout); es_fwrite( p, n, 1, es_stdout ); } xfree(p); if (!endless) count -= n; } if (opt.armor || hexhack) es_putc ('\n', es_stdout); } break; case aPrintMD: if( argc < 1) wrong_args("--print-md algo [files]"); { int all_algos = (**argv=='*' && !(*argv)[1]); int algo = all_algos? 0 : gcry_md_map_name (*argv); if( !algo && !all_algos ) log_error(_("invalid hash algorithm '%s'\n"), *argv ); else { argc--; argv++; if( !argc ) print_mds(NULL, algo); else { for(; argc; argc--, argv++ ) print_mds(*argv, algo); } } } break; case aPrintMDs: /* old option */ if( !argc ) print_mds(NULL,0); else { for(; argc; argc--, argv++ ) print_mds(*argv,0); } break; #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS case aListTrustDB: if( !argc ) list_trustdb (ctrl, es_stdout, NULL); else { for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) list_trustdb (ctrl, es_stdout, *argv ); } break; case aUpdateTrustDB: if( argc ) wrong_args("--update-trustdb"); update_trustdb (ctrl); break; case aCheckTrustDB: /* Old versions allowed for arguments - ignore them */ check_trustdb (ctrl); break; case aFixTrustDB: how_to_fix_the_trustdb (); break; case aListTrustPath: if( !argc ) wrong_args("--list-trust-path "); for( ; argc; argc--, argv++ ) { username = make_username( *argv ); list_trust_path( username ); xfree(username); } break; case aExportOwnerTrust: if( argc ) wrong_args("--export-ownertrust"); export_ownertrust (ctrl); break; case aImportOwnerTrust: if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("--import-ownertrust [file]"); import_ownertrust (ctrl, argc? *argv:NULL ); break; #endif /*!NO_TRUST_MODELS*/ case aRebuildKeydbCaches: if (argc) wrong_args ("--rebuild-keydb-caches"); keydb_rebuild_caches (ctrl, 1); break; #ifdef ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT case aCardStatus: if (argc == 0) card_status (ctrl, es_stdout, NULL); else if (argc == 1) card_status (ctrl, es_stdout, *argv); else wrong_args ("--card-status [serialno]"); break; case aCardEdit: if (argc) { sl = NULL; for (argc--, argv++ ; argc; argc--, argv++) append_to_strlist (&sl, *argv); card_edit (ctrl, sl); free_strlist (sl); } else card_edit (ctrl, NULL); break; case aChangePIN: if (!argc) change_pin (0,1); else if (argc == 1) change_pin (atoi (*argv),1); else wrong_args ("--change-pin [no]"); break; #endif /* ENABLE_CARD_SUPPORT*/ case aListConfig: { char *str=collapse_args(argc,argv); list_config(str); xfree(str); } break; case aListGcryptConfig: /* Fixme: It would be nice to integrate that with --list-config but unfortunately there is no way yet to have libgcrypt print it to an estream for further parsing. */ gcry_control (GCRYCTL_PRINT_CONFIG, stdout); break; case aTOFUPolicy: #ifdef USE_TOFU { int policy; int i; KEYDB_HANDLE hd; if (argc < 2) wrong_args ("--tofu-policy POLICY KEYID [KEYID...]"); policy = parse_tofu_policy (argv[0]); hd = keydb_new (ctrl); if (! hd) { write_status_failure ("tofu-driver", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); g10_exit (1); } tofu_begin_batch_update (ctrl); for (i = 1; i < argc; i ++) { KEYDB_SEARCH_DESC desc; kbnode_t kb; rc = classify_user_id (argv[i], &desc, 0); if (rc) { log_error (_("error parsing key specification '%s': %s\n"), argv[i], gpg_strerror (rc)); write_status_failure ("tofu-driver", rc); g10_exit (1); } if (! (desc.mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_SHORT_KID || desc.mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_LONG_KID || desc.mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_FPR || desc.mode == KEYDB_SEARCH_MODE_KEYGRIP)) { log_error (_("'%s' does not appear to be a valid" " key ID, fingerprint or keygrip\n"), argv[i]); write_status_failure ("tofu-driver", gpg_error(GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); g10_exit (1); } rc = keydb_search_reset (hd); if (rc) { /* This should not happen, thus no need to tranalate the string. */ log_error ("keydb_search_reset failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc)); write_status_failure ("tofu-driver", rc); g10_exit (1); } rc = keydb_search (hd, &desc, 1, NULL); if (rc) { log_error (_("key \"%s\" not found: %s\n"), argv[i], gpg_strerror (rc)); write_status_failure ("tofu-driver", rc); g10_exit (1); } rc = keydb_get_keyblock (hd, &kb); if (rc) { log_error (_("error reading keyblock: %s\n"), gpg_strerror (rc)); write_status_failure ("tofu-driver", rc); g10_exit (1); } merge_keys_and_selfsig (ctrl, kb); if (tofu_set_policy (ctrl, kb, policy)) { write_status_failure ("tofu-driver", rc); g10_exit (1); } release_kbnode (kb); } tofu_end_batch_update (ctrl); keydb_release (hd); } #endif /*USE_TOFU*/ break; default: if (!opt.quiet) log_info (_("WARNING: no command supplied." " Trying to guess what you mean ...\n")); /*FALLTHRU*/ case aListPackets: if( argc > 1 ) wrong_args("[filename]"); /* Issue some output for the unix newbie */ if (!fname && !opt.outfile && gnupg_isatty (fileno (stdin)) && gnupg_isatty (fileno (stdout)) && gnupg_isatty (fileno (stderr))) log_info(_("Go ahead and type your message ...\n")); a = iobuf_open(fname); if (a && is_secured_file (iobuf_get_fd (a))) { iobuf_close (a); a = NULL; gpg_err_set_errno (EPERM); } if( !a ) log_error(_("can't open '%s'\n"), print_fname_stdin(fname)); else { if( !opt.no_armor ) { if( use_armor_filter( a ) ) { afx = new_armor_context (); push_armor_filter (afx, a); } } if( cmd == aListPackets ) { opt.list_packets=1; set_packet_list_mode(1); } rc = proc_packets (ctrl, NULL, a ); if( rc ) { write_status_failure ("-", rc); log_error ("processing message failed: %s\n", gpg_strerror (rc)); } iobuf_close(a); } break; } /* cleanup */ gpg_deinit_default_ctrl (ctrl); xfree (ctrl); release_armor_context (afx); FREE_STRLIST(remusr); FREE_STRLIST(locusr); g10_exit(0); return 8; /*NEVER REACHED*/ } /* Note: This function is used by signal handlers!. */ static void emergency_cleanup (void) { gcry_control (GCRYCTL_TERM_SECMEM ); } void g10_exit( int rc ) { /* If we had an error but not printed an error message, do it now. * Note that write_status_failure will never print a second failure * status line. */ if (rc) write_status_failure ("gpg-exit", gpg_error (GPG_ERR_GENERAL)); gcry_control (GCRYCTL_UPDATE_RANDOM_SEED_FILE); if (DBG_CLOCK) log_clock ("stop"); if ( (opt.debug & DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE) ) { keydb_dump_stats (); sig_check_dump_stats (); objcache_dump_stats (); gcry_control (GCRYCTL_DUMP_MEMORY_STATS); gcry_control (GCRYCTL_DUMP_RANDOM_STATS); } if (opt.debug) gcry_control (GCRYCTL_DUMP_SECMEM_STATS ); gnupg_block_all_signals (); emergency_cleanup (); if (rc) ; else if (log_get_errorcount(0)) rc = 2; else if (g10_errors_seen) rc = 1; else if (opt.assert_signer_list && !assert_signer_true) rc = 1; exit (rc); } /* Pretty-print hex hashes. This assumes at least an 80-character display, but there are a few other similar assumptions in the display code. */ static void print_hex (gcry_md_hd_t md, int algo, const char *fname) { int i,n,count,indent=0; const byte *p; if (fname) indent = es_printf("%s: ",fname); if (indent>40) { es_printf ("\n"); indent=0; } if (algo==DIGEST_ALGO_RMD160) indent += es_printf("RMD160 = "); else if (algo>0) indent += es_printf("%6s = ", gcry_md_algo_name (algo)); else algo = abs(algo); count = indent; p = gcry_md_read (md, algo); n = gcry_md_get_algo_dlen (algo); count += es_printf ("%02X",*p++); for(i=1;i79) { es_printf ("\n%*s",indent,indent?" ":""); count = indent; } else count += es_printf(" "); if (!(i%8)) count += es_printf(" "); } else if (n==20) { if(!(i%2)) { if(count+4>79) { es_printf ("\n%*s",indent,indent?" ":""); count=indent; } else count += es_printf(" "); } if (!(i%10)) count += es_printf(" "); } else { if(!(i%4)) { if (count+8>=79) { es_printf ("\n%*s",indent, indent?" ":""); count=indent; } else count += es_printf(" "); } } count += es_printf("%02X",*p); } es_printf ("\n"); } static void print_hashline( gcry_md_hd_t md, int algo, const char *fname ) { int i, n; const byte *p; if ( fname ) { for (p = fname; *p; p++ ) { if ( *p <= 32 || *p > 127 || *p == ':' || *p == '%' ) es_printf ("%%%02X", *p ); else es_putc (*p, es_stdout); } } es_putc (':', es_stdout); es_printf ("%d:", algo); p = gcry_md_read (md, algo); n = gcry_md_get_algo_dlen (algo); for(i=0; i < n ; i++, p++ ) es_printf ("%02X", *p); es_fputs (":\n", es_stdout); } static void print_mds( const char *fname, int algo ) { estream_t fp; char buf[1024]; size_t n; gcry_md_hd_t md; if (!fname) { fp = es_stdin; es_set_binary (fp); } else { fp = es_fopen (fname, "rb" ); if (fp && is_secured_file (es_fileno (fp))) { es_fclose (fp); fp = NULL; gpg_err_set_errno (EPERM); } } if (!fp) { log_error("%s: %s\n", fname?fname:"[stdin]", strerror(errno) ); return; } gcry_md_open (&md, 0, 0); if (algo) gcry_md_enable (md, algo); else { if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_MD5)) gcry_md_enable (md, GCRY_MD_MD5); gcry_md_enable (md, GCRY_MD_SHA1); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_RMD160)) gcry_md_enable (md, GCRY_MD_RMD160); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA224)) gcry_md_enable (md, GCRY_MD_SHA224); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA256)) gcry_md_enable (md, GCRY_MD_SHA256); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA384)) gcry_md_enable (md, GCRY_MD_SHA384); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA512)) gcry_md_enable (md, GCRY_MD_SHA512); } while ((n=es_fread (buf, 1, DIM(buf), fp))) gcry_md_write (md, buf, n); if (es_ferror(fp)) log_error ("%s: %s\n", fname?fname:"[stdin]", strerror(errno)); else { gcry_md_final (md); if (opt.with_colons) { if ( algo ) print_hashline (md, algo, fname); else { if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_MD5)) print_hashline( md, GCRY_MD_MD5, fname ); print_hashline( md, GCRY_MD_SHA1, fname ); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_RMD160)) print_hashline( md, GCRY_MD_RMD160, fname ); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA224)) print_hashline (md, GCRY_MD_SHA224, fname); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA256)) print_hashline( md, GCRY_MD_SHA256, fname ); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA384)) print_hashline ( md, GCRY_MD_SHA384, fname ); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA512)) print_hashline ( md, GCRY_MD_SHA512, fname ); } } else { if (algo) print_hex (md, -algo, fname); else { if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_MD5)) print_hex (md, GCRY_MD_MD5, fname); print_hex (md, GCRY_MD_SHA1, fname ); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_RMD160)) print_hex (md, GCRY_MD_RMD160, fname ); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA224)) print_hex (md, GCRY_MD_SHA224, fname); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA256)) print_hex (md, GCRY_MD_SHA256, fname ); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA384)) print_hex (md, GCRY_MD_SHA384, fname ); if (!gcry_md_test_algo (GCRY_MD_SHA512)) print_hex (md, GCRY_MD_SHA512, fname ); } } } gcry_md_close (md); if (fp != es_stdin) es_fclose (fp); } /**************** * Check the supplied name,value string and add it to the notation * data to be used for signatures. which==0 for sig notations, and 1 * for cert notations. */ static void add_notation_data( const char *string, int which ) { struct notation *notation; notation=string_to_notation(string,utf8_strings); if(notation) { if(which) { notation->next=opt.cert_notations; opt.cert_notations=notation; } else { notation->next=opt.sig_notations; opt.sig_notations=notation; } } } static void add_policy_url( const char *string, int which ) { unsigned int i,critical=0; strlist_t sl; if(*string=='!') { string++; critical=1; } for(i=0;iflags |= 1; } static void add_keyserver_url( const char *string, int which ) { unsigned int i,critical=0; strlist_t sl; if(*string=='!') { string++; critical=1; } for(i=0;iflags |= 1; } static void read_sessionkey_from_fd (int fd) { int i, len; char *line; if (! gnupg_fd_valid (fd)) log_fatal ("override-session-key-fd is invalid: %s\n", strerror (errno)); for (line = NULL, i = len = 100; ; i++ ) { if (i >= len-1 ) { char *tmp = line; len += 100; line = xmalloc_secure (len); if (tmp) { memcpy (line, tmp, i); xfree (tmp); } else i=0; } if (read (fd, line + i, 1) != 1 || line[i] == '\n') break; } line[i] = 0; log_debug ("seskey: %s\n", line); gpgrt_annotate_leaked_object (line); opt.override_session_key = line; } diff --git a/g10/options.h b/g10/options.h index 9015e321f..914c24849 100644 --- a/g10/options.h +++ b/g10/options.h @@ -1,455 +1,456 @@ /* options.h * Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, * 2007, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * Copyright (C) 2015 g10 Code GmbH * * This file is part of GnuPG. * * GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, see . */ #ifndef G10_OPTIONS_H #define G10_OPTIONS_H #include #include "../common/types.h" #include #include "main.h" #include "packet.h" #include "tofu.h" #include "../common/session-env.h" #include "../common/compliance.h" /* Object to hold information pertaining to a keyserver; it also allows building a list of keyservers. For historic reasons this is not a strlist_t. */ struct keyserver_spec { struct keyserver_spec *next; char *uri; }; typedef struct keyserver_spec *keyserver_spec_t; /* Global options for GPG. */ EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE struct { int verbose; int quiet; unsigned debug; int armor; char *outfile; estream_t outfp; /* Hack, sometimes used in place of outfile. */ off_t max_output; /* If > 0 a hint with the expected number of input data bytes. This * is not necessary an exact number but intended to be used for * progress info and to decide on how to allocate buffers. */ uint64_t input_size_hint; /* The AEAD chunk size expressed as a power of 2. */ int chunk_size; int dry_run; int autostart; int list_only; int mimemode; int textmode; int expert; const char *def_sig_expire; int ask_sig_expire; const char *def_cert_expire; int ask_cert_expire; int batch; /* run in batch mode */ int answer_yes; /* answer yes on most questions */ int answer_no; /* answer no on most questions */ int check_sigs; /* check key signatures */ int with_colons; int with_key_data; int with_icao_spelling; /* Print ICAO spelling with fingerprints. */ int with_fingerprint; /* Option --with-fingerprint active. */ int with_subkey_fingerprint; /* Option --with-subkey-fingerprint active. */ int with_keygrip; /* Option --with-keygrip active. */ int with_key_screening;/* Option --with-key-screening active. */ int with_tofu_info; /* Option --with-tofu_info active. */ int with_secret; /* Option --with-secret active. */ int with_wkd_hash; /* Option --with-wkd-hash. */ int with_key_origin; /* Option --with-key-origin. */ int fingerprint; /* list fingerprints */ int list_sigs; /* list signatures */ int no_armor; int list_packets; /* Option --list-packets active. */ int def_cipher_algo; int force_mdc; int disable_mdc; int force_aead; int def_digest_algo; int cert_digest_algo; int compress_algo; int explicit_compress_option; /* A compress option was explicitly given. */ int compress_level; int bz2_compress_level; int bz2_decompress_lowmem; strlist_t def_secret_key; char *def_recipient; int def_recipient_self; strlist_t secret_keys_to_try; /* A list of mail addresses (addr-spec) provided by the user with * the option --sender. */ strlist_t sender_list; /* A list of fingerprints added as designated revokers to new keys. */ strlist_t desig_revokers; int def_cert_level; int min_cert_level; int ask_cert_level; int emit_version; /* 0 = none, 1 = major only, 2 = major and minor, 3 = full version, 4 = full version plus OS string. */ int marginals_needed; int completes_needed; int max_cert_depth; const char *agent_program; const char *keyboxd_program; const char *dirmngr_program; int disable_dirmngr; const char *def_new_key_algo; /* Options to be passed to the gpg-agent */ session_env_t session_env; char *lc_ctype; char *lc_messages; int skip_verify; int skip_hidden_recipients; /* TM_CLASSIC must be zero to accommodate trustdbsg generated before we started storing the trust model inside the trustdb. */ enum { TM_CLASSIC=0, TM_PGP=1, TM_EXTERNAL=2, TM_ALWAYS, TM_DIRECT, TM_AUTO, TM_TOFU, TM_TOFU_PGP } trust_model; enum tofu_policy tofu_default_policy; int force_ownertrust; enum gnupg_compliance_mode compliance; enum { KF_DEFAULT, KF_NONE, KF_SHORT, KF_LONG, KF_0xSHORT, KF_0xLONG } keyid_format; const char *set_filename; strlist_t comments; int throw_keyids; const char *photo_viewer; int s2k_mode; int s2k_digest_algo; int s2k_cipher_algo; unsigned char s2k_count; /* This is the encoded form, not the raw count */ int not_dash_escaped; int escape_from; int lock_once; keyserver_spec_t keyserver; /* The list of configured keyservers. */ struct { unsigned int options; unsigned int import_options; unsigned int export_options; char *http_proxy; } keyserver_options; int exec_disable; int exec_path_set; unsigned int import_options; unsigned int export_options; unsigned int list_options; unsigned int verify_options; const char *def_preference_list; const char *def_keyserver_url; prefitem_t *personal_cipher_prefs; prefitem_t *personal_digest_prefs; prefitem_t *personal_compress_prefs; struct weakhash *weak_digests; int no_perm_warn; char *temp_dir; int no_encrypt_to; int encrypt_to_default_key; int interactive; struct notation *sig_notations; struct notation *cert_notations; strlist_t sig_policy_url; strlist_t cert_policy_url; strlist_t sig_keyserver_url; strlist_t cert_subpackets; strlist_t sig_subpackets; int allow_non_selfsigned_uid; int allow_freeform_uid; int no_literal; ulong set_filesize; int fast_list_mode; int legacy_list_mode; int ignore_time_conflict; int ignore_valid_from; int ignore_crc_error; int ignore_mdc_error; + int ignore_expiration; int command_fd; const char *override_session_key; int show_session_key; const char *gpg_agent_info; int try_all_secrets; int no_expensive_trust_checks; int no_sig_cache; int no_auto_check_trustdb; int preserve_permissions; int no_homedir_creation; struct groupitem *grouplist; int mangle_dos_filenames; int enable_progress_filter; unsigned int screen_columns; unsigned int screen_lines; byte *show_subpackets; int rfc2440_text; unsigned int min_rsa_length; /* Used for compliance checks. */ /* If true, let write failures on the status-fd exit the process. */ int exit_on_status_write_error; /* If > 0, limit the number of card insertion prompts to this value. */ int limit_card_insert_tries; /* The list of --assert-signer option values. Note: The values are * modify to be uppercase if they represent a fingerrint */ strlist_t assert_signer_list; struct { /* If set, require an 0x19 backsig to be present on signatures made by signing subkeys. If not set, a missing backsig is not an error (but an invalid backsig still is). */ unsigned int require_cross_cert:1; unsigned int use_embedded_filename:1; unsigned int utf8_filename:1; unsigned int dsa2:1; unsigned int allow_old_cipher_algos:1; unsigned int allow_weak_digest_algos:1; unsigned int allow_weak_key_signatures:1; unsigned int large_rsa:1; unsigned int disable_signer_uid:1; unsigned int include_key_block:1; unsigned int auto_key_import:1; /* Flag to enable experimental features from RFC4880bis. */ unsigned int rfc4880bis:1; /* Hack: --output is not given but OUTFILE was temporary set to "-". */ unsigned int dummy_outfile:1; /* Force the use of the OpenPGP card and do not allow the use of * another card. */ unsigned int use_only_openpgp_card:1; unsigned int full_timestrings:1; /* Force signing keys even if a key signature already exists. */ unsigned int force_sign_key:1; /* On key generation do not set the ownertrust. */ unsigned int no_auto_trust_new_key:1; /* The next flag is set internally iff IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY has * been set by the user and is not the default value. */ unsigned int expl_import_self_sigs_only:1; /* The next flag is set internally iff IMPORT_CLEAN has * been set by the user and is not the default value. */ unsigned int expl_import_clean:1; /* Fail if an operation can't be done in the requested compliance * mode. */ unsigned int require_compliance:1; } flags; /* Linked list of ways to find a key if the key isn't on the local keyring. */ struct akl { enum { AKL_NODEFAULT, AKL_LOCAL, AKL_CERT, AKL_PKA, AKL_DANE, AKL_WKD, AKL_LDAP, AKL_NTDS, AKL_KEYSERVER, AKL_SPEC } type; keyserver_spec_t spec; struct akl *next; } *auto_key_locate; /* The value of --key-origin. See parse_key_origin(). */ int key_origin; char *key_origin_url; int passphrase_repeat; int pinentry_mode; int request_origin; int unwrap_encryption; int only_sign_text_ids; int no_symkey_cache; /* Disable the cache used for --symmetric. */ int use_keyboxd; /* Use the external keyboxd as storage backend. */ /* Compatibility flags (COMPAT_FLAG_xxxx). */ unsigned int compat_flags; } opt; /* CTRL is used to keep some global variables we currently can't avoid. Future concurrent versions of gpg will put it into a per request structure CTRL. */ EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE struct { int in_auto_key_retrieve; /* True if we are doing an auto_key_retrieve. */ /* Hack to store the last error. We currently need it because the proc_packet machinery is not able to reliabale return error codes. Thus for the --server purposes we store some of the error codes here. FIXME! */ gpg_error_t lasterr; /* Kludge to silence some warnings using --secret-key-list. */ int silence_parse_warnings; } glo_ctrl; #define DBG_PACKET_VALUE 1 /* debug packet reading/writing */ #define DBG_MPI_VALUE 2 /* debug mpi details */ #define DBG_CRYPTO_VALUE 4 /* debug crypto handling */ /* (may reveal sensitive data) */ #define DBG_FILTER_VALUE 8 /* debug internal filter handling */ #define DBG_IOBUF_VALUE 16 /* debug iobuf stuff */ #define DBG_MEMORY_VALUE 32 /* debug memory allocation stuff */ #define DBG_CACHE_VALUE 64 /* debug the caching */ #define DBG_MEMSTAT_VALUE 128 /* show memory statistics */ #define DBG_TRUST_VALUE 256 /* debug the trustdb */ #define DBG_HASHING_VALUE 512 /* debug hashing operations */ #define DBG_IPC_VALUE 1024 /* debug assuan communication */ #define DBG_CLOCK_VALUE 4096 #define DBG_LOOKUP_VALUE 8192 /* debug the key lookup */ #define DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE 16384 /* debug external program calls */ /* Tests for the debugging flags. */ #define DBG_PACKET (opt.debug & DBG_PACKET_VALUE) #define DBG_MPI (opt.debug & DBG_MPI_VALUE) #define DBG_CRYPTO (opt.debug & DBG_CRYPTO_VALUE) #define DBG_FILTER (opt.debug & DBG_FILTER_VALUE) #define DBG_CACHE (opt.debug & DBG_CACHE_VALUE) #define DBG_TRUST (opt.debug & DBG_TRUST_VALUE) #define DBG_HASHING (opt.debug & DBG_HASHING_VALUE) #define DBG_IPC (opt.debug & DBG_IPC_VALUE) #define DBG_CLOCK (opt.debug & DBG_CLOCK_VALUE) #define DBG_LOOKUP (opt.debug & DBG_LOOKUP_VALUE) #define DBG_EXTPROG (opt.debug & DBG_EXTPROG_VALUE) /* FIXME: We need to check why we did not put this into opt. */ #define DBG_MEMORY memory_debug_mode #define DBG_MEMSTAT memory_stat_debug_mode EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE int memory_debug_mode; EXTERN_UNLESS_MAIN_MODULE int memory_stat_debug_mode; /* Compatibility flags */ /* #define COMPAT_FOO 1 */ /* Compliance test macors. */ #define GNUPG (opt.compliance==CO_GNUPG || opt.compliance==CO_DE_VS) #define RFC2440 (opt.compliance==CO_RFC2440) #define RFC4880 (opt.compliance==CO_RFC4880) #define PGP7 (opt.compliance==CO_PGP7) #define PGP8 (opt.compliance==CO_PGP8) #define PGPX (PGP7 || PGP8) /* Various option flags. Note that there should be no common string names between the IMPORT_ and EXPORT_ flags as they can be mixed in the keyserver-options option. */ #define IMPORT_LOCAL_SIGS (1<<0) #define IMPORT_REPAIR_PKS_SUBKEY_BUG (1<<1) #define IMPORT_FAST (1<<2) #define IMPORT_SHOW (1<<3) #define IMPORT_MERGE_ONLY (1<<4) #define IMPORT_MINIMAL (1<<5) #define IMPORT_CLEAN (1<<6) #define IMPORT_NO_SECKEY (1<<7) #define IMPORT_KEEP_OWNERTTRUST (1<<8) #define IMPORT_EXPORT (1<<9) #define IMPORT_RESTORE (1<<10) #define IMPORT_REPAIR_KEYS (1<<11) #define IMPORT_DRY_RUN (1<<12) #define IMPORT_SELF_SIGS_ONLY (1<<14) #define IMPORT_COLLAPSE_UIDS (1<<15) #define IMPORT_COLLAPSE_SUBKEYS (1<<16) #define IMPORT_BULK (1<<17) #define EXPORT_LOCAL_SIGS (1<<0) #define EXPORT_ATTRIBUTES (1<<1) #define EXPORT_SENSITIVE_REVKEYS (1<<2) #define EXPORT_RESET_SUBKEY_PASSWD (1<<3) #define EXPORT_MINIMAL (1<<4) #define EXPORT_CLEAN (1<<5) #define EXPORT_DANE_FORMAT (1<<7) #define EXPORT_BACKUP (1<<10) #define EXPORT_REVOCS (1<<11) #define EXPORT_MODE1003 (1<<12) #define LIST_SHOW_PHOTOS (1<<0) #define LIST_SHOW_POLICY_URLS (1<<1) #define LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS (1<<2) #define LIST_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS (1<<3) #define LIST_SHOW_NOTATIONS (LIST_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS|LIST_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS) #define LIST_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS (1<<4) #define LIST_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY (1<<5) #define LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS (1<<6) #define LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_SUBKEYS (1<<7) #define LIST_SHOW_KEYRING (1<<8) #define LIST_SHOW_SIG_EXPIRE (1<<9) #define LIST_SHOW_SIG_SUBPACKETS (1<<10) #define LIST_SHOW_USAGE (1<<11) #define LIST_SHOW_ONLY_FPR_MBOX (1<<12) #define LIST_SORT_SIGS (1<<13) #define LIST_SHOW_PREF (1<<14) #define LIST_SHOW_PREF_VERBOSE (1<<15) #define LIST_SHOW_UNUSABLE_SIGS (1<<16) #define VERIFY_SHOW_PHOTOS (1<<0) #define VERIFY_SHOW_POLICY_URLS (1<<1) #define VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS (1<<2) #define VERIFY_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS (1<<3) #define VERIFY_SHOW_NOTATIONS (VERIFY_SHOW_STD_NOTATIONS|VERIFY_SHOW_USER_NOTATIONS) #define VERIFY_SHOW_KEYSERVER_URLS (1<<4) #define VERIFY_SHOW_UID_VALIDITY (1<<5) #define VERIFY_SHOW_UNUSABLE_UIDS (1<<6) #define VERIFY_SHOW_PRIMARY_UID_ONLY (1<<9) #define KEYSERVER_HTTP_PROXY (1<<0) #define KEYSERVER_TIMEOUT (1<<1) #define KEYSERVER_ADD_FAKE_V3 (1<<2) #define KEYSERVER_AUTO_KEY_RETRIEVE (1<<3) #define KEYSERVER_HONOR_KEYSERVER_URL (1<<4) #endif /*G10_OPTIONS_H*/ diff --git a/g10/pkclist.c b/g10/pkclist.c index 2e8932b9c..42e124e9e 100644 --- a/g10/pkclist.c +++ b/g10/pkclist.c @@ -1,1785 +1,1789 @@ /* pkclist.c - create a list of public keys * Copyright (C) 1998-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * Copyright (C) 1997-2019 Werner Koch * Copyright (C) 2015-2020 g10 Code GmbH * * This file is part of GnuPG. * * GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, see . * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "gpg.h" #include "options.h" #include "packet.h" #include "../common/status.h" #include "keydb.h" #include "../common/util.h" #include "main.h" #include "trustdb.h" #include "../common/ttyio.h" #include "../common/status.h" #include "photoid.h" #include "../common/i18n.h" #include "../common/mbox-util.h" #include "tofu.h" #define CONTROL_D ('D' - 'A' + 1) static void send_status_inv_recp (int reason, const char *name) { char buf[40]; snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, "%d ", reason); write_status_text_and_buffer (STATUS_INV_RECP, buf, name, strlen (name), -1); } /**************** * Show the revocation reason as it is stored with the given signature */ static void do_show_revocation_reason( PKT_signature *sig ) { size_t n, nn; const byte *p, *pp; int seq = 0; const char *text; while ((p = enum_sig_subpkt (sig, 1, SIGSUBPKT_REVOC_REASON, &n, &seq, NULL)) ) { if( !n ) continue; /* invalid - just skip it */ if( *p == 0 ) text = _("No reason specified"); else if( *p == 0x01 ) text = _("Key is superseded"); else if( *p == 0x02 ) text = _("Key has been compromised"); else if( *p == 0x03 ) text = _("Key is no longer used"); else if( *p == 0x20 ) text = _("User ID is no longer valid"); else text = NULL; log_info ( _("reason for revocation: ")); if (text) log_printf ("%s\n", text); else log_printf ("code=%02x\n", *p ); n--; p++; pp = NULL; do { /* We don't want any empty lines, so skip them */ while( n && *p == '\n' ) { p++; n--; } if( n ) { pp = memchr( p, '\n', n ); nn = pp? pp - p : n; log_info ( _("revocation comment: ") ); es_write_sanitized (log_get_stream(), p, nn, NULL, NULL); log_printf ("\n"); p += nn; n -= nn; } } while( pp ); } } /* Mode 0: try and find the revocation based on the pk (i.e. check subkeys, etc.) Mode 1: use only the revocation on the main pk */ void show_revocation_reason (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, int mode) { /* Hmmm, this is not so easy because we have to duplicate the code * used in the trustdb to calculate the keyflags. We need to find * a clean way to check revocation certificates on keys and * signatures. And there should be no duplicate code. Because we * enter this function only when the trustdb told us that we have * a revoked key, we could simply look for a revocation cert and * display this one, when there is only one. Let's try to do this * until we have a better solution. */ KBNODE node, keyblock = NULL; byte fingerprint[MAX_FINGERPRINT_LEN]; size_t fingerlen; int rc; /* get the keyblock */ fingerprint_from_pk( pk, fingerprint, &fingerlen ); rc = get_pubkey_byfprint (ctrl, NULL, &keyblock, fingerprint, fingerlen); if( rc ) { /* that should never happen */ log_debug( "failed to get the keyblock\n"); return; } for( node=keyblock; node; node = node->next ) { if( (mode && node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY) || ( ( node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY || node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY ) && !cmp_public_keys( node->pkt->pkt.public_key, pk ) ) ) break; } if( !node ) { log_debug("Oops, PK not in keyblock\n"); release_kbnode( keyblock ); return; } /* now find the revocation certificate */ for( node = node->next; node ; node = node->next ) { if( node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY ) break; if( node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_SIGNATURE && (node->pkt->pkt.signature->sig_class == 0x20 || node->pkt->pkt.signature->sig_class == 0x28 ) ) { /* FIXME: we should check the signature here */ do_show_revocation_reason ( node->pkt->pkt.signature ); break; } } /* We didn't find it, so check if the whole key is revoked */ if(!node && !mode) show_revocation_reason (ctrl, pk, 1); release_kbnode( keyblock ); } /**************** * mode: 0 = standard * 1 = Without key info and additional menu option 'm' * this does also add an option to set the key to ultimately trusted. * Returns: * -2 = nothing changed - caller should show some additional info * -1 = quit operation * 0 = nothing changed * 1 = new ownertrust now in new_trust */ #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS static int do_edit_ownertrust (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, int mode, unsigned *new_trust, int defer_help ) { char *p; u32 keyid[2]; int changed=0; int quit=0; int show=0; int min_num; int did_help=defer_help; unsigned int minimum = tdb_get_min_ownertrust (ctrl, pk, 0); switch(minimum) { default: case TRUST_UNDEFINED: min_num=1; break; case TRUST_NEVER: min_num=2; break; case TRUST_MARGINAL: min_num=3; break; case TRUST_FULLY: min_num=4; break; } keyid_from_pk (pk, keyid); for(;;) { /* A string with valid answers. TRANSLATORS: These are the allowed answers in lower and uppercase. Below you will find the matching strings which should be translated accordingly and the letter changed to match the one in the answer string. i = please show me more information m = back to the main menu s = skip this key q = quit */ const char *ans = _("iImMqQsS"); if( !did_help ) { if( !mode ) { KBNODE keyblock, un; tty_printf (_("No trust value assigned to:\n")); print_key_line (ctrl, NULL, pk, 0); p = get_user_id_native (ctrl, keyid); tty_printf (_(" \"%s\"\n"),p); xfree (p); keyblock = get_pubkeyblock (ctrl, keyid); if (!keyblock) BUG (); for (un=keyblock; un; un = un->next) { if (un->pkt->pkttype != PKT_USER_ID ) continue; if (un->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.revoked) continue; if (un->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.expired) continue; /* Only skip textual primaries */ if (un->pkt->pkt.user_id->flags.primary && !un->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data ) continue; if((opt.verify_options&VERIFY_SHOW_PHOTOS) && un->pkt->pkt.user_id->attrib_data) show_photos (ctrl, un->pkt->pkt.user_id->attribs, un->pkt->pkt.user_id->numattribs, pk, un->pkt->pkt.user_id); p=utf8_to_native(un->pkt->pkt.user_id->name, un->pkt->pkt.user_id->len,0); tty_printf(_(" aka \"%s\"\n"),p); } print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 2); tty_printf("\n"); release_kbnode (keyblock); } if(opt.trust_model==TM_DIRECT) { tty_printf(_("How much do you trust that this key actually " "belongs to the named user?\n")); tty_printf("\n"); } else { /* This string also used in keyedit.c:trustsig_prompt */ tty_printf(_("Please decide how far you trust this user to" " correctly verify other users' keys\n" "(by looking at passports, checking fingerprints from" " different sources, etc.)\n")); tty_printf("\n"); } if(min_num<=1) tty_printf (_(" %d = I don't know or won't say\n"), 1); if(min_num<=2) tty_printf (_(" %d = I do NOT trust\n"), 2); if(min_num<=3) tty_printf (_(" %d = I trust marginally\n"), 3); if(min_num<=4) tty_printf (_(" %d = I trust fully\n"), 4); if (mode) tty_printf (_(" %d = I trust ultimately\n"), 5); #if 0 /* not yet implemented */ tty_printf (" i = please show me more information\n"); #endif if( mode ) tty_printf(_(" m = back to the main menu\n")); else { tty_printf(_(" s = skip this key\n")); tty_printf(_(" q = quit\n")); } tty_printf("\n"); if(minimum) tty_printf(_("The minimum trust level for this key is: %s\n\n"), trust_value_to_string(minimum)); did_help = 1; } if( strlen(ans) != 8 ) BUG(); p = cpr_get("edit_ownertrust.value",_("Your decision? ")); trim_spaces(p); cpr_kill_prompt(); if( !*p ) did_help = 0; else if( *p && p[1] ) ; else if( !p[1] && ((*p >= '0'+min_num) && *p <= (mode?'5':'4')) ) { unsigned int trust; switch( *p ) { case '1': trust = TRUST_UNDEFINED; break; case '2': trust = TRUST_NEVER ; break; case '3': trust = TRUST_MARGINAL ; break; case '4': trust = TRUST_FULLY ; break; case '5': trust = TRUST_ULTIMATE ; break; default: BUG(); } if (trust == TRUST_ULTIMATE && !cpr_get_answer_is_yes ("edit_ownertrust.set_ultimate.okay", _("Do you really want to set this key" " to ultimate trust? (y/N) "))) ; /* no */ else { *new_trust = trust; changed = 1; break; } } #if 0 /* not yet implemented */ else if( *p == ans[0] || *p == ans[1] ) { tty_printf(_("Certificates leading to an ultimately trusted key:\n")); show = 1; break; } #endif else if( mode && (*p == ans[2] || *p == ans[3] || *p == CONTROL_D ) ) { break ; /* back to the menu */ } else if( !mode && (*p == ans[6] || *p == ans[7] ) ) { break; /* skip */ } else if( !mode && (*p == ans[4] || *p == ans[5] ) ) { quit = 1; break ; /* back to the menu */ } xfree(p); p = NULL; } xfree(p); return show? -2: quit? -1 : changed; } #endif /*!NO_TRUST_MODELS*/ /* * Display a menu to change the ownertrust of the key PK (which should * be a primary key). * For mode values see do_edit_ownertrust () */ #ifndef NO_TRUST_MODELS int edit_ownertrust (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, int mode ) { unsigned int trust = 0; int no_help = 0; for(;;) { switch ( do_edit_ownertrust (ctrl, pk, mode, &trust, no_help ) ) { case -1: /* quit */ return -1; case -2: /* show info */ no_help = 1; break; case 1: /* trust value set */ trust &= ~TRUST_FLAG_DISABLED; trust |= get_ownertrust (ctrl, pk) & TRUST_FLAG_DISABLED; update_ownertrust (ctrl, pk, trust ); return 1; default: return 0; } } } #endif /*!NO_TRUST_MODELS*/ /**************** * Check whether we can trust this pk which has a trustlevel of TRUSTLEVEL * Returns: true if we trust. */ static int do_we_trust( PKT_public_key *pk, unsigned int trustlevel ) { /* We should not be able to get here with a revoked or expired key */ if(trustlevel & TRUST_FLAG_REVOKED || trustlevel & TRUST_FLAG_SUB_REVOKED || (trustlevel & TRUST_MASK) == TRUST_EXPIRED) - BUG(); + { + if (opt.ignore_expiration) + return 0; + BUG (); + } if( opt.trust_model==TM_ALWAYS ) { if( opt.verbose ) log_info("No trust check due to '--trust-model always' option\n"); return 1; } switch(trustlevel & TRUST_MASK) { default: log_error ("invalid trustlevel %u returned from validation layer\n", trustlevel); /* fall through */ case TRUST_UNKNOWN: case TRUST_UNDEFINED: log_info(_("%s: There is no assurance this key belongs" " to the named user\n"),keystr_from_pk(pk)); return 0; /* no */ case TRUST_MARGINAL: log_info(_("%s: There is limited assurance this key belongs" " to the named user\n"),keystr_from_pk(pk)); return 1; /* yes */ case TRUST_FULLY: if( opt.verbose ) log_info(_("This key probably belongs to the named user\n")); return 1; /* yes */ case TRUST_ULTIMATE: if( opt.verbose ) log_info(_("This key belongs to us\n")); return 1; /* yes */ case TRUST_NEVER: /* This can be returned by TOFU, which can return negative assertions. */ log_info(_("%s: This key is bad! It has been marked as untrusted!\n"), keystr_from_pk(pk)); return 0; /* no */ } return 1; /*NOTREACHED*/ } /**************** * wrapper around do_we_trust, so we can ask whether to use the * key anyway. */ static int do_we_trust_pre (ctrl_t ctrl, PKT_public_key *pk, unsigned int trustlevel ) { int rc; rc = do_we_trust( pk, trustlevel ); if( !opt.batch && !rc ) { print_key_info (ctrl, NULL, 0, pk, 0); print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 2); tty_printf("\n"); if ((trustlevel & TRUST_MASK) == TRUST_NEVER) tty_printf( _("This key is bad! It has been marked as untrusted! If you\n" "*really* know what you are doing, you may answer the next\n" "question with yes.\n")); else tty_printf( _("It is NOT certain that the key belongs to the person named\n" "in the user ID. If you *really* know what you are doing,\n" "you may answer the next question with yes.\n")); tty_printf("\n"); if (is_status_enabled ()) { u32 kid[2]; char *hint_str; keyid_from_pk (pk, kid); hint_str = get_long_user_id_string (ctrl, kid); write_status_text ( STATUS_USERID_HINT, hint_str ); xfree (hint_str); } if( cpr_get_answer_is_yes("untrusted_key.override", _("Use this key anyway? (y/N) ")) ) rc = 1; /* Hmmm: Should we set a flag to tell the user about * his decision the next time he encrypts for this recipient? */ } return rc; } /* Write a TRUST_foo status line including the validation model and if * MBOX is not NULL the targeted User ID's mbox. */ static void write_trust_status (int statuscode, int trustlevel, const char *mbox) { #ifdef NO_TRUST_MODELS write_status (statuscode); #else /* NO_TRUST_MODELS */ int tm; /* For the combined tofu+pgp method, we return the trust model which * was responsible for the trustlevel. */ if (opt.trust_model == TM_TOFU_PGP) tm = (trustlevel & TRUST_FLAG_TOFU_BASED)? TM_TOFU : TM_PGP; else tm = opt.trust_model; if (mbox) { char *escmbox = percent_escape (mbox, NULL); write_status_strings (statuscode, "0 ", trust_model_string (tm), " ", escmbox? escmbox : "?", NULL); xfree (escmbox); } else write_status_strings (statuscode, "0 ", trust_model_string (tm), NULL); #endif /* NO_TRUST_MODELS */ } /* Return true if MBOX matches one of the names in opt.sender_list. */ static int is_in_sender_list (const char *mbox) { strlist_t sl; for (sl = opt.sender_list; sl; sl = sl->next) if (!strcmp (mbox, sl->d)) return 1; return 0; } /* Check whether we can trust this signature. KEYBLOCK contains the * key PK used to check the signature SIG. We need PK here in * addition to KEYBLOCK so that we know the subkey used for * verification. Returns an error code if we should not trust this * signature (i.e. done by an not trusted key). */ gpg_error_t check_signatures_trust (ctrl_t ctrl, kbnode_t keyblock, PKT_public_key *pk, PKT_signature *sig) { gpg_error_t err = 0; int uidbased = 0; /* 1 = signer's UID, 2 = use --sender option. */ unsigned int trustlevel = TRUST_UNKNOWN; PKT_public_key *mainpk; PKT_user_id *targetuid; const char *testedtarget = NULL; const char *statusmbox = NULL; kbnode_t n; if (opt.trust_model == TM_ALWAYS) { if (!opt.quiet) log_info(_("WARNING: Using untrusted key!\n")); if (opt.with_fingerprint) print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 1); goto leave; } log_assert (keyblock->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_KEY); mainpk = keyblock->pkt->pkt.public_key; if ((pk->flags.maybe_revoked && !pk->flags.revoked) || (mainpk->flags.maybe_revoked && !mainpk->flags.revoked)) log_info(_("WARNING: this key might be revoked (revocation key" " not present)\n")); /* Figure out the user ID which was used to create the signature. * Note that the Signer's UID may be not a valid addr-spec but the * plain value from the sub-packet; thus we need to check this * before looking for the matching User ID (our parser makes sure * that signers_uid has only the mbox if there is an mbox). */ if (is_valid_mailbox (sig->signers_uid)) uidbased = 1; /* We got the signer's UID and it is an addr-spec. */ else if (opt.sender_list) uidbased = 2; else uidbased = 0; targetuid = NULL; if (uidbased) { u32 tmpcreated = 0; /* Helper to find the lates user ID. */ PKT_user_id *tmpuid; for (n=keyblock; n; n = n->next) if (n->pkt->pkttype == PKT_USER_ID && !(tmpuid = n->pkt->pkt.user_id)->attrib_data && tmpuid->created /* (is valid) */ && !tmpuid->flags.revoked && !tmpuid->flags.expired) { if (!tmpuid->mbox) tmpuid->mbox = mailbox_from_userid (tmpuid->name, 0); if (!tmpuid->mbox) continue; if (uidbased == 1) { if (!strcmp (tmpuid->mbox, sig->signers_uid) && tmpuid->created > tmpcreated) { tmpcreated = tmpuid->created; targetuid = tmpuid; } } else { if (is_in_sender_list (tmpuid->mbox) && tmpuid->created > tmpcreated) { tmpcreated = tmpuid->created; targetuid = tmpuid; } } } /* In addition restrict based on --sender. */ if (uidbased == 1 && opt.sender_list && targetuid && !is_in_sender_list (targetuid->mbox)) { testedtarget = targetuid->mbox; targetuid = NULL; } } if (uidbased && !targetuid) statusmbox = testedtarget? testedtarget : sig->signers_uid; else if (uidbased) statusmbox = targetuid->mbox; else statusmbox = NULL; if (opt.verbose && statusmbox) log_info (_("checking User ID \"%s\"\n"), statusmbox); trustlevel = get_validity (ctrl, NULL, pk, targetuid, sig, 1); if (uidbased && !targetuid) { /* No user ID given but requested - force an undefined * trustlevel but keep the trust flags. */ trustlevel &= ~TRUST_MASK; trustlevel |= TRUST_UNDEFINED; if (!opt.quiet) { if (testedtarget) log_info (_("option %s given but issuer \"%s\" does not match\n"), "--sender", testedtarget); else if (uidbased == 1) log_info (_("issuer \"%s\" does not match any User ID\n"), sig->signers_uid); else if (opt.sender_list) log_info (_("option %s given but no matching User ID found\n"), "--sender"); } } if ( (trustlevel & TRUST_FLAG_REVOKED) ) { write_status (STATUS_KEYREVOKED); if (pk->flags.revoked == 2 || mainpk->flags.revoked == 2) log_info(_("WARNING: This key has been revoked by its" " designated revoker!\n")); else log_info(_("WARNING: This key has been revoked by its owner!\n")); log_info(_(" This could mean that the signature is forged.\n")); show_revocation_reason (ctrl, pk, 0); } else if ((trustlevel & TRUST_FLAG_SUB_REVOKED) ) { write_status( STATUS_KEYREVOKED ); log_info(_("WARNING: This subkey has been revoked by its owner!\n")); show_revocation_reason (ctrl, pk, 0); } if ((trustlevel & TRUST_FLAG_DISABLED)) log_info (_("Note: This key has been disabled.\n")); /* Now let the user know what up with the trustlevel. */ switch ( (trustlevel & TRUST_MASK) ) { case TRUST_EXPIRED: log_info(_("Note: This key has expired!\n")); print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 1); break; default: log_error ("invalid trustlevel %u returned from validation layer\n", trustlevel); /* fall through */ case TRUST_UNKNOWN: case TRUST_UNDEFINED: write_trust_status (STATUS_TRUST_UNDEFINED, trustlevel, statusmbox); if (uidbased) log_info(_("WARNING: The key's User ID is not certified with" " a trusted signature!\n")); else log_info(_("WARNING: This key is not certified with" " a trusted signature!\n")); log_info(_(" There is no indication that the " "signature belongs to the owner.\n" )); print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 1); break; case TRUST_NEVER: /* This level can be returned by TOFU, which supports negative * assertions. */ write_trust_status (STATUS_TRUST_NEVER, trustlevel, statusmbox); log_info(_("WARNING: We do NOT trust this key!\n")); log_info(_(" The signature is probably a FORGERY.\n")); if (opt.with_fingerprint) print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 1); err = gpg_error (GPG_ERR_BAD_SIGNATURE); break; case TRUST_MARGINAL: write_trust_status (STATUS_TRUST_MARGINAL, trustlevel, statusmbox); if (uidbased) log_info(_("WARNING: The key's User ID is not certified with" " sufficiently trusted signatures!\n")); else log_info(_("WARNING: This key is not certified with" " sufficiently trusted signatures!\n")); log_info(_(" It is not certain that the" " signature belongs to the owner.\n" )); print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 1); break; case TRUST_FULLY: write_trust_status (STATUS_TRUST_FULLY, trustlevel, statusmbox); if (opt.with_fingerprint) print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 1); break; case TRUST_ULTIMATE: write_trust_status (STATUS_TRUST_ULTIMATE, trustlevel, statusmbox); if (opt.with_fingerprint) print_fingerprint (ctrl, NULL, pk, 1); break; } leave: return err; } void release_pk_list (pk_list_t pk_list) { PK_LIST pk_rover; for ( ; pk_list; pk_list = pk_rover) { pk_rover = pk_list->next; free_public_key ( pk_list->pk ); xfree ( pk_list ); } } static int key_present_in_pk_list(PK_LIST pk_list, PKT_public_key *pk) { for( ; pk_list; pk_list = pk_list->next) if (cmp_public_keys(pk_list->pk, pk) == 0) return 0; return -1; } /* * Return a malloced string with a default recipient if there is any * Fixme: We don't distinguish between malloc failure and no-default-recipient. */ static char * default_recipient (ctrl_t ctrl) { PKT_public_key *pk; char *result; if (opt.def_recipient) return xtrystrdup (opt.def_recipient); if (!opt.def_recipient_self) return NULL; pk = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pk ); if (!pk) return NULL; if (get_seckey_default (ctrl, pk)) { free_public_key (pk); return NULL; } result = hexfingerprint (pk, NULL, 0); free_public_key (pk); return result; } /* Helper for build_pk_list to find and check one key. This helper is * also used directly in server mode by the RECIPIENTS command. On * success the new key is added to PK_LIST_ADDR. NAME is the user id * of the key. USE the requested usage and a set MARK_HIDDEN will * mark the key in the updated list as a hidden recipient. If * FROM_FILE is true, NAME is not a user ID but the name of a file * holding a key. */ gpg_error_t find_and_check_key (ctrl_t ctrl, const char *name, unsigned int use, int mark_hidden, int from_file, pk_list_t *pk_list_addr) { int rc; PKT_public_key *pk; kbnode_t keyblock = NULL; kbnode_t node; if (!name || !*name) return gpg_error (GPG_ERR_INV_USER_ID); pk = xtrycalloc (1, sizeof *pk); if (!pk) return gpg_error_from_syserror (); pk->req_usage = use; if (from_file) rc = get_pubkey_fromfile (ctrl, pk, name, &keyblock); else rc = get_best_pubkey_byname (ctrl, GET_PUBKEY_NORMAL, NULL, pk, name, &keyblock, 0); if (rc) { int code; /* Key not found or other error. */ log_error (_("%s: skipped: %s\n"), name, gpg_strerror (rc) ); switch (gpg_err_code (rc)) { case GPG_ERR_NO_SECKEY: case GPG_ERR_NO_PUBKEY: code = 1; break; case GPG_ERR_INV_USER_ID: code = 14; break; default: code = 0; break; } send_status_inv_recp (code, name); free_public_key (pk); return rc; } rc = openpgp_pk_test_algo2 (pk->pubkey_algo, use); if (rc) { /* Key found but not usable for us (e.g. sign-only key). */ release_kbnode (keyblock); send_status_inv_recp (3, name); /* Wrong key usage */ log_error (_("%s: skipped: %s\n"), name, gpg_strerror (rc) ); free_public_key (pk); return rc; } /* Key found and usable. Check validity. */ if (!from_file) { int trustlevel; trustlevel = get_validity (ctrl, keyblock, pk, pk->user_id, NULL, 1); if ( (trustlevel & TRUST_FLAG_DISABLED) ) { /* Key has been disabled. */ release_kbnode (keyblock); send_status_inv_recp (13, name); log_info (_("%s: skipped: public key is disabled\n"), name); free_public_key (pk); return GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY; } if ( !do_we_trust_pre (ctrl, pk, trustlevel) ) { /* We don't trust this key. */ release_kbnode (keyblock); send_status_inv_recp (10, name); free_public_key (pk); return GPG_ERR_UNUSABLE_PUBKEY; } } /* Skip the actual key if the key is already present in the list. */ if (!key_present_in_pk_list (*pk_list_addr, pk)) { if (!opt.quiet) log_info (_("%s: skipped: public key already present\n"), name); free_public_key (pk); } else { pk_list_t r; r = xmalloc (sizeof *r); r->pk = pk; r->next = *pk_list_addr; r->flags = mark_hidden? 1:0; *pk_list_addr = r; } for (node = keyblock; node; node = node->next) if (node->pkt->pkttype == PKT_PUBLIC_SUBKEY && ((pk=node->pkt->pkt.public_key)->pubkey_usage & PUBKEY_USAGE_RENC) && pk->flags.valid && !pk->flags.revoked && !pk->flags.disabled && !pk->has_expired && key_present_in_pk_list (*pk_list_addr, pk)) { pk_list_t r; r = xmalloc (sizeof *r); r->pk = copy_public_key (NULL, pk); r->next = *pk_list_addr; r->flags = mark_hidden? 1:0; /* FIXME: Use PK_LIST_HIDDEN ? */ *pk_list_addr = r; } release_kbnode (keyblock); return 0; } /* This is the central function to collect the keys for recipients. * It is thus used to prepare a public key encryption. encrypt-to * keys, default keys and the keys for the actual recipients are all * collected here. When not in batch mode and no recipient has been * passed on the commandline, the function will also ask for * recipients. * * RCPTS is a string list with the recipients; NULL is an allowed * value but not very useful. Group expansion is done on these names; * they may be in any of the user Id formats we can handle. The flags * bits for each string in the string list are used for: * * - PK_LIST_ENCRYPT_TO :: This is an encrypt-to recipient. * - PK_LIST_HIDDEN :: This is a hidden recipient. * - PK_LIST_FROM_FILE :: The argument is a file with a key. * * On success a list of keys is stored at the address RET_PK_LIST; the * caller must free this list. On error the value at this address is * not changed. */ int build_pk_list (ctrl_t ctrl, strlist_t rcpts, PK_LIST *ret_pk_list) { PK_LIST pk_list = NULL; PKT_public_key *pk=NULL; int rc=0; int any_recipients=0; strlist_t rov,remusr; char *def_rec = NULL; char pkstrbuf[PUBKEY_STRING_SIZE]; /* Try to expand groups if any have been defined. */ if (opt.grouplist) remusr = expand_group (rcpts, 0); else remusr = rcpts; /* XXX: Change this function to use get_pubkeys instead of get_pubkey_byname to detect ambiguous key specifications and warn about duplicate keyblocks. For ambiguous key specifications on the command line or provided interactively, prompt the user to select the best key. If a key specification is ambiguous and we are in batch mode, die. */ if (opt.encrypt_to_default_key) { static int warned; const char *default_key = parse_def_secret_key (ctrl); if (default_key) { PK_LIST r = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r); r->pk = xmalloc_clear (sizeof *r->pk); r->pk->req_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC; rc = get_pubkey_byname (ctrl, GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL, NULL, r->pk, default_key, NULL, NULL, 0); if (rc) { xfree (r->pk); xfree (r); log_error (_("can't encrypt to '%s'\n"), default_key); if (!opt.quiet) log_info (_("(check argument of option '%s')\n"), "--default-key"); } else { r->next = pk_list; r->flags = 0; pk_list = r; } } else if (opt.def_secret_key) { if (! warned) log_info (_("option '%s' given, but no valid default keys given\n"), "--encrypt-to-default-key"); warned = 1; } else { if (! warned) log_info (_("option '%s' given, but option '%s' not given\n"), "--encrypt-to-default-key", "--default-key"); warned = 1; } } /* Check whether there are any recipients in the list and build the * list of the encrypt-to ones (we always trust them). */ for ( rov = remusr; rov; rov = rov->next ) { if ( !(rov->flags & PK_LIST_ENCRYPT_TO) ) { /* This is a regular recipient; i.e. not an encrypt-to one. */ any_recipients = 1; /* Hidden recipients are not allowed while in PGP mode, issue a warning and switch into GnuPG mode. */ if ((rov->flags & PK_LIST_HIDDEN) && (PGP7 || PGP8)) { log_info(_("option '%s' may not be used in %s mode\n"), "--hidden-recipient", gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); compliance_failure(); } } else if (!opt.no_encrypt_to) { /* --encrypt-to has not been disabled. Check this encrypt-to key. */ pk = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *pk ); pk->req_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC; /* We explicitly allow encrypt-to to an disabled key; thus we pass 1 for the second last argument and 1 as the last argument to disable AKL. */ if ((rc = get_pubkey_byname (ctrl, GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL, NULL, pk, rov->d, NULL, NULL, 1))) { free_public_key ( pk ); pk = NULL; log_error (_("%s: skipped: %s\n"), rov->d, gpg_strerror (rc) ); send_status_inv_recp (0, rov->d); goto fail; } else if ( !(rc=openpgp_pk_test_algo2 (pk->pubkey_algo, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)) ) { /* Skip the actual key if the key is already present * in the list. Add it to our list if not. */ if (key_present_in_pk_list(pk_list, pk) == 0) { free_public_key (pk); pk = NULL; if (!opt.quiet) log_info (_("%s: skipped: public key already present\n"), rov->d); } else { PK_LIST r; r = xmalloc( sizeof *r ); r->pk = pk; pk = NULL; r->next = pk_list; r->flags = (rov->flags&PK_LIST_HIDDEN)?1:0; pk_list = r; /* Hidden encrypt-to recipients are not allowed while in PGP mode, issue a warning and switch into GnuPG mode. */ if ((r->flags&PK_LIST_ENCRYPT_TO) && (PGP7 || PGP8)) { log_info(_("option '%s' may not be used in %s mode\n"), "--hidden-encrypt-to", gnupg_compliance_option_string (opt.compliance)); compliance_failure(); } } } else { /* The public key is not usable for encryption. */ free_public_key( pk ); pk = NULL; log_error(_("%s: skipped: %s\n"), rov->d, gpg_strerror (rc) ); send_status_inv_recp (3, rov->d); /* Wrong key usage */ goto fail; } } } /* If we don't have any recipients yet and we are not in batch mode drop into interactive selection mode. */ if ( !any_recipients && !opt.batch ) { int have_def_rec; char *answer = NULL; strlist_t backlog = NULL; if (pk_list) any_recipients = 1; def_rec = default_recipient(ctrl); have_def_rec = !!def_rec; if ( !have_def_rec ) tty_printf(_("You did not specify a user ID. (you may use \"-r\")\n")); for (;;) { rc = 0; xfree(answer); if ( have_def_rec ) { /* A default recipient is taken as the first entry. */ answer = def_rec; def_rec = NULL; } else if (backlog) { /* This is part of our trick to expand and display groups. */ answer = strlist_pop (&backlog); } else { /* Show the list of already collected recipients and ask for more. */ PK_LIST iter; tty_printf("\n"); tty_printf(_("Current recipients:\n")); for (iter=pk_list;iter;iter=iter->next) { u32 keyid[2]; keyid_from_pk(iter->pk,keyid); tty_printf ("%s/%s %s \"", pubkey_string (iter->pk, pkstrbuf, sizeof pkstrbuf), keystr(keyid), datestr_from_pk (iter->pk)); if (iter->pk->user_id) tty_print_utf8_string(iter->pk->user_id->name, iter->pk->user_id->len); else { size_t n; char *p = get_user_id (ctrl, keyid, &n, NULL); tty_print_utf8_string ( p, n ); xfree(p); } tty_printf("\"\n"); } answer = cpr_get_utf8("pklist.user_id.enter", _("\nEnter the user ID. " "End with an empty line: ")); trim_spaces(answer); cpr_kill_prompt(); } if ( !answer || !*answer ) { xfree(answer); break; /* No more recipients entered - get out of loop. */ } /* Do group expand here too. The trick here is to continue the loop if any expansion occurred. The code above will then list all expanded keys. */ if (expand_id(answer,&backlog,0)) continue; /* Get and check key for the current name. */ free_public_key (pk); pk = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *pk ); pk->req_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC; rc = get_pubkey_byname (ctrl, GET_PUBKEY_NORMAL, NULL, pk, answer, NULL, NULL, 0); if (rc) tty_printf(_("No such user ID.\n")); else if ( !(rc=openpgp_pk_test_algo2 (pk->pubkey_algo, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)) ) { if ( have_def_rec ) { /* No validation for a default recipient. */ if (!key_present_in_pk_list(pk_list, pk)) { free_public_key (pk); pk = NULL; log_info (_("skipped: public key " "already set as default recipient\n") ); } else { PK_LIST r = xmalloc (sizeof *r); r->pk = pk; pk = NULL; r->next = pk_list; r->flags = 0; /* No throwing default ids. */ pk_list = r; } any_recipients = 1; continue; } else { /* Check validity of this key. */ int trustlevel; trustlevel = get_validity (ctrl, NULL, pk, pk->user_id, NULL, 1); if ( (trustlevel & TRUST_FLAG_DISABLED) ) { tty_printf (_("Public key is disabled.\n") ); } else if ( do_we_trust_pre (ctrl, pk, trustlevel) ) { /* Skip the actual key if the key is already * present in the list */ if (!key_present_in_pk_list(pk_list, pk)) { free_public_key (pk); pk = NULL; log_info(_("skipped: public key already set\n") ); } else { PK_LIST r; r = xmalloc( sizeof *r ); r->pk = pk; pk = NULL; r->next = pk_list; r->flags = 0; /* No throwing interactive ids. */ pk_list = r; } any_recipients = 1; continue; } } } xfree(def_rec); def_rec = NULL; have_def_rec = 0; } if ( pk ) { free_public_key( pk ); pk = NULL; } } else if ( !any_recipients && (def_rec = default_recipient(ctrl)) ) { /* We are in batch mode and have only a default recipient. */ pk = xmalloc_clear( sizeof *pk ); pk->req_usage = PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC; /* The default recipient is allowed to be disabled; thus pass 1 as second last argument. We also don't want an AKL. */ rc = get_pubkey_byname (ctrl, GET_PUBKEY_NO_AKL, NULL, pk, def_rec, NULL, NULL, 1); if (rc) log_error(_("unknown default recipient \"%s\"\n"), def_rec ); else if ( !(rc=openpgp_pk_test_algo2(pk->pubkey_algo, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC)) ) { /* Mark any_recipients here since the default recipient would have been used if it wasn't already there. It doesn't really matter if we got this key from the default recipient or an encrypt-to. */ any_recipients = 1; if (!key_present_in_pk_list(pk_list, pk)) log_info (_("skipped: public key already set " "as default recipient\n")); else { PK_LIST r = xmalloc( sizeof *r ); r->pk = pk; pk = NULL; r->next = pk_list; r->flags = 0; /* No throwing default ids. */ pk_list = r; } } if ( pk ) { free_public_key( pk ); pk = NULL; } xfree(def_rec); def_rec = NULL; } else { /* General case: Check all keys. */ any_recipients = 0; for (; remusr; remusr = remusr->next ) { if ( (remusr->flags & PK_LIST_ENCRYPT_TO) ) continue; /* encrypt-to keys are already handled. */ rc = find_and_check_key (ctrl, remusr->d, PUBKEY_USAGE_ENC, !!(remusr->flags&PK_LIST_HIDDEN), !!(remusr->flags&PK_LIST_FROM_FILE), &pk_list); if (rc) goto fail; any_recipients = 1; } } if ( !rc && !any_recipients ) { log_error(_("no valid addressees\n")); write_status_text (STATUS_NO_RECP, "0"); rc = GPG_ERR_NO_USER_ID; } #ifdef USE_TOFU if (! rc && (opt.trust_model == TM_TOFU_PGP || opt.trust_model == TM_TOFU)) { PK_LIST iter; for (iter = pk_list; iter; iter = iter->next) { int rc2; /* Note: we already resolved any conflict when looking up the key. Don't annoy the user again if she selected accept once. */ rc2 = tofu_register_encryption (ctrl, iter->pk, NULL, 0); if (rc2) log_info ("WARNING: Failed to register encryption to %s" " with TOFU engine\n", keystr (pk_main_keyid (iter->pk))); else if (DBG_TRUST) log_debug ("Registered encryption to %s with TOFU DB.\n", keystr (pk_main_keyid (iter->pk))); } } #endif /*USE_TOFU*/ fail: if ( rc ) release_pk_list( pk_list ); else *ret_pk_list = pk_list; if (opt.grouplist) free_strlist(remusr); return rc; } /* In pgp6 mode, disallow all ciphers except IDEA (1), 3DES (2), and CAST5 (3), all hashes except MD5 (1), SHA1 (2), and RIPEMD160 (3), and all compressions except none (0) and ZIP (1). pgp7 and pgp8 mode expands the cipher list to include AES128 (7), AES192 (8), AES256 (9), and TWOFISH (10). pgp8 adds the SHA-256 hash (8). For a true PGP key all of this is unneeded as they are the only items present in the preferences subpacket, but checking here covers the weird case of encrypting to a key that had preferences from a different implementation which was then used with PGP. I am not completely comfortable with this as the right thing to do, as it slightly alters the list of what the user is supposedly requesting. It is not against the RFC however, as the preference chosen will never be one that the user didn't specify somewhere ("The implementation may use any mechanism to pick an algorithm in the intersection"), and PGP has no mechanism to fix such a broken preference list, so I'm including it. -dms */ int algo_available( preftype_t preftype, int algo, const struct pref_hint *hint) { if( preftype == PREFTYPE_SYM ) { if (!opt.flags.allow_old_cipher_algos && openpgp_cipher_blocklen (algo) < 16) return 0; /* We don't want this one. */ if(PGP7 && (algo != CIPHER_ALGO_IDEA && algo != CIPHER_ALGO_3DES && algo != CIPHER_ALGO_CAST5 && algo != CIPHER_ALGO_AES && algo != CIPHER_ALGO_AES192 && algo != CIPHER_ALGO_AES256 && algo != CIPHER_ALGO_TWOFISH)) return 0; /* PGP8 supports all the ciphers we do.. */ return algo && !openpgp_cipher_test_algo ( algo ); } else if( preftype == PREFTYPE_HASH ) { if (hint && hint->digest_length) { unsigned int n = gcry_md_get_algo_dlen (algo); if (hint->exact) { /* For example ECDSA requires an exact hash value so * that we do not truncate. For DSA we allow truncation * and thus exact is not set. */ if (hint->digest_length != n) return 0; } else if (hint->digest_length!=20 || opt.flags.dsa2) { /* If --enable-dsa2 is set or the hash isn't 160 bits (which implies DSA2), then we'll accept a hash that is larger than we need. Otherwise we won't accept any hash that isn't exactly the right size. */ if (hint->digest_length > n) return 0; } else if (hint->digest_length != n) return 0; } if (PGP7 && (algo != DIGEST_ALGO_MD5 && algo != DIGEST_ALGO_SHA1 && algo != DIGEST_ALGO_RMD160)) return 0; if(PGP8 && (algo != DIGEST_ALGO_MD5 && algo != DIGEST_ALGO_SHA1 && algo != DIGEST_ALGO_RMD160 && algo != DIGEST_ALGO_SHA256)) return 0; return algo && !openpgp_md_test_algo (algo); } else if( preftype == PREFTYPE_ZIP ) { if (PGP7 && (algo != COMPRESS_ALGO_NONE && algo != COMPRESS_ALGO_ZIP)) return 0; /* PGP8 supports all the compression algos we do */ return !check_compress_algo( algo ); } else return 0; } /**************** * Return -1 if we could not find an algorithm. */ int select_algo_from_prefs(PK_LIST pk_list, int preftype, int request, const struct pref_hint *hint) { PK_LIST pkr; u32 bits[8]; const prefitem_t *prefs; int result=-1,i; u16 scores[256]; if( !pk_list ) return -1; memset(bits,0xFF,sizeof(bits)); memset(scores,0,sizeof(scores)); for( pkr = pk_list; pkr; pkr = pkr->next ) { u32 mask[8]; int rank=1,implicit=-1; memset(mask,0,sizeof(mask)); switch(preftype) { case PREFTYPE_SYM: /* Historical note: IDEA is implicitly there for v3 keys with v3 selfsigs if --pgp2 mode is on. This was a 2440 thing that was dropped from 4880 but is still relevant to GPG's 1991 support. All this doesn't mean IDEA is actually available, of course. */ if (opt.flags.allow_old_cipher_algos) implicit = CIPHER_ALGO_3DES; else implicit = CIPHER_ALGO_AES; break; case PREFTYPE_AEAD: /* No implicit algo. */ break; case PREFTYPE_HASH: /* While I am including this code for completeness, note that currently --pgp2 mode locks the hash at MD5, so this code will never even be called. Even if the hash wasn't locked at MD5, we don't support sign+encrypt in --pgp2 mode, and that's the only time PREFTYPE_HASH is used anyway. -dms Because "de-vs" compliance does not allow SHA-1 it does not make sense to assign SHA-1 as implicit algorithm. Instead it is better to use SHA-256 as implicit algorithm (which will be the case for rfc4880bis anyway). */ if (opt.compliance == CO_DE_VS) implicit = DIGEST_ALGO_SHA256; else implicit = DIGEST_ALGO_SHA1; break; case PREFTYPE_ZIP: /* Uncompressed is always an option. */ implicit=COMPRESS_ALGO_NONE; } if (pkr->pk->user_id) /* selected by user ID */ prefs = pkr->pk->user_id->prefs; else prefs = pkr->pk->prefs; if( prefs ) { for (i=0; prefs[i].type; i++ ) { if( prefs[i].type == preftype ) { /* Make sure all scores don't add up past 0xFFFF (and roll around) */ if(rank+scores[prefs[i].value]<=0xFFFF) scores[prefs[i].value]+=rank; else scores[prefs[i].value]=0xFFFF; mask[prefs[i].value/32] |= 1<<(prefs[i].value%32); rank++; /* We saw the implicit algorithm, so we don't need tack it on the end ourselves. */ if(implicit==prefs[i].value) implicit=-1; } } } if(rank==1 && preftype==PREFTYPE_ZIP) { /* If the compression preferences are not present, they are assumed to be ZIP, Uncompressed (RFC4880:13.3.1) */ scores[1]=1; /* ZIP is first choice */ scores[0]=2; /* Uncompressed is second choice */ mask[0]|=3; } /* If the key didn't have the implicit algorithm listed explicitly, add it here at the tail of the list. */ if(implicit>-1) { scores[implicit]+=rank; mask[implicit/32] |= 1<<(implicit%32); } for(i=0;i<8;i++) bits[i]&=mask[i]; } /* We've now scored all of the algorithms, and the usable ones have bits set. Let's pick the winner. */ /* The caller passed us a request. Can we use it? */ if(request>-1 && (bits[request/32] & (1<<(request%32))) && algo_available(preftype,request,hint)) result=request; if(result==-1) { /* If we have personal prefs set, use them. */ prefs=NULL; if(preftype==PREFTYPE_SYM && opt.personal_cipher_prefs) prefs=opt.personal_cipher_prefs; else if(preftype==PREFTYPE_HASH && opt.personal_digest_prefs) prefs=opt.personal_digest_prefs; else if(preftype==PREFTYPE_ZIP && opt.personal_compress_prefs) prefs=opt.personal_compress_prefs; if( prefs ) for(i=0; prefs[i].type; i++ ) { if(bits[prefs[i].value/32] & (1<<(prefs[i].value%32)) && algo_available( preftype, prefs[i].value, hint)) { result = prefs[i].value; break; } } } if(result==-1) { unsigned int best=-1; /* At this point, we have not selected an algorithm due to a special request or via personal prefs. Pick the highest ranked algorithm (i.e. the one with the lowest score). */ if(preftype==PREFTYPE_HASH && scores[DIGEST_ALGO_MD5]) { /* "If you are building an authentication system, the recipient may specify a preferred signing algorithm. However, the signer would be foolish to use a weak algorithm simply because the recipient requests it." (RFC4880:14). If any other hash algorithm is available, pretend that MD5 isn't. Note that if the user intentionally chose MD5 by putting it in their personal prefs, then we do what the user said (as we never reach this code). */ for(i=DIGEST_ALGO_MD5+1;i<256;i++) if(scores[i]) { scores[DIGEST_ALGO_MD5]=0; break; } } for(i=0;i<256;i++) { /* Note the '<' here. This means in case of a tie, we will favor the lower algorithm number. We have a choice between the lower number (probably an older algorithm with more time in use), or the higher number (probably a newer algorithm with less time in use). Older is probably safer here, even though the newer algorithms tend to be "stronger". */ if(scores[i] && scores[i]next) { int mdc; if (pkr->pk->user_id) /* selected by user ID */ mdc = pkr->pk->user_id->flags.mdc; else mdc = pkr->pk->flags.mdc; if (!mdc) return 0; /* At least one recipient does not support it. */ } return 1; /* Can be used. */ } /* Select the AEAD flag from the pk_list. We can only use AEAD if all * recipients support this feature. Returns the AEAD to be used or 0 * if AEAD shall not be used. */ aead_algo_t select_aead_from_pklist (PK_LIST pk_list) { pk_list_t pkr; int aead; if (!pk_list) return 0; for (pkr = pk_list; pkr; pkr = pkr->next) { if (pkr->pk->user_id) /* selected by user ID */ aead = pkr->pk->user_id->flags.aead; else aead = pkr->pk->flags.aead; if (!aead) return 0; /* At least one recipient does not support it. */ } return AEAD_ALGO_OCB; /* Yes, AEAD can be used. */ } /* Print a warning for all keys in PK_LIST missing the AEAD feature * flag or AEAD algorithms. */ void warn_missing_aead_from_pklist (PK_LIST pk_list) { PK_LIST pkr; for (pkr = pk_list; pkr; pkr = pkr->next) { int mdc; if (pkr->pk->user_id) /* selected by user ID */ mdc = pkr->pk->user_id->flags.aead; else mdc = pkr->pk->flags.aead; if (!mdc) log_info (_("Note: key %s has no %s feature\n"), keystr_from_pk (pkr->pk), "AEAD"); } } void warn_missing_aes_from_pklist (PK_LIST pk_list) { PK_LIST pkr; for (pkr = pk_list; pkr; pkr = pkr->next) { const prefitem_t *prefs; int i; int gotit = 0; prefs = pkr->pk->user_id? pkr->pk->user_id->prefs : pkr->pk->prefs; if (prefs) { for (i=0; !gotit && prefs[i].type; i++ ) if (prefs[i].type == PREFTYPE_SYM && prefs[i].value == CIPHER_ALGO_AES) gotit++; } if (!gotit) log_info (_("Note: key %s has no preference for %s\n"), keystr_from_pk (pkr->pk), "AES"); } }